Home

iPF605 User Manual

1. Q Note To display the Special Settings dialog box on the Layout sheet click Special Settings P 375 Setting item scription A FineZoom Settings This function is used in large format printing Normally choose Auto If documents are not printed correctly on large format paper it may help to select Yes and if fine lines are not visible or if images are distorted when printed it may help to select No B Application Color Matching You can give applications priority in color management Priority C Enable Preview Switching Selecting this option will start PageComposer if you print when Open Preview When Print Job Starts is selected on the Main sheet D Fast Graphic Process If image colors are inconsistent in printed documents or if lines are printed in varying thicknesses clearing this option may help produce the expected results E Reduce Print Unevenness If you are concerned about uneven colors selecting this option may improve printing results However printing may take longer for some images F Adjust faint lines If fine lines are printed in colors that do not match the colors of other shapes clearing this option may help produce the expected results However lines in some colors may appear broken 378 Windows Software Printer Driver Favorites Sheet Windows The following settings are available on the Favorites sheet For details on settings items refer to the printer driv
2. wr O Note e Even if there is a NetWare server in your network environment you can use both TCP IP and AppleTalk In this case complete the settings for each protocol you will use 416 Network Setting Network Setting Configuring the IP Address on the Printer You must configure the printer s IP address before using the printer in a TCP IP network The printer s IP address is configured automatically when you install the printer driver following the instructions in the Quick Start Guide Configure the IP address by using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility the printer Control Panel or ARP or PING commands if the IP address is changed or if you change the printer connection mode to a network connection For details on configuring the IP address refer to the following topics Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility gt P 418 Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel P 419 Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING Commands P 420 Important If you use a DHCP server for automatic assignment of the printer s IP address printing may no longer be possible after the printer is turned off and on This is because an IP address different from before has been assigned Thus when using DHCP server functions consult your network administrator and configure the settings in one of the following ways Configure the setting for dynamic DNS
3. Help 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A medot rT V Get Information E Advanced Settings Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x11 00 in Letter 8 5 x11 850inx11 00in ID Advanced Settings E Print Priority E Print Quality G Color Mode Thicken Fine Lines z Line Drawing Text Draft 300dpi Color v H Color Settings Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Economy Printing Open Preview When Print Job Starts About al Status Monitor Defaults OK Cancel J Apply J Help 6 Click Line Drawing Text in the E Print Priority list 7 Click High 1200dpi in the F Print Quality list Q Note Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type 196 Enhanced Printing Options 8 Click Color CAD in the G Color Mode list 9 To adjust the color click H Color Settings Q Note Adjusting Images e For instructions on adjusting color see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 185 10 Select the K Sharpen Text check box 11 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page S
4. cccccecceeeeeccceeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeseaaaeeeeeeseeaaeeeesaaeeeesesnaeeseenaaaeees 551 Messages regarding HP GL 2 wees ccc sncersmencstenesn eeeaen ctectinnempeensiednaiennenniuieds embeateun 552 This type of paper is not compatible with HP GL 2 essssssssssssrsnesssresssrrrsserrnnerennersrrrrnssrrrnnnt 552 There WS no dala srar ee E a ETR 552 GL2 Wxxxx The memory is full xxxx is 0501 0903 or 0904 oe ee ee eseeeeeeeteeeeteeeeeeees 552 GL2 W0502 The parameter is out of range eccitjaccecstaes sek ea icra neeasernehince dupe enveiescinceehebente 552 GL2 W0504 This command is not supported 2 1222 ccaccaceccessecsreceeeetecsnnescecsecrssecdereresecateneniensens 552 Other Messag s sorsi EEEa a a EEEE EERENS 553 GARO Wxxxx x represents a NUIMDEL cceeecceeecesceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeseeeeeeesaeaeeeesaaaeeeeeseeeseeseneeees 553 ERROR Exxx xxxx x represents a letter or numMber s ssssssessssreesstrrssrrrrneernrtsrnrrnssernn nnt 553 Hardware error XXXXXXXX XXXX x represents a letter or number s ssssseesssrnseesrrersreressrrrrsne 553 TOP GOST IS OPON create ces a a e E S EA emcee I E at ie cea R 554 Prepare for parts PeplaCemen tesa seicscat ccceacccctetedicccsateadebecinossnedadeseecenancstsependvscdsdadtaumbtesssannceaeede 554 Parts replacement time has passed i seckcccscias cts cececeaceeves ceed ancecseenerereaiat xdteaansandeteeneteiees 554 MITIKIMOW FL Oane tics cuecevceecqetecatansuncecdesvs R te assasuasaxsate
5. we a GPF rox User Manual gt Bl BeBe i Pag G Tools 2 Hoss gt Basic Printing Workflow Printi Printing Options Using Rolls and Shests Loading 2nd Printing on Rolis Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot Canceli t jobs Mac OS X Software Canceling Print Jobs fom the Control Panel E Printer Parts E Network Setting E Maintenance B Troubleshooting E Error Message B Appendix The topics in Basic Printing Workflow are displayed together in HTML format ready for printing iP Fooox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer DER Go E Ez le File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ew Z PF oox User Manual gt Bl BeBe iPage G Tools isf Contents iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Basie Printing Workflow 1 Basic Printing Workflow Display selected eroups Enhanced Printing Options 1 1 Printing procedure Windows Software Printi tions Using Rolls and Sheets Mac OS X Software Loading and Printing on Rolls a ETE E A Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot P Handling Paper Printing from Windows Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printing from Mac OSX ETE Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows Network Setting SS Maintenance Troubleshooting Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Pane Error Message Canceling Print Jobs from Windows Appendix Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X 2 Canceling print
6. ccccccsssceeecceseeeeeeeneeeeeees 539 Papr Type Mismatch 0 ccccccseeesseeeteeeeeeseeeeeees 538 Parts replacement time has passed 0 00 554 PHead needs cleaning 2 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 549 PosterAriS a dc cecteneidc coseeevenceteia i 387 Prepare for maint cart replacement e 551 Prepare for parts replacement 554 Preparing to Transfer the Printer eee 500 AE E E E A 81 POS a et cgaesaeevaccaunse cevan sete hcdeeesds vecaeetanuccs 82 SMGCIS A 81 Printed colors are inaccurate 521 Printed Colors in Line Drawings are Inaccurate During HP GL 2 Printings 530 Printer DIIVOR irsin nerin 346 392 Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X eese 392 Printer Driver Settings Windows sssseseeesses 346 Printer Menu Operations ccccccceeeeereeeesteeeeeeees 36 Printer ModS esner aA 29 Menu mode and state of the Control Panel 33 Mode iransih n senenn 30 MOJO sii ta detecevestact devs iach cacsvanatecessalnee cessacte 29 Offline and state of the Control Panel 32 Online and state of the Control Panel 31 PANO loore RA Adecesabecs 33 Printer Parne eeehe aeae eiae keak EN ini inna 13 Printer Specifications cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseteneaeees 76 PUM CAG E sasubti saa ceuwten E E T 478 Printhead error o oo eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeenaaeeeeeeeaaes 550 Printh adS i sissies acetic nantes need E E 478 Printing at full
7. Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Media Type GEMAN v Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target xj Jefault Settings Dratt Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About Defauts Help 3 In the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box displayed next select the desired settings values in C Between Pages and D Between Scans in B Drying Time and then click OK P 364 Media Detailed Settings Media Type IAS media Type Plain Paper Plain Paper High Quality e Plain Paper High Grade All Plain Paper_Conserve MBK Coated Paper Recycled Coated Paper High Resolution Paper Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Extra Heavyweight Coated Pape Premium Matte Paper Matte Photo Paper Colored Coated Paper Photo Paper Proofing Paper Glossy Photo Paper Semi Glossy Photo Paper Heavyweight Glossy Photo Pape Heavywaht SemiGlos Photo Pap y gt Drying Time Between Pages Printer Default D Between Scans Printer Default Roll Paper Margin for Safety Near End Margin Printer Default G Cut Speed Print
8. Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Cutting Mode and then press the button Press A or to select Manual and then press the OK button oof amp DN Start printing The printer stops advancing the paper after printing J Press the Online button Roll paper is fed to the specified cut position and then automatically stopped 130 Handling Paper Handling rolls 8 Use scissors to cut the roll paper along the cut line 9 Press the Online button The roll is rewound and rewinding stops automatically Handling Paper 131 Handling rolls Paper Cutting to have the roll cut at your specified position Paper Cutting Feed paper the cutting position Paper Cutting by pressing Aor W 1 If the printer stops operating after printing press the Online button The printer goes offline 4 Press A or to select Paper Cutting and then press the button 5 Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button After the roll paper is cut it is rewound automatically saion f paper would be short when cut at a particular position the roll may automatically be advanced in some cases before cutting 132 Handling Paper Handling rolls Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically If the leading edge of a roll
9. 86 Basic Printing Workflow 5 Load the roll in the printer P 115 6 Select the paper type P 110 7 Specify the paper length P 111 Printing procedure Basic Printing Workflow 87 Printing procedure 8 Complete settings in the printer driver for the type of paper and other details Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows P 205 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X P 207 Canon iPFx000 Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Media Type lain Paper Get Information Advanced Settings Advanced Settings v Print Priority Image x Print Quality Standard 600dpi K Letter 8 5 x11 Color Made Color l 8 50 in x 11 00 in Actual Size Color Settings Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About __Defauts OK Cancel Apply iat Help O Important e Always specify the same type and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver If the type and size do not match an error message will be displayed and printing is not possible e Papr Size Mismatch P 539 e Papr Type Mismatch P 538 e Paper Mismatch P 538 Online Glossy Photo ISO A2 88 Basic Pri
10. To display the Color Adjustment sheet on the Main sheet click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings P 360 A Sample Type B View Color Pattern C Apply to Sample D Cyan E Magenta F Yellow G Gray Tone H Brightness I Contrast J Saturation K Object Adjustment S Defaults 370 Windows Software Choose a sample image from Standard Portrait Landscape or Graphics Clicking to select this check box will display the color pattern Clicking to select this check box will apply the revised settings to the sample image Not available Not available Adjust the overall image brightness as desired You can adjust the brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image that is the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it appears on the computer screen Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other as desired Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper and reducing the Contrast softens images Not available Select this option to display the Object Adjustment dialog box in which you can specify objects subject to color adjustment Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values Printer Driver Q Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 185 Object Adjustment dialog box In the Object Adjustment dialog box you can spec
11. 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the type of document in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences Sa Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ag Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 B Borderless Printing Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width lO scaling Letter 8 5 x11 x i 8 50 in x 11 00 in E E Paper size Match Page Size 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Diientation 8 50 in x 11 00in A Potat W LAJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper iE Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Rll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options 9 S __ Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help 7 In A Page Size click the size of the original as specified in the application software In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 308 Enhanced Printing Options 13 14 Centering originals Select the C Enlarged Reduced Printing check box Click Match Page Size in the G Paper Size list 10 11 12 Click F Scaling and enter 50 Click Manual in the L Paper Source list Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Suppor
12. C PDFv Preview Cancel 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded Mac OS X Software 393 Printer Driver 8 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _ iPFxxxx Presets Standard S gg Page Setup E Media Source Roll Paper Fey JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D v Enlarged Reduced Printing Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 7100 6 O scaling 100 151 5 600 PEI Gehl H C Borderless Printing Jjjj Media Size Match Page Size By C Print Centered No Spaces at Top or Bottom T O Rotate Page 90 degrees Caneel PDFw Preview 9 In the A Paper Source list select how paper is supplied 10 If you have selected Cut Sheet or Manual in A Paper Source make sure the size as selected in Page Setup is displayed in C Page Size If you have selected Roll Paper in A Paper Source make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width OQ Note If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx BB Presets Standard B Main Ez H B Get Information a Set D Easy Settings Fe E rrin Target Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Office Document Actual Size
13. Canon iPFxxxx Properties General Sharing Ports_ Advanced Color Management Device Settings Do ga Canon iPFxxxx Location Comment Model Canon iPFxxxx Features Color Yes Paper available Double sided No Letter 8 5 x11 Staple No Speed Unknown Maximum resolution 1200 dpi Printing Preferences Print Test Page 0K Cancel Apply Q Note The Device Settings sheet is also an extension of the printer driver P 383 358 Windows Software Printer Driver Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility and Support amp Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Media Type Get Information Advanced Settings Advanced Settings z Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard 600dpi Letter 8 5 x11 Color Mode Color 8 50 in x 11 00 in Actu zi Color Settings Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Open Preview When Print Job Starts Defauts Status Monitor OK Cancel JI Apply J Help O Important e If you access the printer driver dialog box from the operating system menu changes you make to the settings will apply to all applications you use for printing e You can also access the printer driver
14. Enhanced Printing Options 213 Printing enlargements or reductions 12 Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 Ai settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPFoox Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation To fe E scale 100 13 Select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 14 Make sure E Fit Paper Size is selected 15 Click ISO A3 in the I Paper Size list 16 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 214 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired Enlarged Reduced Printing Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver as desired Fit Roll Paper Width Enlarge or reduce the original as a whole to match the roll paper width as desired For instructions on resizing originals to match the roll paper width refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows P 216 e Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X P 218 Q Note e For bet
15. Status Ready Print to filed Location Comment Find Printer Page Range all Number of copies 1 ra E CHE Q Note e If another printer is selected select the printer you want to use under Select Printer or in the dialog box displayed after clicking Printer Settings for many printing methods including enlarged or reduced printing borderless printing and so on are displayed in the printer driver dialog box There are two ways to access the printer driver dialog box as follows e From the application software P 356 From the operating system menu P 358 92 Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure Printing from Mac OS X Print from the application menu after registering the printer Important e We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing Running several applications while printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality Registering the printer Before printing you must register the printer in Printer Setup Utility or Print Center For instructions on registering the printer see Configuring the Printer Driver Destination Macintosh P 445 Important e During this setup process the printer will not be listed among available printers if it is off or disconnected e By factory default the AppleTalk protocol is disabled on the printer You must enable the AppleTalk protocol before using the printer in an AppleTalk
16. if ink is low x if no ink is left and if you have deactivated ink level detection Remaining ink is indicated as follows Full E None Remaining ink levels Information of the loaded paper Here the paper size type and related printer settings are displayed Himedia Info 2 5 Glossy Photo ISO A2 Head Ht High NearEndMrgn 20mm Band Joint Printer information Displays the firmware version serial number MAC address IP address and interface information Hl System Info 3 5 Version Firm 00 00 Boot 00 00 MIT 00 00 s n XXXXXXXXXX MAC 000085xxxxxx IP XXX XXX XXX XXX 66 Printer Parts Control Panel GL2 Settings The following settings information is displayed on two screens HP GL 2 Color Mode Print Quality Input Resolution Media Source Conserve Paper Line Cap Smoothing Line Width ThickenFineLines and AdjustFaintLines FAGL2 Settings 4 5 HAGL2 Settings 5 5 Color Mode Color Print Qual Std Input Reso 600 dpi Line Cap Software Smoothing Software Line Width 4 dots ThicknFineLine Off Adj Faint Lines On Media Source Roll Conserve Paper Off Printer Parts 67 Control Panel Status Print You can print a Status Print report indicating the current status of the printer With Status Print information is printed regarding the printer firmware version various settings and the utilization level of consumables Printing Statu
17. Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching A Mode Driver Correction ICC Correction ColorSync No Correction B Matching Method Perceptual Photographic Es Cancel TOK O Note e To display the Matching pane on the Main pane click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings and then click Matching P 400 Settingitem Description O A Matching Mode Select the color matching mode to use as desired B Matching Method Select the matching method that suits the document to be printed Various Matching Method options are available depending on your selection in Matching Q Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 185 Mac OS X Software 407 Printer Driver Color Settings Pane Monochrome Mac OS X The following settings are available on the Color Settings pane for monochrome printing Color Adjustment pane monochrome On the Color Adjustment pane for monochrome printing you can adjust the brightness and contrast Color Settings A Preview Color Balance E j A j O ABCDEF g EME t 0 A a B Original Brightness Dark Light o _ 3 30 30 een 5 A y Contrast Low 5 High 0 3 30 30 S ABCDEF J an 9 Saturation 0 J Cray Tone Black n E 0 a 30 Cancel CE i Note e To display the Color Adjustment pane on the Main pane click Color Set
18. For tips on conserving roll paper refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Windows P 313 e Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Mac OS X gt P 315 312 Enhanced Printing Options Windows Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees This topic describes how to conserve paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing based on the following example e Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0 x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in This example illustrates how to rotate an A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 11 7 in original in portrait orientation 90 degrees to fit within the width of A3 A4 roll paper 297 0 mm 11 7 in which enables you to conserve paper 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFro0x Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EEES zj I Easy Settings E Print Target Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Actual Size Letter 8 5 11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Get Information la Advanced Settings v Jefault
19. P 101 Troubleshooting 525 Cannot print over a network Cannot print over a network Cannot connect the printer to the network The Ethernet cable is not connected 1 Make sure the printer is connected to the network with the correct correctly to the printer s Ethernet port Ethernet cable and then turn the printer on For instructions on connecting the cable refer to the Quick Start Guide 2 Make sure the Link indicator is lit The Link indicator is green if the printer is connected via 100 Base TX and orange if connected via 10Base T If the Link indicator is not lit check the following points e Make sure the hub is on e Make sure the end of the Ethernet cable is connected correctly Insert the Ethernet cable until it clicks and locks in place Make sure there is no problem with the Ethernet cable If there is any problem replace the Ethernet cable Check the communication mode with the hub Although the printer normally detects the hub communication mode and transmission rate automatically in auto negotiation mode sometimes the hub settings cannot be detected In this case configure the connection method manually specifying the communication mode in use P 428 Cannot print over a TCP IP network The printer s IP address is not configured correctly Make sure the printer s IP address is configured correctly P 419 The printers TCP IP network settings are not Make sure the printer
20. 487 Selecting the Paper Type Sheet 0 142 203 Precautions when handling the Maintenance Settings Summaries Dialog Box Windows 384 Cartridge ET LEELA ECC RUEET ETE CREE ETL E ERE STE eer eT 487 Sharing the Printer in Windows E EENE AANEEN 432 Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge 488 Sheet printing is selected cscecstessteesteeeeeeeeees 542 Replacing the Printhe d sieesss issiusti 481 Special Settings Dialog Box Windows 378 Compatible Printhead seecsessereeeeeen 481 Specifications sactic col niesreds ieuxsecnstontandieeositedenenaets 76 Precautions when handling the Printhead 481 T EE E POE E AA E IA A T A 78 Replacing the Printhead sssssssssrirssrinersnenee 482 GLEO 77 When to replace the Printhead s s s 481 Paper ecssccsssssssssesssssscsssssssssseessssesssiensesieeeee 78 Replotting with HP GL 2 jobs is not possible 531 N CE 76 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value 221 Printing performance secereerssuncrrerearsrisenrtrdeniinds 77 Enlarged Reduced Printing ssseeseerseeees 221 Specifying NetWare Print Services 0ssee 438 Scaling uaa fa stage ANNARA RNS RENA oy ava ataltatan avenge napa n a alideatsvera ara 221 Choosing the type of print services PEDE O 438 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Using NWADMIN or PCONSOLE to set up the Mac OS X E E E E 224 print SOI OV SE E E E EE E EET 439
21. Activate this setting for borderless printing to match the size and width of the paper Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size P 245 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 252 Borderless Printing at Actual Size P 238 Choose the size of the paper you will print on Click Display all selections for Paper Size to list available sizes For details on available paper sizes see Paper Sizes P 106 Mac OS X Software 409 Printer Driver Setting tem Cescription J Print Centered Activate this setting to print document images in the center of the paper Printing Originals Centered on Rolls P 301 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets P 307 K No Spaces at Top or Activate this setting to print the next image skipping blank areas above Bottom and below printable data in documents which enables you to conserve the paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins P 318 L Rotate Page 90 degrees Activate this setting to rotate the original 90 degrees before printing Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees P 312 410 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Utility Pane Mac OS X The following settings are available on the Utilitypane Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard B Utility a images size Perform printer maintenance E BC se Start Printmonitor to display print job s
22. Cancel E Print 9 Click Manual in the A Paper Source list 10 Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 Wi settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPFxxxx lt Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation icy fa E scale 100 Cancel 0K 11 Select the J Print Centered check box 12 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 O Important e If you have selected Manual as the paper source but have not loaded the paper yet follow the instructions on the printer control panel to complete the size setting before loading the paper Enhanced Printing Options 311 Conserving roll paper Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees You can conserve roll paper by specifying particular settings as suitable for your original Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper When originals are printed in portrait orientation the original is rotated 90 degrees before printing if it fits within the roll width This enables you to conserve paper O Important e If the page would exceed the roll paper width after rotation use this function with Scale to fit Roll Paper Width to print rotated pages
23. IE Menlarged Reduced Printing po Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IFO Seating Letter 8 5 x11 ry 8 50 inx11 00in E 2 Paper size Match Page Size 00 4 00 Letter 8 5 x11 H Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in MAJ Oona B AJ O Landscape sE K A Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper i Paper Source Roll Paper v 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm N Car oO 5S __ Size Options _ Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help 188 Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images 11 Confirm the settings of A Page Size L Paper Source and so on 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 Enhanced Printing Options 189 Adjusting Images Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Mac OS X You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets This topic describes how to fine tune the color tone of photos before printing 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA settings Page Attributes B B Format for _ iPFxxxx B Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation To 1E E scale 100 Cancel da 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 Choose the original size in the C Paper
24. Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other By arranging originals from word processing or spreadsheet programs or web browser screen shots next to each other on single sheets you can create highly expressive presentation materials easy to understand meeting materials and a variety of other printed documents Free Layout Windows Besides combining multiple pages in a single page layout you can combine originals from multiple files even multiple source applications in a single page layout g imagePROGRAF Free Layout Canon iPFxxxx Fie Edit view Object Help E3 Hh Srl Si ear TA ba aera Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm Units inch Number of Objects Enhanced Printing Options 281 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet imagePROGRAF Free Layout Macintosh Besides combining multiple pages in a single page layout you can combine originals from multiple files even multiple source applications in a single page layout eoe Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout XXX XXX XXX XXX o S gt amp e 9 ou SAQA Bone KfHG R Print Enlarge Reduce Zoom Undo Redo Cut Copy Paste Auto Arrange Help Fe E E A ET A Page Setup i ol Media Type E Plain Paper i Easy Settings Print Target Default Settings i Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Paper Source Roll Paper
25. Q Note e If you prepare an original for printing without a margin and print it on paper of regular size the image near the edge will not be printed Oversize The margin required by the printer is added around the outside of a regular paper size For example when printing a A4 sized original 210x297 mm you have the following options 210mm 210mm i 210mm q y f ooo i Mo oi n F 210 297mm 297mm a b a Regular paper size Gray area not printed b Page Size c Oversized paper size Print area matches the page size b Important e When printing on oversize paper load paper larger than the page size a size that includes the margin required by the printer Sheets Load paper that is at least 6 mm 0 24 in wider and 26 mm 1 in higher than the page size e Rolls Load paper that is at least 6 mm 0 24 in wider and 6 mm 0 24 in higher than the page size e Paper larger than the maximum size supported by the printer cannot be used as paper for oversized printing P 106 Enhanced Printing Options 231 Printing at full size Q Note e Oversized printing selecting Oversize in Page Size is only available in Windows For oversized printing on sheets choose Manual as the media source To perform oversized printing on a Macintosh computer you must specify a non standard page size and print on it e To specify a non standard paper size in oversized printing register the paper si
26. The printer was turned off and on when not Leave the printer off for at least 30 seconds and disconnected from the server then restore power Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks The AppleTalk protocol is not enabled on the printer Activate AppleTalk on the printer P 424 The computer you are trying to print from is not Make sure the computer s AppleTalk settings are configured correctly configured correctly P 447 P 452 The computer and printer are not on the same Due to the nature of Bonjour you cannot print if network the printer is on another network behind a router Make sure the computer and printer are on the same network For information about network settings ask your network administrator Troubleshooting 527 Installation problems Installation problems The IEEE 1394 Driver Cannot Be Installed Correctly In Windows the device interface driver may not be installed correctly in some cases if you connected the IEEE 1394 cable before installing the printer driver If so reinstall the IEEE 1394 device interface driver and the printer driver as follows Important hON oOo CON e This procedure is based on an example for Windows XP The name of the wizard may be different in other operating systems Right click My Computer and choose Properties to display the System Properties window On the Hardware sheet click Device Manager to display the Device Mana
27. iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard E Page Setup BA Media Source Roll Paper DE B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm I Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 DBD v Enlarged Reduced Printing B Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O scaling 100 51 5 600 SIRS eet H C Borderless Printing fi Media Size Match Page Size By Print Centered R C No Spaces at Top or Bottom C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF C Preview Cancel E Print 11 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 12 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard iS a ELL _ Set DL Easy Settings lE rrin Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUB Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer Gc M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print 336 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings 13 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in
28. B Paper Source Roll Paper x 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm W Roll Paper Options __ Size Options Defaults OK Cancel J Apply at Help Enhanced Printing Options 319 Conserving roll paper 6 Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 7 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A3 A4 Roll 297 0mm 9 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet foe Canon iPFoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support 7 Page Layout IB 21 2Pages Sheet Bil sa Watermark JE conrioentia x F Edit Watermark Letter 8 5 x11 asdinxtto0in E D T Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 HHS Orase recon pa kad No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper W copies 1 1 999 Reverse Order Collate _ Page Options _ Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel i Apply J Help 10 Select the I No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper check box 11 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 320 Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper Con
29. Canon iPFxxxx XXXXXX T Click OK to display the Network page Q Note If you specify to configure the IP address using DHCP BOOTP or RARP there must be a server that supports such protocol running in the network e If you specify to configure the IP address using DHCP BOOTP or RARP the IP address obtained by this method is used first If you cannot obtain the IP address the address specified in IP Address is used e It takes a minute or two to determine whether DHCP BOOTP or RARP are available We recommend clearing check boxes of options you will not use e If you are using a DNS server select Enable DNS Dynamic Update and enter the IP Address for DNS servers DNS host name and DNS domain name in Primary DNS Server Address Secondary DNS Server Address DNS Host Name and DNS Domain Name respectively Network Setting 423 Network Setting Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the AppleTalk network settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page Click Edit in the upper right corner of the AppleTalk group to display the Ed
30. Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all or if printing is not improved by Head Cleaning A Media Menu Specify the type and size of paper P 56 Paper Details Specify detailed paper related settings including the ink drying time and borderless printing options P 57 GL2 Settings Specify settings for HP GL 2 printing gt P 59 Adjust Printer Adjust the Printhead alignment or amount of feed by printing a test pattern Interface Setup Configure the EOP timer and network settings P 61 Maintenance Access maintenance settings when replacing the Printhead or preparing to move the printer gt P 62 System Setup Specify the printer system settings including the date format and display language P 62 Test Print Choose Status Print to print information about the printer Choose Media Details to print the paper settings as specified in Paper Details Choose Print Job Log to print a record of print jobs including the paper type and size amount of ink used and so on Information on ink consumption is general not specific in nature Choose Menu Map to print a list of the main menu options Choose Nozzle Check to print a test pattern for checking the nozzles Information Displays information about the printer and record of print jobs P 64 Printer Parts 55 Control Panel Media Menu Setting Item Description Instructions Manual PaperType 1 Choose the type of paper in the tray
31. Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics r F View set Printer PDF wv Preview Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 235 Printing at full size 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard is Page Setup BA Media Source Roll Paper B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 DBD v Enlarged Reduced Printing 5 Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width SAn Arale L005 a O Scaling 100 1 5 600 SIRS eet H C Borderless Printing Media Size Match Page Size al Print Centered ne No Spaces at Top or Bottom ies oo C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print 10 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i
32. Paper e Mac OS X 1 Click the iPF Support icon in the Dock The online support window is displayed 2 Select Stay Informed imagePROGRAF Support Information lt gt a file Ra f gt We Canon WW imagePROGRAF _imagePROGRAF Support Information CEEA Using Your imagePROGRAF Printer Stay Informed User s Manual Visit the imagePROGRAF website for news and printing tips Visit the imagePROGRAF webpage Sp View the printer user s manual Paper Reference Guide z View information about paper that can be used with the printer B Get the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool to make sure the guide includes information on newly added paper T Copyright CANON INC 2007 The default browser is started and the imagePROGRAF webpage is displayed Q Note e In Windows you can also access the imagePROGRAF webpage by clicking the start menu selecting Programs gt iPFxxxx Media Configuration Tool here iPFxxxx represents the printer model gt iPFxxxx Media Configuration Tool to start the Media Configuration Tool and clicking Extra Information Ona Macintosh computer you can also access the imagePROGRAF website from the Finder by selecting Applications gt Canon Utilities gt iPFxxxx Media Configuration Tool here iPFxxxx represents the printer model gt MCTxxxx to start the Media Configuration Tool and then clicking Extra Information Handling Paper 105 Paper Paper Sizes Rolls Rolls th
33. Pressing the Menu button when printing is not in progress displays the main menu The title of the selected menu is displayed on the first line and menus immediately under the current menu are displayed on the second and subsequent lines The lower level menus are available if b gt is displayed at right P 37 the remaining Maintenance Information of the loaded paper 4 Paper Cutting Display Screen The title of the selected menu is displayed on the first line and menu items or settings are displayed on the second and subsequent lines P 37 The menu of options available during printing top figure can be displayed by pressing the gt button when the main menu is displayed left figure Submenu mode and state of the Control Panel Printer information Menu Durng Prtng Head Cleaning gt Fine Band Adj gt Information gt e Display Screen Menus available during printing are displayed if you press the Menu button during printing If you select a menu the title of the selected menu is displayed on the first line and menus immediately under the current menu are displayed on the second and subsequent lines The lower level menus are available if gt is displayed at right P 37 GL2 Settings Hi media Info Hisystem Info 3 5 4 5 FAGL2 Settings 5 5 Maint cart Glossy Photo Capacity 100 ISO A2 Head Ht H
34. Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard ree iz B Get Information B Set IDH Easy Settings E rrin Target Default Settings H i Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Office Document b Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image a POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer M Preview Cancel Print gt Enhanced Printing Options 305 Centering originals 12 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A settings B Format for Paper Size I Orientation E scale 13 Select the J Print Centered check box Page Attributes E iPFxxxx B Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm 100 14 Confirm the print settings and click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see 306 Enhanced Printing Options Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 395 Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Sheets When you print originals that are smaller than the sheet size the originals are arranged in the upper left corner of the sheet If you prefer you can print originals that were arranged this way centered on the sheet instead Print Centered Aligns the center of the original with the cen
35. Printer Driver ss Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows 1 Choose Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions 2 Select the printer and then display the printer driver dialog box Q Note The dialog box for specifying printing conditions varies depending on the source application In some cases when you select the printer a sheet for configuring the printer driver is added to the dialog box In the following case click Preferences mExample Print dialog box displayed by the application software p General Select Printer a z Add Printer IPFXXXX Status Ready Print to file Location Comment Fing Printer Page Range al Cancel Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility and Support Canon iPFoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Media Type GEES Get Information Advanced Settings Advanced Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard 600dpi Letter 8 5 x11 Color Mode Color 8 50 in x 11 00 in Actual Siz Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Thicken Fine Lines Color Settings Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Open Preview When Print Job Starts _ Status Monitor About Deta
36. Printing Photos and Images Mac OS X This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example e Document Photo image from a digital camera e Page Size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper Type Glossy Photo Paper Roll paper Width 10 inches 254 mm 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx BI Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm p I Orientation T Te E scale 100 H Cancel 0K 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click 10 x12 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets Standard Z H m Main a f images Size media Type Plain Paper HJ Ly Set T D Easy Settings H Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set ic Printer a H PDFv Preview Cancel Print 7 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Glossy Photo Paper Make sure the paper you select is load
37. Scanned Image Setting optimized for printing scanned images with accurate color reproduction to match the original images Setting optimized for high speed draft printing cuion Depending on the Media Type setting some Print Target options may not be available 160 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Photos and Images ts Note You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings e You can also fine tune these values as needed Advanced Settings For details on Advanced Settings see Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 193 For instructions on printing photos and images refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Photos and Images Windows P 162 e Printing Photos and Images Mac OS X P 164 Working With Various Print Jobs 161 Printing Photos and Images u Printing Photos and Images Windows This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example ON e Document Photo image from a digital camera e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Glossy Photo Paper Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Prefe
38. Source Size Type Paper Remaining Manual feed tray ANSI Letter 8 5 11 Plain Paper 2 Loaded Thicken Media Feed IsO A2 Plain Paper gy Loaded allt 17 in Roll Plain Paper i Je0 0m 2626 nin 7 98 Basic Printing Workflow Canceling print jobs Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X You can cancel print jobs in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor 1 Click the printer icon in the Dock to display the printer window 2 Click Stop Jobs to stop printing 808 iPFxxxx o gt f A Y a Stop Jobs tility Supply Levels Active Completed sample txt Page 2 of 3 4 ry Processing job In this window you can cancel jobs sent to the printer Q Note e The print job is displayed on the printer s screen during the transmission of print data from the computer When the transmission is completed the job is not displayed even during printing Alternatively you can cancel print jobs as follows 1 Click Utility to display imagePROGRAF Printmonitor K k iPFxxxx O of Be Start Job Utility fupply Levels Active Completed 4 gt Jobs Stopped Status A Name sample txt Basic Printing Workflow 99 Canceling print jobs 2 Select the print job to cancel and click the Cancel Job button to remove the print job 608 XXX XXX XXX XXX Printer Ready Ready Utility Support The job sent to the printer is canceled Q Note The print job is displayed on the imagePROGRAF
39. i Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size P 209 JE O Fi Rol Paper width Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 215 gosa Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value P 221 a Paper Size Match Page Size D Fit Paper Size Scales the document image to match the paper size E Fit Roll E Fit Roll Paper Width Width Scales the document image to match the roll width Lesa Scaling Resizes the document image based on a specified scaling value Enter a value in a range of 5 600 G Paper Size Choose the size of the paper you will print on For details on available paper sizes see Paper Sizes P 106 372 Windows Software Printer Driver Setting item Cescription H Orientation Choose the printing orientation Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation P 332 K Rotate Page 90 degrees Activate this setting to rotate the document image by 90 degrees before Conserve Paper printing Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees P 312 L Paper Source Choose how paper is supplied Options displayed in the list vary depending on the selection in Media Type in the Main sheet M Roll Paper Width Choose the roll width For details on available roll widths see Paper Sizes P 106 N Roll Paper Options Complete optional roll paper settings Click to display the Roll Paper Options dialog box Roll Paper Options Automatic Cutting N C Banne
40. 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ag Page Size Menlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width Ho Scaling S 4 Paper Size JH Diientation i A Portrait Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Borderless Printing a 00 Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in AJ O Landscape B Paper Source v 1 Rol Paper width Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm vi N Cara S nl Apply Defauts _ Size Options OK Cancel JI Help Oo ON O amp O Click O Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box In the Paper Size Options dialog box select the Oversize check box in Display Series Click OK to close the Paper Size Options dialog box Click Oversize ISO A4 in the A Page Size list Enhanced Printing Options 233 Printing at full size 10 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired QO Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 Q Note e You can sel
41. Do not remove and shake an Ink Tank that has already been installed in the printer Ink may leak out 10 Press the OK button and insert the Ink Tank into the holder facing as shown in the figure with the ink holes down Important e Ink Tank cannot be loaded in the holder if the color or orientation is wrong If the Ink Tank does not fit in the holder do not force it into the holder Make sure the color of the Ink Tank Lock Lever matches the color of the Ink Tank and check the orientation of the Ink Tank before reloading it 474 Maintenance Ink Tanks 11 Close the Ink Tank Lock Lever until it clicks 12 Make sure the Ink Lamp is lit in red 0 Note e Ink Lamp flashes when there is little ink left 13 Close the Ink Tank Cover The printer returns to the mode before replacement of Ink Tank Maintenance 475 Ink Tanks Checking Ink Tank Levels On the Display Screen you can check how much ink is left in the Ink Tank The Display Screen indicates the remaining ink levels unless a message is displayed Online Glossy Photo ISO A2 Roll During messages press the Information button to view the ink levels on the Display Screen H ink 1 5 Maint cart Capacity 100 an Ymm B B K k k These levels shown on the Display Screen correspond to the inks identified by the Color Label on the bottom of the Display Screen These symbols may be displayed above the i
42. E Maintenance A pecifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X Troubleshooting Error Message E Appendix 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets a The printer supports both rolls and sheets Take advantage of each type of paper for a wide range of printing applications Rolls and Sheets Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes Sheets are loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot Heavyweight paper is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot Paper Size Page Size The size of the image to be printed as specified in the application e Paper Size also called Media Size Introduction 9 How to use this manual Printing selected topics Print selected topics as follows 1 Access the printing dialog box as follows depending on your computer s operating system e Windows In Windows right click anywhere in the explanation area except on a figure or a link In the shortcut menu click Print to display the Print dialog box iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer jek File Edt View Favorites Tools Help we a r User Manual 6 Bb Page Op Tools i Contents Index iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Search a Basic Printing Workflow 1 Basic Printing W
43. Ea e To display the View Settings dialog box on the Main pane click View Settings by Print Target P 400 Setting item Ci escription O A Print Target C Details Shows all Print Target options settings items for the printing application Identifies the item selected in Print Target by its name and an icon Here you can confirm detailed settings values for each item selected in the Print Target list Mac OS X Software 405 Printer Driver Color Settings Pane Color Mac OS X In general make any needed adjustments to the color of documents in the application used to create them However if the color tone as printed is not as you expected you can also adjust the color in the printer driver Color Adjustment pane color If the color tone as printed is not as you expected you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment pane Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching A Preview Color Balance Cyan Red Cyan 0 3 30 30 iE wg Green Magenta 30 30 EE E Blue _ Yellow 3 30 30 E 5 Brightness Dark Light 30 30 ey ey se as a Low a High 3 30 30 0 Low gt High 0 130 30 D cray Tone Cool Black gt Warm Black 0 30 30 OO Cancel E Q Note To display the Color Adjustment pane on the Main pane click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings
44. Feed Slot Feeder b Online Selection Load Eject Power e z a9 Cleaning 3 Sec i Note e If any paper is loaded that will not be used a message is shown on the Display Screen either Remove roll or Eject sheet when you press the Feeder Selection button To remove the paper press the OK button P 138 e You cannot switch the paper source in the following situations e When the Message lamp is flashing Check the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary P 535 e When the Data lamp is flashing Select the paper source after printing is finished e When a printer menu operation is in progress Wait until the operation is finished before selecting the paper source e When in the process of loading paper Finish loading the paper before selecting the paper source e When in the process of replacing ink tanks Finish replacing the Ink Tank before selecting the paper source e When the Top Cover is open Close the Top Cover before selecting the paper source Handling Paper 141 Handling sheets Selecting the Paper Type Sheet When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the type of paper as follows Q Note e After you press the Feeder Selection button to illuminate the Cut Sheet lamp press the Load Eject button to display a screen for selection of the paper type Press A or Y to select the type of paper and then press the OK button to display a screen fo
45. JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D F Enlarged Reduced Printing Bs E Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 J O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 1G O saling 100 131 5 600 Letter 8 5 x11 H _ Borderless Printing m Media Size Match Page Size is _ Print Centered R L No Spaces at Top or Bottom C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDFw Preview Cancel Print 14 Confirm the settings of A Paper Source and C Page Size 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 192 Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing You can specify detailed print settings as desired for the quality level colors and other criteria Advanced Settings For printing results that appear just as expected for your original you can specify which graphic elements and colors to prioritize for printing G Note Easy Settings are also available providing convenient presets To use the presets simply choose the printing application For details on Easy Settings refer to the following topics e Printing Photos and Images gt P 160 e Printing Line Drawings and Text P 169 e Printing Office Documents P 176 Print Priority Choose the graphic ele
46. K Reduce Print Unevenness PDF Y Mode Driver Correction C Unidirectional Printing C Economy Printing Printer Select the paper type For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 Preview Cancel Click to display the Get Information dialog box which shows media types specified on the printer for each media source When you select a media source your selection is applied to the printer driver settings for the media source and media type Click to display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time and other detailed settings based on the paper type Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for printing Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing Choose the level of print quality Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 193 Choose the color mode Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing Click to display the Color Settings dialog box for more advanced color settings Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 185 Although unidirectional printing is slower it can help prevent misaligned lines and ensure better results This option is displayed if you have selected Plain Paper in A Media Type and Office Document in E Print Priority Activate this option for two pass printing to reduce color shading Mac OS X Softw
47. Li 8 5 x11 etter 8 5 x11 ti inxtt coin MM S5 C Rotate 180 degrees pe m No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper W cories 12 1 999 2 Reverse Order Collate _ Page Options Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 10 Select the A Page Layout check box 11 Click Poster 2 x 2 in the B Page Layout list O Note Follow the steps below to print only a portion of the poster as divided for printing 1 Click C Set under B Page Layout to display the Pages to Print dialog box 2 On the Pages to Print dialog box clear the check boxes of the portion you do not want to print 3 Click OK to close the Pages to Print dialog box 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 300 Enhanced Printing Options Centering originals Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Rolls When using originals smaller than the roll paper width you can center them relative to the width when printing Print Centered Aligns the center of the original with the center of the roll relative to the width For instructions on centering originals when printing on rolls refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Windows P 302 e
48. No E Yes After two seconds the menu command is executed After commands are executed the printer commonly reverts to the state before the menu operation either online or offline 40 Printer Parts Control Panel Menu Structure Main Menu The structure of the main menu is as follows Values at right indicated by an asterisk are the defaults For instructions on menu operations see Main Menu Operations P 37 For details on menu items see Main Menu Settings P 55 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level iHeadcieaningB TCS Plain Paper HQ 5 Plain Paper HG 5 PlainP_ConsMBK 5 Recycled Coated a a ae High Resolution 5 5 Matte Photo Glossy Photo Semi Gl Photo 5 5 Glossy Paper Photo Paper Pro 5 Printer Parts 41 Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Photo PaperPlus 5 PhotoPlusSemiGl 5 Syn Paper 5 Adh Syn Paper 5 Proofing Paper 5 News Proof 1 5 News Proof 2 5 Colored Coated 5 CAD Trace Paper 5 CAD Matte Film 5 POP Board 5 Special Here the number is 1 5 S Manual PaperSize a E E a ee a T a E rr es a a ee E E a e O D es ee eee eee Ee a eee ee eee ee es Se ae ee 42 Printer Parts Control Panel tee eae eC ee eran ee S a ee ce i a a CO
49. P 142 Manual PaperSize 1 Select the size of paper to be loaded manually P 143 Roll Media Type 1 Choose the type of roll P 110 Chk Remain Roll Choose On to print a barcode at the end of a roll before you remove it The printed barcode can be used in managing the amount of roll paper left Choose Off if you prefer not to print the barcode Roll Length Set Displayed if Chk Remain Roll is On If a barcode is not printed on rolls specify the roll length The roll length is displayed in meters or feet depending on the setting in Length Unit 1 For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install the printer driver from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool See the Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh 56 Printer Parts Paper Details Control Panel Setting tem Description Instructions The paper type is displayed here 1 Roll DryingTime Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry for each sheet Scan Wait Time Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry between each scan in bidirectional printing in consideration of how quickly the ink dries Note that printing will take longer if you specify a wait time Fee
50. P 324 M Status Monitor Click to start imagePROGRAF Status Monitor which enables you to confirm the status of the printer and print jobs You can also set up email notification if printer errors occur by completing the Email Notice settings For details refer to the Status Monitor help file N About Click to confirm version information for the printer driver S Defaults Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values 362 Windows Software Printer Driver ss Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box Windows On the Paper Information on Printer dialog box you can obtain information on the paper in the printer and configure printer driver settings for the paper source and media type Paper Information on Printer The following media type and size are specified on the printer for these media sources By choosing a desired media source here you can automatically apply the printer settings including media type and roll width to the printer driver Note Other related settings may also be changed To change the details shown here use the printer control panel to adjust the settings A Media Source Roll Paper Media Type Plain Paper Roll Paper Width 17 in Roll 431 8mm O Manual Media Type Plain Paper Q Note To display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box on the Main sheet click Get Information by Media Type P 360 Setting tem escription A Paper Source Shows the P
51. Printer Status Feed Information ol Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mm aper Type Plain Pay Paper Remaining 3280ft 10in Update Printer Infomation Status Monitor Output Size 16 5in x 11 7in Note e Under some settings and in some environments PageComposer may be started 324 Enhanced Printing Options Checking Images Before Printing Preview Macintosh While viewing the preview screen you can also adjust layout or size settings and your changes will be instantly applied on the preview screen e098 Canon imagePROGRAF Preview xxxx bmp S K al l 6 As B GF B HM Ni ibd Print Enlarge Reduce Zoom Fit to Width Fit Screen Actual Size Go to Page Help A 7 E Page Setup Media Type Plain Paper r f Easy Settings Print Target Default Settings i Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Paper Source RollPaper Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm B Automatic Cutting Printer Default B fa Copies 1 y copies 1 999 Restore Defaults Print b Printer Information 0 Printer Status E Online Feed Information O Important The driver must be installed from the User Software CD ROM to use this function For instructions on how to check the layout before printing refe
52. Reference Guide P 101 B Drying Time Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry as needed The Drying Time setting is only valid for rolls P 126 C Between Pages Specify the time the printer waits after printing a page until ejecting the paper as needed D Between Scans Specify the time the printer waits after printing a line on the page until printing the next line as needed E Roll Paper Margin for You can specify the length of a margin on the leading edge of paper to Safety ensure that paper susceptible to curling is held firmly against the Platen F Near End Margin Specify the length of the Near End Margin the leading edge margin of the roll as needed G Cut Speed Select the speed of automatic cutting as needed You can adjust this setting if paper is not cut well when automatic cutting is used Specify whether to print a mirror image as needed Select this option to print a version of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted 364 Windows Software Printer Driver View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application Windows In the View Settings dialog box you can check details of the selected printing application View Settings Print Target Al Bi name Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Ad CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast zy CAD Monochrome Line Drawing L Details CAD High Accuracy P i sai Photo from digital camera
53. To adjust the measurement scale and ensure accuracy so that lines in CAD drawings are printed at exactly the right length for example specify the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage when adjusting the feed amount P 464 Important e Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing e To apply the results of adjusting the feed amount in printing you must first set Feed Priority to Band Joint Note that if you select Automatic the results of adjustment will only be applied in printing if you set Print Priority in the printer driver to Image or Office Document P 193 Follow these steps to change the Feed Priority setting 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or YW to select Paper Details and then press the gt button 3 Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Feed Priority and then press the button 5 Press A or Y to select Band Joint and then press the OK button Follow the steps below to adjust the feed amount manually 1 When using sheets have two unused sheets A4 Letter sized or larger ready When using a roll load a roll 10 inches 254 mm or wider e Loading Sheets Manually P 144 e Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 112 e Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit gt P 114 e Loading Rolls in the Printer P 115 Q Note e Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media ty
54. printing starts automatically If no print job was received beforehand the printer enters Standby mode Handling Paper 145 Handling sheets Loading heavyweight paper in the Front Paper Feed Slot Important Before loading heavyweight paper change the media type setting to POP Board After POP Board is selected as the type of paper you can select Front Paper Feed Slot e Always load a POP Board in the Front Paper Feed Slot Loading it another way may damage the printer or cause malfunction Q Note e You can load only one sheet of paper at a time e Store unused paper in the original package away from high temperature humidity and direct sunlight e If the paper is warped straighten it before loading it Load the paper straight Loading paper askew will cause an error e After loading the paper you cannot move it laterally to reposition it Be sure to load the paper straight 1 If you send a print job specifying POP Board from a computer beforehand the type and size of paper are shown on the Display Screen Press the Load Eject button Q Note e If you will load heavyweight paper before sending a print job press the Load Eject button After a menu for selection of the type of paper is shown on the Display Screen press A or W to select POP Board and then press the OK button Next a menu for selection of the paper size is shown on the Display Screen Press A or V to select the size of paper and then press the OK
55. requires longer paper because the actual margin will be equal to the margin setting of the printer driver plus the margin setting of the printer menu 4 S LE sS LE 62 Printer Parts Control Panel Paper Size Basis Sht Selection If sheet size detection is activated choose whether ISO A3 or 13 x19 Super B is applied when an intermediate size is detected Roll Selection 1 If roll size detection is activated choose whether ISO A3 297mm or 300mm Roll is applied when a roll of an intermediate width is detected Roll Selection 2 If roll size detection is activated choose whether 10in 254mm or JIS B4 257mm is applied when a roll of an intermediate width is detected Choose On to cut the leading edge of the roll Specify the timing for automatic checks of nozzle clogging Choose 1 page to check once per printed page Choose 10 pages to check once per ten printed pages Choose Automatic to have the printer automatically adjust the timing for checks based on the frequency of nozzle use Specify the period before the printer enters Sleep mode TrimEdge Reload Noz Check Freq Sleep Timer Specify the time zone Time zone options indicate a main city in Time Zone this time zone and the difference from Greenwich Mean Time ee ea faves _______ Site wet nie Dany Sanen eoma __ Depor sencon Reset PaprSetngs Restores settings that you have changed with Media Configuration
56. select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 6 Select the print target in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 247 Borderless Printing 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x11 00 in 009 Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in A a Page Size a V Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size Borderless Printing JE O Fit Roll Paper width F O Scaling E 4 Paper Size H Orientation D A Poat aS B Paper Source M Rol Paper width Match Page Size a AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm Wi RatPips Onis Ss J OK Cancel JI Apply J Help Size Options Defaults 8 Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click 10 x12 9 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 10 Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box amp Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support AS Page Size J Borderless Printing Method DO Fit Media Size E Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Bo
57. still scratched try setting the Printhead level in Head Height to Highest P 468 P 457 When printing on paper 0 1 mm 0 004 in thin or thinner choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Weakest If the paper is still scratched try setting the Printhead level in Head Height to Highest P 457 If edges of the paper curl and become soiled when printing on rolls of glossy photo paper in Paper Detailed Settings in the printer driver set Near End Margin to 20mm 1 Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer 518 Troubleshooting Problems with the printing quality The edges of the paper are dirty Corrective Action The Platen has become dirty after borderless printing or printing on small paper The paper type as specified on the printer does not match the type specified in the printer driver The paper is wrinkled or warped A cut line is printed because the function to reduce cutting dust has been activated The Printhead is set too low You are printing on heavyweight paper or paper that curls or wrinkles easily after absorbing ink The Ejection Guide is soiled Open the Top Cover and clean the Platen P 495 Make sure the same paper type is specified on the printer as in the printer driver P 110 P 142 Make sure the same paper type is specified in the printer driver as on the printer 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more
58. to protect the nozzles If this ink is accidentally spilled it may stain the printer or surrounding area We recommend removing the Safety Cap 2 b on top of the Printhead package or safely out of the way Wipe off any spilled ink with a dry cloth This ink is non toxic Do not reattach the Safety Cap or protective material Dispose of these materials in accordance with local regulations 14 With the nozzles facing down and the metal contacts toward the back insert the Printhead into the Carriage Making sure that the metal contacts do not touch the Carriage carefully push the printhead firmly into the carriage Maintenance 485 Printheads 15 Pull the Printhead Fixer Cover down toward the front to lock the Printhead in place 17 Close the Top Cover Ink now fills the system After about ten minutes the Printhead alignment will be automatically adjusted and the printer will go online If no paper has been loaded a message is displayed requesting you to load paper Important e Never remove an Ink Tank while the system is filling with ink e If Auto Print is Off in the printer menu the Printhead alignment will not be adjusted In this case adjust the alignment after Printhead replacement by accessing Auto Head Adj in Advanced Adj P 453 486 Maintenance Maintenance Cartridge Maintenance Cartridge Maintenance Cartridge e Maintenance Cartridge MC 16 O Note e For instructions on repla
59. x copies 1 999 Restore Defaults Print Update Printer Info rt eee Printer Information Printer Status Online Feed Information M4 TO P 4 Check the layout and adjust settings in the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window as desired 5 Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview menu Q Note For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions refer to Preview Mac OS X Software 397 Printer Driver Using Favorites Mac OS X You can use the Presets function in Mac OS X for favorite based printing Q Note In the printing dialog box click Save As in the Presets list to save the current print settings This is a standard feature of the operating system For details refer to the Mac OS documentation 398 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver ss Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Mac OS X 1 In the application software select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions QO Note e This dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer specify the range of pages number of copies and so on 2 Select the printer in the Printer list Printer Whoon Presets Standard Sg Copies amp Pages Copies 1 wv Collated Pages AIll O From 1 to 1 PDFw Preview Cancel Print 3 Click Print to start printing As shown in the following illustration you
60. 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EMES Get Information he Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Status Monitor _ About L Defauts za 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Office Document in the E Print Target list Q Note e You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setupsheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing F Enarged Reduced Pr
61. 3 or later e USB 2 0 driver Microsoft USB 2 0 driver available from Windows Update or the Service Pack e USB cable Certified USB 2 0 cable 2 One IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board can be installed Printer Parts 77 Printer Specifications Ink Ink Tank BK Ink Tank Black Ink PFI 102BK user replaceable MBK Ink Tank Matte Black Ink or black ink Pigmentink PFI 102MBK user replaceable for matte paper C Ink Tank Cyan Ink PFI 102C user replaceable M Ink Tank Magenta Ink PFI 102M user replaceable Y Ink Tank Yellow Ink PFI 102Y user replaceable Capacity 130 ml per color 1 1 Printable pages when using the provided Starter Ink Tanks 90 ml per tank Paper 1 Foe mre Rolls 0 07 0 8 mm 0 0028 0 031 in Paper size Sheets ISO A1 ISO A2 ISO A2 ISO A3 ISO A3 ISO A4 ISO B2 ISO B3 ISO B4 JIS B2 JIS B3 JIS B4 22 x34 ANSI D 17 x22 ANSI C 11 x17 Ledger 13 x19 Super B Letter 8 5 x11 Legal 8 5 x14 24 x36 ARCH D 18 x24 ARCH C 12 x18 ARCH B 9 x12 ARCH A DIN C2 DIN C3 DIN C4 20 x24 18 x22 14 x17 12 x16 10 x12 10 x15 US Photo 20 x30 13 x22 Poster 300x900 mm Tray top Width 203 610 mm 8 24 in Length 279 1 600 mm 11 63 in Tray front Width 203 610 mm 8 0 24 in e Length 520 914 mm 20 5 36 0 in 8 inches 203 mm 10 inches 254 mm JIS B4 257 mm ISO A3 A4 297 mm Banner 300 mm A3 329 mm
62. 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width 4 Auto Scale 100 IG O scaling Moo 8 5 600 E H C Borderless Printing Ti Media size Match Page Size PS Corr Preview m C Print Centered on a Cd No Spaces at Top or Bottom cm By _ Rotate Page 90 degrees rit Cancel 7 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 344 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings 8 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard i Main B Ha eo Buo Type Plain Paper J iR EC cet information _ D Easy Settings E a E Print Target Default Settings ia Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image 4 POP Md Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set BC Printer M PDFw Preview Cancel E Print 9 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 10 Click C Set to display the Paper Detailed Settingsdialog box Media Detailed Settings Media Type Plain Paper Bi oring Time setween Pages Printer Default E I between Scans Printer Default E JE Roll Paper Margin for Safety _ E IF near End Margin Printer Default iz Gut Speed Printer Default B HH Automatic Cutting Printer Default ix ot P ld C Mirror Revert C Cancel E 11 To enable automatic cutting click Printer Defa
63. Additional Settings ee Support Summary 94 Basic Printing Workflow Canceling print jobs Canceling print jobs Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel print jobs or ink drying in progress when the printer is online offline or in Menu mode Cleaning 3 Sec Printer operation varies depending on the status when you hold down the Stop button for a second or more during printing e If you press the Stop button before printing starts Holding down the Stop button for a second or more before printing cancels the print job and brings the printer online When the roll is selected as the paper source the printer goes online and when sheet is selected the printer goes offline Rose Wine The Printer does not print e If you press the Stop button during printing Holding down the Stop button for a second or more during printing stops printing immediately ee The printer stops immediately Basic Printing Workflow 95 Canceling print jobs e If you press the Stop button when printing is paused Holding down the Stop button for a second or more when printing is paused cancels the print job The print job is canceled and the printer ejects paper 96 Basic Printing Workflow Canceling print jobs Canceling Print Jobs from Windows You can cancel print jobs in the printer window 1 Click the printer icon in the taskbar to display the print
64. C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A settings B Format for Paper Size I Orientation B B i Page Attributes iPFxxxx Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm Mal tet Th E scale 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 395 Enhanced Printing Options 337 Other useful settings Using Favorites You can register print settings as Favorites to reuse settings from a particular job that met your expectations or settings for a particular page size that you will use repeatedly Favorites Registering a favorite for later use You can choose the settings you have registered from a list before printing and you can check the settings details 0 Note e You can also save the favorite settings as files Using these files is a convenient way to print under the same conditions on another computer In Windows For instructions on using favorites to print refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Using Favorites Windows P 339 e Using Favorites Mac OS X P 341 338 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings Using Favorites Windows This topic describes how to register favorites and print using favorite settings Registering a favo
65. Canon iP Foxxx Job Information if Maintenance amp Support Paper jam Follow instructions in printer manual to remove paper jam Ink Levels J PE E TT O M MBK MBK BK Maintenance cartridge free space 80 Job Information Owner Document Name Feed Information Source Size Type Paper Remaining amp Empty Manual feed tray Roll 1 17 in Roll 431 8mm Plain Paper pE 80 0 m 2624 ft 8 in Thicken Media Feed amp Empty Error Message 535 Responding to Messages Error Messages Error messages Check the message and take the appropriate action Borderless printng not possible P 545 Cannot adjust band P 548 Cannot adjust printhead P 548 Cannot cut paper P 544 Cannot detect papr P 543 Cannot feed paper P 542 Cannot feed paper P 544 Cannot print as specified P 548 End of paper feed P 544 ERROR Exxx xxxx x represents a letter or number P 553 GARO Wxxxx x represents a number P 553 GL2 W0502 The parameter is out of range P 552 GL2 W0504 This command is not supported P 552 GL2 Wxxxx The memory is full xxxx is 0501 0903 or 0904 P 552 Hardware error XXXXXXXX XXXX x represents a letter or number P 553 Ink insufficient P 546 Ink Level Check P 547 Ink tank error P 547 No ink left P 546 Insufficient paper for job P 540 Maintenance cartridge f
66. Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 Printing by using Custom Paper Size This section describes how to print using Custom Paper Size based on the following example First register a non standard paper size called 430 mm Square as a Custom Paper Size e Document Scanned image e Page size A square sheet 430x430 mm 16 9x16 9 in e Paper Sheets Manual e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A square sheet 430x430 mm 16 9169 in Load the square paper 430x430 mm 16 9 16 9 in in the Top Paper Feed Slot Choose Print in the source application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 ON 276 Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 4 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences 7 Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EIGER x Get Information la Advanced Settings a I Easy Settings E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics JE view Settings Open Preview
67. Connect a USB cable to this port This port is compatible with High Speed USB 2 0 c Ethernet Port Connect an Ethernet cable to this port d Power Supply Connector Connect the power cord to this connector e Carrying Handles at four positions When carrying the printer hold it by these handles under both sides Printer Parts 15 Printer parts 16 Printer Parts u Top Cover Inside Carriage Moves the Printhead The carriage serves a key role in printing gt P 18 Carriage Shaft The Carriage slides along this shaft Paper Retainer Important in supplying the paper This retainer holds paper as it is fed Platen The Printhead moves across the platen during printing The Vacuum holes on the platen holds paper in place Borderless Printing Ink Grooves For catching ink outside the edges of paper during borderless printing Cleaning Brush When cleaning inside the printer under the Top Cover use this brush to sweep away paper dust on the Platen Linear Scale The linear scale serves a key role in detecting the Carriage position Be careful not to touch this part when cleaning inside the Top Cover or clearing paper jams Printer parts Tray Feed Area a Tray Extension When loading sheets on the tray open the Paper Tray Cover before opening the tray b Width Guide When loading the sheets move the guide to match the paper size c Top Paper Feed Slot When loading sh
68. Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics TAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Status Monitor _ About _Detauts za 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences Sa Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ag Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 B Borderless Printing Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width lO scaling Letter 8 5 x11 x i 8 50 in x 11 00 in E 2 Paper size Match Page Size 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Diientation 8 50 in x 11 00in A Potat W LAJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper iE Paper Source Roll Paper I Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm WW atc opis o S Size Options _Defauts OK Cancel JI Apply Help 7 In A Page Size click the size of the original as specified in the application software In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 8 Click Roll Paper
69. Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set ic Printer yaa See H PDFv Preview Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 304 Enhanced Printing Options Centering originals 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard CSCS Page Setup Media Source Roll Paper DE JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 DBD v Enlarged Reduced Printing Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O scaling 100 5 600 PEI Sienn H C Borderless Printing Media Size Match Page Size By al Print Centered ne No Spaces at Top or Bottom ies oo C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print 10 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in Roll Q Note e If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information
70. Edit View Favorites Tools Help a CE gt B JO search gt gt Folders E Address Printers and Faxes amp gt g2 o Printer Tasks Canon iP Fe Open E Add a printer Printing Preferences E See what s printing E Select printing preferences amp Pause printing Share this printer Use Printer Offline fai Rename this printer Create Shortcut XK Delete this printer Delete A Set printer properties Rename Pause Printing Properties See Also Other Places Details 432 Network Setting Network Setting Windows 3 On the Sharing sheet click Share this printer and enter the shared name Canon iPFxxxx Properties Genera Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings You can share this printer with other users on your network To Sa enable sharing for this printer click Share this printer Windows Firewall is already configured to allow the sharing of printers with other computers on the network Do not share this printer Share this printer Drivers If this printer is shared with users running different versions of Windows you may want to install additional drivers so that the users do not have to find the print driver when they connect to the shared printer Additional Drivers OK Cancel Apply 4 To print jobs from clients running other versions of Windows click Additional Drivers and follow the instructions to install the printer driver of the correspondi
71. Eject sheet is displayed press the OK button The sheet is ejected automatically 138 Handling Paper Handling rolls Removing the Roll Feed Unit Important e Always make sure the printer is off before removing the Roll Feed Unit 1 Remove any rolls in the Roll Feed Unit P 118 2 Use a coin or screwdriver to loosen the screws a on both sides of the back of the Roll Feed Unit and remove the unit from the printer 3 Hold the Roll Feed Unit by the Carrying Handles a as you remove the Roll Feed Unit from the printer Handling Paper 139 Handling rolls Installing the Roll Feed Unit O Important Always make sure the printer is off before attaching the Roll Feed Unit 1 Holding the Roll Feed Unit by the Carrying Handles a insert the two pins of the Roll Feed Unit b into the each hole on the back of the printer c 2 Use a coin or screwdriver to tighten the two screws on the back of the Roll Feed Unit a to secure it to the printer 140 Handling Paper Handling sheets Handling sheets s Selecting the Paper Source When advancing paper press the Feeder Selection button and select the source You can determine the selected source by checking which lamp is lit either the Roll Media lamp a or the Cut Sheet lamp b e Roll Media lamp Selected when printing on Roll Media e Cut Sheet lamp Selected when printing on Sheets from the Top Paper Feed Slot or Front Paper
72. Faint Lines On For details on submenu screens see Submenu Display P 66 Printer Parts 53 Control Panel Main menu during printing The structure of the main menu during printing is as follows For instructions on menu operations see Main Menu Operations P 37 For details on menu items see Main Menu Settings During Printing P 65 Third Level Error Log EHEHEHEH HEHEHE Po Choose from Document Name information about the latest three print jobs Page Count Print Time foes 1 Available if Feed Priority is Automatic or Band Joint 54 Printer Parts Control Panel Main Menu Settings Main menu items are described in the following tables For instructions on selecting or setting menu items see Main Menu Operations P 37 For details on menu levels and values see Menu Structure P 41 Setting Item Description Instructions Paper Cutting This command is available only if a roll is loaded Choose Yes to cut the roll at the current position However if paper cannot be advanced to the cut position it will not be cut In this case manually advance the roll before cutting it P 124 Rep Ink Tank When replacing the Ink Tank choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen P 470 Head Cleaning Specify Printhead cleaning options P 480 Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint oddly colored or contains foreign substances
73. Feed Slot 1 Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover 2 Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot P 122 remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam Handling Paper 121 Handling rolls e If the paper is jammed by the Ejection Guide Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 4 Press OK If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam as follows 1 Turn off the printer and remove the Roll Feed Unit from the printer gt P 139 2 Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 3 Install the Roll Feed Unit on the printer again gt P 140 122 Handling Paper Handling rolls Clearing Jammed Paper Paper Feed Slot Follow these steps to remove any scraps left in the Paper Feed Slot after you clear jammed sheets or roll paper 1 Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the Cut Sheet lamp 2 Press the Load Eject button A screen is displayed for paper type selection 3 Select POP Board and press the OK button A screen is displayed for paper size selection 4 Select the desired size and press the OK
74. Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaing Letter 8 5 x11 I s 8 50 in x 11 00 in 1S E Paper size Match Page Size 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JH Diientation 8 50 in x 11 00in i Aj Portrait a AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Borderless Printing B Paper Source Roll Paper I Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options __ Size Options Defaults OK Cancel i Apply J Help 7 In A Page Size click the size of the original as specified in the application software In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 8 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 9 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 10 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support 7 Page Layout B A 2 Pages Sheet Le Watermark JE conripentiat v JE Edit watermark Letter 8 5 x11 in x 11 00 in Letter i 8 50 in x 11 00 in Rotate 180 degrees No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 14 1 999 Reverse Order Collate _ Page Options Special Settings __Defauts _ OK Cancel J Apply iat Help 11 Select the D Watermark check box 12 Click FILE COPY in
75. Help w a ZE PF xxx User Manual Contents _ Index iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Search J Home Home gt Basic Printing Workflow E Basic Printing Workflow r Acces tothe HM for painting Printing procedure Canceling print jobs gt Printi tions Using Rolls and Sheets E Working With Various Print Jobs me BE Printing Opti gt Loading and Printing on Rolls gt Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot Windows Software Internet 8 Introduction How to use this manual The topics in Printing Procedure are displayed together in HTML format ready for printing iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer go e F 5 x Live searct File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ie pra Qtex we amp PF xox User Manual a Contents _ iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Basic Printing Workflow 1 Basic Printing Workflow P 1 1 Printing procedure Canceling print jobs Working With Various Print Jobs Display selectes topics APPIY Windows Software Z Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Mac OS X Software 3 L and Printing on Rolls Handling Paper Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot Printer Parts Printing from Mac OSX Network Setting Z Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows F Maintenance i Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X Troubleshooting Error Message E Appendix 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printin
76. If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder P 136 If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing Paper incompatible with the printer s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing special page layouts centering originals and printing cut lines on rolls You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size When borderless printing is used the edge of the paper is cut during printing Thus ink density may be uneven at the edges If you require higher image quality specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver In this case the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only After ejecting and cutting the printed document use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges By factory default the ink drying time is disabled for all paper When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not dry yet it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut depending on frequency of use In this case follow these steps to change the ink drying time 1 On
77. Index 557 Index L Layout Sheet Windows ccceeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeees 375 Line thickness is not uniform Windows 525 Lines are misaligned ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeenee 525 Lines Are Printed Too Thick or Thin During HP GL 2 PUNUIN ussat teats resis 530 Lines or images are missing in the HP GL 2 data that was Printed ee cence eee eeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaaes 530 Loading and Printing on Rolls sise 85 Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed SOE wetees addecedienddezeee ienei enctbtiaavssentaaveereaccieeediteneds 90 Loading Rolls in the Printer 0 cccceeteeeeeees 115 Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit 008 114 Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder cseeeeee 112 Loading Sheets Manually cccceeeseeesteeeeteees 144 Loading heavyweight paper in the Front Paper Fogd SlOtsccciiss cst eeettceed ses hg Seeeass tenes anaia 146 Loading paper in the Top Paper Feed Slot 144 M Mac OS X SONWANE sennasta a aAa 392 Main Menu Operations cc cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeee 37 Accessing Menus ccccsecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 38 Executing menu commands 40 Specifying Menu eM Senrose 39 Specifying numerical valUeS ceceeeeeeees 40 Main Menu Setting Sissing 55 AQJUSU Prine eanan a 60 GLZ SoNg ea a 59 TOF IMALION eceran NE 64 Interface S tup eceeesseeceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeseaeeeeneees 61 Maintenance ee Aa 6
78. Information Displayed Pane displayed when the H Images tab On top illustrations indicate the page size of the original the is clicked paper size orientation layout borderless printing selection color mode and other settings information Under this the page size paper size and method and percentage of enlargement or reduction is displayed Pane displayed when the I Size tab is Paper size details are indicated numerically clicked Pane with printer and paper illustrations Illustrations indicate the paper source orientation borderless printing selection and other settings information Mac OS X Software 395 Printer Driver G Note To confirm the Print Target specified in Easy Settings click F View set on the Main pane to display the View settings dialog box Printer iPFxxxx HY Presets Standard Es H m Main E images size WAlmedia Type Plain Paper EJ BC Get Information BC Set D Easy Settings i eee rget Default Settings a Letter 8 5 x11 a Draft Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Bc Printer PDFv Preview M Cancel Print Checking a print preview You can check an image of the original just as it will be printed Confirming the image of print jobs befo
79. J Export and specify the file to save Enhanced Printing Options 339 Other useful settings Printing using the favorite Follow the steps below to print using the favorite you have registered 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Favorites B Settings Details amp Default Settings Main Media Type Plain Paper Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On Page Setup Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 i E Comment Automatically selects the best mode for documents that contain a K ssj mixture of text photos and graphics Bl g G o B Default Settings Apply Favorite Add v Application Settings Priority t OK Cancel JI Apply Help 4 In the A Favorites choose the favorite you registered Q Note To import a favorite click I Import and specify the favorite file 5 Click D Apply Favorite to replace the favorite settings with the current print settings 6 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P
80. Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics AC View set ft Printer M Cancel E Print 5 C PDFv Preview O Note e A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Mac OS XY gt P 392 394 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X There are two ways to confirm what printing conditions have been specified as follows e Checking a preview of the settings gt P 395 e Checking a print preview P 396 Checking a preview of the settings A preview of the settings is displayed on the left side of the Main Page Setup Utility and Additional Settings panes By checking images and numerical values in the preview you can confirm current settings for the page size orientation paper source and so on Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets Standard B Main B A w D Easy Settings K a E Print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP M Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set E Printer M Cancel Prin Display Area
81. Light Another color mode optimized for line You can adjust the color balance drawings 2D CAD Black lines are printed especially clearly when ink of many colors is used as for colored backgrounds Monochrome BK A color mode for printing line drawings You can adjust the color balance ink Only Black ink is used Monochrome Bitmap Print in a color mode for CAD using No color adjustment is supported Color Ink with all non white portions printed in black Color Adjustment You can adjust colors separately for images graphics and text documents Fine tune color tones by adjusting the levels of Cyan Magenta and Yellow Gray Tone Adjust gray tones to suit the images of monochrome photos Choose cool black tinged with blue pure black neutral warm black tinged with red and so on Select the color tone in the color region or from the list Brightness Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and lightest portions intact Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contrast Saturation Adjust the level of color saturation in a range from subdued to vivid Enhanced Printing Options 185 Adjusting Images Matching You can choose the color matching mode and method By adjusting the color matching mode and method you can make printed colors match the colors of on sc
82. Method DO Fit Media Size E Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Borderless Roll Width 17 in Roll 431 8mm 17 00 in x 22 09 in JH Grientation i aj Portrait n Media Source M Roll Paper Width Aj O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm wj x NC n S Defaults Size Options f ok Cancel App __Help 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list in this case click 10 in Roll 254 0mm Click OK to close the Information dialog box In C Borderless Printing Method click F Print Image with Actual Size Confirm the print settings and print as desired OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 12 13 14 262 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example Document Any type e Page size 10 x 12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm Borderless e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box Wi settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPPoox Paper Siz
83. Note e If printed documents including documents printed on rolls are affected by banding in different colors not only toward the end of the sheet but throughout the printed area try adjusting the overall feed amount P 458 e This adjustment is only possible when feeding paper from the Top Paper Feed Slot that can be set up with a margin on the trailing edge of 3 mm 0 12 in 1 Load a sheet of unused paper A4 Letter sized or larger Q Note e Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper e We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for adjustment 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 3 Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Adj Far Ed Feed and then press the gt button 5 Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button A test pattern is printed for adjustment 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 18 2 c EEE Pe Pe ee EE EE ee ee ee E 2 Nh 2 a Me e A CH El Eh Pe mE ee EE ee EE C1 is displayed on the Control Panel 6 Examine test pattern C1 for adjustment After you determine the pattern in which streaks are least noticeable press the A or W to choose the pattern number and then press the OK button C2 is displayed on the Control Panel 466 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the fee
84. Originals 90 Degrees Windows cceeecceeeeeeteeeeeeentaeeeeeeeaees 313 GOMtPOl Panel iaceiceiaievedsasdiasvcacartncieccnaracaacacstboases 21 24 Correcting Print Misalignment ceeeeeees 453 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing 342 Automatic Cutting enai 342 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Mac OS X 344 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Windows 343 Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically cccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeesecaeeeseeeeeaas 133 D Depression on the leading edge is left 514 Detection of the Remaining Roll Paper 125 Device Settings Sheet Windows csee 383 Device Setup Utility surpresos sassanida neiaa 390 Digital Photo Front ACCeSS c cceceeeesseesneeenees 386 Documents are printed Crooked ccseeeeeeeeees 524 Documents are printed in monochrome 4 524 Email Notification When Printing is Finished or Errors OCCU yasmene aa e a e E SENEE 429 End of paper feed ereas ans 544 Enhanced Printing Options cccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 185 ERROR Exxx xxxx x represents a letter or number 553 Error M SSaQe secceeeeeeecceeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeneeseeenenees 535 Error Messages e ccceeeeeccceeeeeseneeeeeeeeeseeeeeneenees 536 Error MESSAGES eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeenteeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaaas 536 Other Messages eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeeeees 537 F Favo
85. P 400 Setting Item Ciesecription O A Preview The image at left is updated to reflect any changes you make to setting items on the pane enabling you to check the results of adjustment B Original The image at right shows the original state before adjustment You can compare it to the Preview image Correct color tones by adjusting the levels of each color D Magenta E Yellow F Brightness Adjust the overall image brightness as desired You can adjust the brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image that is the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it appears on the computer screen G Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other as desired Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper and reducing the Contrast softens images Adjust the color intensity as desired Increasing the Saturation setting makes colors more vivid and reducing the Saturation makes colors more subdued I Gray Tone Adjustment Adjust the color tone of grays as desired Choose Cool Black tinged with blue Warm Black tinged with red and so on 406 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver G Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 185 Matching pane On the Matching pane you can specify color matching to compensate for differences in the appearance of colors on various devices
86. Presets Standard iS a ELL B Set IDH Easy Settings lE rrin Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 rian J Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer M Preview Cancel E Print 236 Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size 12 Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 Oversize A settings B Format for Paper Size I Orientation Page Attributes iPFxxxx Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm Mal tet Th E scale 13 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 395 Enhanced Printing Options 237 Printing at full size Borderless Printing at Actual Size Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters made up mainly of photos or images without a surrounding margin or border Borderless Printing In regular printing a margin required by the printer is added around the original With borderless printing you can print documents without the margin so that the printed image covers the entire surface
87. Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About __ Defauts J OK Cancel J Apply Help e Main Sheet Windows P 360 You can specify the type of paper color processing print quality print preview and other settings Choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing application or Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired e Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Windows gt P 364 e View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application Windows P 365 e Color Adjustment Sheet Color Windows P 366 e Matching Sheet Windows P 368 Color Adjustment Sheet Monochrome Windows P 370 e Page Setup Sheet Windows P 372 You can specify the page size of the original borderless printing enlargement or reduction the orientation the paper size and feed source and automatic cutting e Paper Size Options Dialog Box Windows gt P 374 Layout Sheet Windows P 375 You can specify the page layout watermarks the orientation the number of copies and print processing options e Page Options Dialog Box Windows gt P 377 e Special Settings Dialog Box Windows P 378 346 Windows Software Printer Driver e Favorites Sheet Windows P 379 Groups of print settings you select on each sheet can be saved as a favorite Favorites you have added can be edited or used at the time of printing as desired e Utility Sheet
88. Printhead 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or Y to select Head Cleaning and then press the gt button 3 Press A or to select the type of cleaning and then press the OK button Head Cleaning A Use Head Cleaning A if printing is faint or contains foreign substances This method of cleaning consumes the least amount of ink It takes about four minutes to complete e Head Cleaning B Use Head Cleaning B if no ink comes out of the printhead or if Head Cleaning A does not solve the problem It takes about five minutes to complete The printhead is cleaned and the printer goes online 4 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and determine whether cleaning has cleared the nozzles P 479 Q Note If printing does not improve after Head Cleaning A try Head Cleaning B If this does not solve the problem repeat Head Cleaning B two or three times If this still does not improve printing the Printhead may have reached the end of its useful life Contact your Canon dealer My caion Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge or Ink Tanks during cleaning 480 Maintenance Printheads Replacing the Printhead When to replace the Printhead Replace the Printhead in the following situations e Ifthe printing quality does not improve even after two cycles of Head Cleaning B from the printer menu e If the Display Screen indicates Open top cover and replace the printhead e If your Canon deale
89. Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Mac OS X P 304 Enhanced Printing Options 301 Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Windows This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example e Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper Roll width A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fr0x Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EMES Get Information he Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target J Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Open Preview When Print Job Starts TAL View Settings Ss J Defaults N Status Monitor _ About Help 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setu
90. Printing Workdlow gt Feed Slot Basic Printing Woriow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets e Internet To review multiple topics at once select the check box of desired topics and click the Apply button iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer held Go E File Edit View Favorites Tools Help E oe Bee Prox user Manual Contents IPF xxxx Instruction Manual Search _ Paper Type If printed documents are affected by the following problems try adjusting the feed amount Banding in different colors e Line length is not accurate in the direction paper is fed To adjust the feed amount do the following in this order j uts for Better Print lity gt Adjusting the fed amount gt Depending on the issue change the Feed Priority setting for the particular type of paper See Selecting a Feed Amount Adjustment Method Feed Priority Based on the Feed Priority setting use Auto Band Adj Manual Band Adj or Adjust Length See Auto Band Adjustment Auto Band Adj Gee Manual Band Adjustment Manual Band Adj See Adjusting Line Length Adjust Length Ifadditional fine tuning is necessary after Auto Band Adj or Manual Band Adj use Fine Band Adj in the Menu Durng Prtng See Banding Adjustment During Printing Fine Band Adj Home gt Adjustments for Be
91. Printmonitor window while the printer receives the print data from the computer It is not displayed before transmission of print data to the printer even if the computer has started the process of the data 3 Exit imagePROGRAF Printmonitor In the printer window click Start Jobs Important e Always follow these steps if you cancel print jobs If you do not restart job processing the next job cannot be printed To cancel print jobs from the Control Panel follow these steps 1 If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data lamp continues flashing hold down the Stop button for a second or more to stop printing 100 Basic Printing Workflow Paper Handling Paper Paper Types of Paper For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide This guide identifies supported plain paper coated paper photo paper such as glossy photo paper proofing paper CAD paper and other types of paper The Paper Reference Guide identifies types and specifications of paper as well as information on printer driver settings and tips on handling paper You can update paper information in the Paper Reference Guide on the printer Control Panel and in the printer driver by downloading the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool from the imagePROGRAF website Q Note e The media types with t marked in the product name are thos
92. Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit gt P 114 Loading Rolls in the Printer gt P 115 OQ Note e Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper e We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for feed amount adjustment 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 3 Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Manual Head Adj and then press the gt button 5 Press A or Y to select Yes and then press the OK button A test pattern is printed for printhead adjustment Press A or to select D and then press the button 7 Press A or to select D 1 and then press the gt button o Adjustments for Better Print Quality 455 Adjusting the Printhead 8 Examine test pattern D 1 for printhead adjustment After you determine the pattern with straight lines press A or W to choose the pattern number and then press the OK button Q Note e If lines seem straightest in two patterns but you cannot decide which one is better choose an intermediate value For example choose 11 if you cannot decide whether pattern 10 or 12 is better 9 Repeat steps 7 and 8 to specify the adjustment value for D 2 to D 5 and D 7 to D 11 10 Press the lt button 11 Press A or to select Register Setting and then
93. Settings 162 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Photos and Images 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet 10 11 Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing IE Menlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaing Letter 8 5 x11 x gt 8 50 inx11 00in E By Peper size Match Page Size 00 Aut 00 8 50 in x 114 00 in Mi A Portrait AJO Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17 in Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options Size Options Defaults Ok Cancel JI Apply Help Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click 10 x12 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list In this case click 10 in Roll 254 0mm and then click OK Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 346 Confirm the print settings and print as desired e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 Working With Various Print Jobs 163 Printing Photos and Images
94. Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing w Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Open Preview When Print Job Starts F View Settings __Status Monitor _ About _Defauts Help 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size FiO Scaling E 4 Paper Size H Orientation af B Paper Source Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in 00 Letter s 8 50 in x 11 00 in I Rol Paper width E A Portrait Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Borderless Printing Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width Match Page Size a A O Landscape Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options Defaults __ Size Options OK Cancel J Apply Help Enhanced Printing Options 313 Conserving roll paper 6 Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 7 Click Roll Paper in the L Pa
95. Setup Utility or Print Center in the Utilities folder 3 Click Add to display the Printer Browser window e6e8 BER Printer List pe y Status Kind 4 Click More Printers Printer Browser e cA mo r Default Browser IP Printer Search 866 Printer Nama Connection Name No Selection Location No Selection Print Using 450 Network Setting Network Setting Mac OS X 5 In the list of connection methods click Canon IP iPF 088 Printer Browser f v AppleTalk Defd Bluetooth Windows Printing F e non FireWire iPF 3 Character Set Japanese X Printer Model Auto Select Cancel Add Location No Selection Print Using a More Printers Add 6 Enter the printer s IP address in Printer s Address and click Add 088 Printer Browser P Canon IP iPF BB DI Printer s Address XXX XXX XXX XXX 7 Complete and valid address Queue D Location No Selection Print Using id More Printers Add 7 Make sure the printer has been added and then close the Printer List window 000 Printer List 0 2 G Add Status Kind J XXX XXX XXX XXX Canon iPFxxxx Important e If imagePROGRAF Generic is indicated in Kind the printer information is not properly acquired Make sure the printer is on and connected to the network P 526 Network Setting 451 Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the D
96. Size list 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx RY Presets Standard B Main E Wredia Type Plain Paper BJ BC se D Easy Settings iz ne E Print Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set i Printer z EE e ES PDF wv Preview Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 190 Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images 8 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode Printer _ iPFxxxx B Presets Standard iz Main BA images Size M Media Type Plain Paper iz BIC Getinformaton _ B Advanced Settings H E Print Priority image By US Letter Fi Print Quality Draft 300dpi E Actual Size US Letter IH Color Mode Color wy Mode Driver Correction W unidirectional Printing Reduce Print Unevenness C Economy Printing BC Femer gt M Hore Preview D 9 Click Color in the H Color Mode list 10 Click I Set to display the Color Settings dialog box Color Settings olorAdjustments Matching A Preview Color Balance Red i Cyan
97. Sores ettings Poster Notice Announcement Print Priority Image 3D GIS Map Print Quality Standard Scanned Image Color Mode Color Highest Quality Color Adjustment Brightness 0 Contrast 0 Saturation 0 Object Adjustment All Matching Mode Driver Matching Made Matching Method Perceptual Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On OK Cancel Help G Note e To display the View Settings dialog box on the Main sheet click View Settings by Print Target P 360 Setting item Description O A Print Target Shows all Print Target options settings items for the printing application Identifies the item selected in Print Target by its name and an icon C Details Here you can confirm detailed settings values for each listed item for the selected Print Target Windows Software 365 Printer Driver Color Adjustment Sheet Color Windows If the color tone as printed is not as you expected you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment sheet Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching X ABCDEF 1234567 IA Sample Type Standard v BIC view Color Patem H Brightness IEO Appl to Sample D Contrast High High High Warm Black w I Light Qa High i Saturation j High Object Adjustment Defauts OK Cancel Help Q Note To display the Color Adjustment sheet on the Main sheet click Color Settings by Color M
98. T me E T Co a a Roll Media Type Plain Paper 5 1 Plain Paper HG 5 Coated Coated Paper 5 5 Semi GI Photo 5 Photo 5 Printer Parts 43 Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level HW SemiGIPhoto2 SatinPhoto 190 Syn Paper Adh Syn Paper S Proofing Paper S Colored Coated S CAD Trace Paper S CAD Matte Film S nm the number is 1 5 5 Chk Remain Roll HHH m Roll Length Set 2 H feet 9 Paper Details The paper type Roll DryingTime Off is displayed here 5 es ee Off Scan Wait Time 44 Printer Parts Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level ooo o ce S O Adjust Length From 0 70 to 0 70 Ooo e O oa assy a oo o e Printer Parts 45 Control Panel es Sc ees for ooo e OO i pem e S a Oo o ra e OOO m o C CO a paw fret ee i a inp Reseaon oor S E a E a a E e a ooo o o o E a E a a a 46 Printer Parts Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level ee s o S O Adjust Printer Auto Head Adj Standard Adj No Ooo a fae a for O prona na serana Ne Ooo i po e O o e a a a a a SC ES ee E E E oO o e e o oo e peraosan femm we Printer Parts 47 Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Le
99. Tank and then press the gt button Maintenance 471 Ink Tanks 4 Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button A message on the Display Screen advises you to open the Ink Tank Cover Next remove the Ink Tank 5 Open the Ink Tank Cover and check the Ink Lamp The Ink Lamp flashes quickly if there is no ink left 6 Press the tip of the Ink Tank Lock Lever of the color for replacement and lift the Ink Tank Lock Lever to open it 472 Maintenance Ink Tanks 7 Hold the empty Ink Tank by the grip to remove it and press the OK button O Note e If there is still some ink left in the Ink Tank you removed store the ink tank with the ink holes a facing up Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains Put the Ink Tank in a plastic bag and seal it e Dispose of used Ink Tank according to local regulations 8 Before opening the pouch shake the Ink Tank gently seven or eight times Agitate the ink in the Ink Tank by slowly turning the Ink Tank upside down and right side up several times Note e If you do not shake the Ink Tank the ink may sediment which may affect printing quality Maintenance 473 Ink Tanks 9 Open the pouch and remove the Ink Tank Q Note Never touch the ink holes or metal contacts This may cause stains damage the Ink Tank and affect printing quality e Avoid dropping the Ink Tank after removing it from the pouch Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains
100. USed ees 540 This type of paper is not compatible with AP GL 2 esiegecvecePeaactegett ctaid feces loetusatstasvicssateeaelities 552 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet ee 281 Top Cover INSE urici annenin 16 TOP cover IS Openi ercnscnenennurn nunen 554 Tray Feed Area eecccecccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeseeneeessaeeeeneees 17 Troubleshooting 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaaes 505 Turning the Printer On and Off eeeseeeeeeeeeees 27 Turning the printer Off ce eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeenaes 28 Turning the printer ON c ccceeeeesceeeeteeeeeeeeeee 27 562 Index TYPOS Of Papal ssevsis saccvicsteacsiasavreeviesettvavetestanieedaess 101 Updating paper information cceeeeeee 104 Viewing the Paper Reference Guide 102 U UN Known file eee e cece ee eee eeee ee eee enaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeenee 554 Updating the Firmware cccceeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeenee 504 Confirming the firmware version 504 Updating the firmware s 504 Use another paper cccccecscccceeesscceceeeeseeeeeeeneees 548 USING Favorites csr a 338 t 10 0 e 338 Using Favorites Mac OS X 341 398 Using Favorites Windows s 339 354 Printing using the favorite eee 340 355 Registering a favorite 0 eeeeeeeenees 339 354 Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals 387 Edit Using PosterArtist 0 ecceeeessteeeeeeeeee 387 Using Po
101. When Print Job Starts __Status Monitor _ About L Detats 5 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 6 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click list Scanned Image in the E Print Target 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size o v Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 Borderless Printing JE O Fit Roll Paper width lO scaling G 4 Paper Size H Orientation I A O Poat na B Paper Source IM Rol Paper width Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x11 00 in 2 Letter 8 5 x11 850inx11 00in Match Page Size AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options Defaults I Size Options OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 8 Click O Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box 9 Complete the following settings in the Paper Size Options dialog box 1 Enter a desired paper name in Custom Paper Size Name 430 mm Square is used in this example 2 Select mm or inch in Units 3 Enter 430 16 9 in in both Width and Height O Note e If you select the Fix the Ratio of the Width to Height c
102. Windows P 381 You can specify settings related to maintenance for the Printhead and feed amount as well as settings for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy e Support Sheet Windows P 382 You can view support information and the user manual Canon iPFxxxx Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings o Sa Canon iPFxxxx Location Comment Mode Ganon iPFxxxx Features Color Yes Paper available Double sided No Letter 8 5 x11 Staple No Speed Unknown Maximum resolution xxxx dpi Printing Preferences Print Test Page OK Cancel Apply e Device Settings Sheet Windows P 383 You can display settings for optional equipment installed on the printer and see the printer driver version imagePROGRAF Free Layout is a feature for freely arranging originals from various source applications on a single page as desired before printing For details see Free Layout Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy is a feature for automatic enlargement and printing of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER For details see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Windows Software 347 Printer Driver n Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows If you have replaced the paper you must complete the following settings in the printer driver O Important e Always specify the same type and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver If the type and
103. Wipe away any soiling on the rollers 514 Troubleshooting Printing does not start Printing does not start The Data lamp on the Control Panel does not light up The printer is not on Make sure the power cord is securely plugged in all the way Press the Power button to turn the printer on The printer is not selected in the In Windows select the printer by clicking Select Printer or Printer in printer driver The printer is in the printing dialog box and try printing again SI de PER ma In Mac OS X select the printer by clicking Printer Setup Utility or Print Center and try printing again The print job is paused The In Windows restart the print job as follows printer is in Sleep mode 1 Select the printer icon in the Printers and Faxes or Printers window 2 Clear Pause Printing in the File menu to restart the print job In Mac OS X restart the print job as follows 1 Open the Printer Setup Utility or the Print Center 2 Select the printer and then Start Jobs in the Printers menu to restart the print job u The Printer Does Not Respond Even if Print Jobs are Sent Corrective Action The printer is offline Press the Online button on the Control Panel to bring the printer online Ene ss The Display Screen indicates the system is filling with ink When the printer was turned off previously some Wait until the system has been filled with ink This cleaning operation was terminated
104. a layout of multiple pages per sheet O Note e You can print up to 16 pages of the original on a single sheet e You can also change the page layout order and print page boundary lines as desired O Important e This function cannot be combined with the following options Borderless Printing e Resizing to Fit the Roll Width Windows Scaling Originals Windows e Banner Printing Windows For instructions on printing multiple pages per sheet refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Windows P 293 e Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Mac OS X P 295 292 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Ean m m Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Windows This topic describes how to print four pages of originals together on a single sheet based on the following example e Document Any Type e Page size A3 297 0x420 0 mm 11 7 16 5 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EMES Get Information he Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target
105. actual size based on the following example Document Any type e Page size 10 x 12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm Borderless e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box Wi settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation A t fe E scale 100 Cancel ER Select the printer in the B Format for list O N In the C Paper Size list choose a paper size supported for borderless printing Here click 10 x12 Borderless OQ Note e Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by Borderless 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size 6 Choose Print in the application menu 7 Access the Main pane Printer _iPFxxxx RA Presets Standard B H m Main H images Size Almedia Type Plain Paper HJ B Get Information i BC se IDH Easy Settings ns a Bri Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer _ sl 2 PDF v_ Preview C
106. and corresponding MAC addresses arp s IP address the printer s MAC address you have verified Example arp S XXX XXX XXX XXX 00 00 85 xx xx xx Q Note e In Mac OS X when using Terminal enter the arp command in the format arp S XXX XXX XXX XXX 00 00 85 xx xx xx For details refer to the help file for the command line 4 Execute the following command to send the IP address to the printer and configure it ping IP address as specified in the ARP command I 479 Example ping xxx xxx xxx xxx 479 Q Note In I the P is the letter I e In Mac OS X when using Terminal enter the ping command in the format ping s 479 XXX XXX XXX XXX For details refer to the help file for the command line Q Note The subnet mask and default gateway will be set to 0 0 0 0 Use RemoteUI to change the subnet mask and default gateway to match your network settings For details on RemoteUI see Using RemoteUl P 421 420 Network Setting Network Setting m Using RemoteUl Enter the printer s IP address in a web browser to display the RemoteUI page After you log on to RemoteUI from the page you can check and change the status of the printer and print jobs and configure network settings To access Remoteul start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUI page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx xxx xxx For detai
107. and operating system e Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Windows P 267 e Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Mac OS X P 271 Important e Before printing check how much of the roll paper is left If you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper a warning message is displayed when there is not enough roll paper left e If not much ink is left prepare replacement ink tanks To print at a higher level of quality in the printer driver choose High or Highest in Print Quality and choose Unidirectional Printing as the direction of printing 266 Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Windows This topic describes how to print a banner about five times as long as the roll width based on the following example e Document A horizontal banner created in Microsoft Word e Page size Non standard 100x500 mm 8 9x19 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper Roll paper width 16 in 406 4 mm Follow the steps below to print a banner in either horizontal or vertical format 1 Register a Custom Paper Size Banners tend to be in non standard sizes so register a Custom Paper Size In this example 100x500 mm 3 9 19 7 in is registered 2 In the application create an original in the size you registered 3 Print the banner using the sett
108. and then open the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EMES Get Information he Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Status Monitor _ About __ Defauts za 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click CAD Line Drawing or CAD Monochrome Line Drawing in the E Print Target list O Note e You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing F Enarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width P O Scaling i Letter 8 5 x11 x 8 50 in x 11 00 in E E Paper size Match Page Size 00
109. are clogged P 479 Click Special Settings on the Layout sheet of the printer driver and select Application Color Matching Priority in the dialog box Adjust the Printhead alignment Follow these steps to prepare the printing 1 Use the same version of firmware printer driver and other software 2 Specify the same value for all settings items Troubleshooting 521 Problems with the printing quality Banding in different colors occurs The roll is not loaded correctly in the Roll Feed Unit Remove the roll and reload it P 114 The paper feed amount is not adjusted correctly Adjust the feed amount P 458 Printing does not proceed smoothly because print Exit other applications and cancel other print jobs jobs are interrupted during transmission In the printer menu Print Length is specified in To adjust the feed amount specify Band Joint in Feed Priority Feed Priority in the printer menu P 458 The Printhead is out of alignment Adjust the Printhead alignment P 453 Streaks may occur if you set the Print Quality too Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the low Advanced Settings of the printer driver and try printing again P 193 522 Troubleshooting Problems with the printing quality Colors in printed images are uneven Line Drawing Text is selected when printing images Specify Image in the printer driver in many solid colors You are printing on paper that curls
110. are printed on the leading edge of rolls If the document is not cut but kept in the printer only the text message is printed This is also the case when printing on 8 inch rolls or clear film w m m 2 ee PA be a Plain Paper xx xm A caution e If you have activated automatic monitoring of the remaining roll paper do not remove the roll before the barcode is printed You will be unable to keep track of the amount of roll paper left Important e When a roll has been advanced do not pull it out by force This will prevent the paper from being advanced and you will be unable to manage the amount of roll paper left If you accidentally pull out the paper follow these steps to remove the roll and open the feed slot 1 Press the Load Eject button A confirmation message is displayed regarding removal of the roll Feeder nline election B information wy O C ec Next when removing rolls from the Roll Feed Unit see Removing Rolls from the Roll Feed Unit P 118 2 Press the OK button The roll can now be removed Handling Paper 117 Handling rolls u Removing Rolls from the Roll Feed Unit Remove any rolls in the Roll Feed Unit as follows 1 Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover 4 Close the Roll Feed Unit Cover 118 Handling Paper Handling rolls Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder 1 Remove the Holder Stopper from the Roll Holder O Important e After removal store the
111. borderless printing insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder P 136 If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing e Document Any type e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size O Note e If you can specify the margin as in Microsoft Word set the margin at 0 mm For instructions on specifying the margin refer to the software documentation Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed AON Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences z z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EEES B Get Information jc Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 0 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing w Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics EL e Open Preview When Print Job Starts N _ Status Monitor About Detauts _ 5 In the A Media Type list
112. can check the status of print jobs cancel jobs and manage them as needed e Ifa printer error occurs you can investigate the corrective action immediately e You can also set up automatic email notification of any printer problems or errors to email addresses you designate in advance ts Note e If the status of the desired printer is not shown in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor select the printer again as follows 1 Make sure the printer is on and connected to the network or to a local port 2 In the Printer menu select the name of the desired printer After the printer is detected the printer status is shown 3 If information about the printer is not shown in step 2 choose Search Printer in the Printer menu 4 Select the zone to search or select My Zone if no zones have been set up and click the Search button Printer names listed in the Printer menu are updated with the printers that are now detected 5 In the Printer menu select the name of the desired printer After the printer is detected the printer status is shown 414 Mac OS X Software Network Setting Network Setting Network Setting Network Environment System requirements The system requirements which vary depending on your network are as follows e Printing over a TCP IP network e Compatible operating systems e Windows 2000 Professional or Server Windows XP Home Edition or Professional e Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition e Windows
113. checking Cannot adjust band The Printhead nozzles are clogged Follow the steps below to check the nozzles 1 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles P 479 2 Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged P 480 Highly transparent film is loaded that cannot be used Adjust the feed amount manually for feed amount adjustment P 461 Cannot adjust printhead The Printhead nozzles are clogged Follow the steps below to check the nozzles 1 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles P 479 2 Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged P 480 Highly transparent film is loaded that cannot be used We recommend using a type of paper that you often for Printhead adjustment use other than film for Printhead adjustment P 453 548 Error Message Messages regarding printheads Messages regarding printheads Cannot adjust printhead The Printhead nozzles are clogged Follow the steps below to check the nozzles 1 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles P 479 2 Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged P 480 Highly transparent film is loaded that cannot be used We recommend using a type of paper that you often for Printhead adjustment use other than film for Printhead adjustment P 453 Cannot adjust band The Printhead nozzles are clogged Follow the steps below to check the nozzles 1 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles P 47
114. consumption turn off the printer and unplug the power cord 2 Normally you will need to ensure an unobstructed space of 800 mm 31 5 in in front of the printer 300 mm 11 8 in behind 150 mm 5 9 in on both sides and 300 mm 11 8 in above the printer Only when printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot leave 1 100 mm 43 3 in of unobstructed space in front of the printer and 700 mm 27 6 in behind it 76 Printer Parts Printer Specifications Printing performance Print method Bubblejet 2400 dpi horizontally 1 x 1200 dpi vertically Printhead PF 03 Number of nozzles MBK 5 120 Others 2 560 each color 1 Prints with a minimum 1 2400 inch dot pitch between ink droplets Interface USB 2 0 1 Internal port Full speed 12 Mbps high speed 480 Mbps bulk transfer Ethernet Internal port Specification IEEE 802 3 10BASE T IEEE 802 3u 100BASE TX Auto Negotiation and IEEE 802 3x Full Duplex Protocols IPX SPX Netware 4 2 5 1 6 0 SNMP HTTP TCP IP AppleTalk IEEE 1394 2 Optional boards slot type Specification IEEE 1394 1995 conforms to P1394a Specification ver 2 0 half duplex Data Strb differential serial Transfer speed 100 200 400 Mbps Conforms to IEEE 1394 1995 6 pin no power supply 1 Use in USB 2 0 High Speed mode requires the following environment e Computer USB 2 0 High Speed compatible e Operating system Windows Vista Windows Server 2003 Windows XP Windows 2000 or Mac OS X ver 10 3
115. csciaess coaveek lag sazyaeensedecetesstcedeaiveayoaeeetiesen 66 Support Pane Mac OS X 413 Support Sheet Windows eseceeeeeeeesteeeeeees 382 Switching MOdeS aAA E E 34 Switching the Printer Online Offline 34 Switching to Menu Mode ccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 35 The back side of the paper is dirty eeeeee 520 The contrast becomes uneven during printing 524 The Data lamp on the Control Panel does not le a a a E AE E peer reeetrere terpenes 515 The Display Screen indicates the system is filling WIN IAK sariti 515 547 The edges of the paper are dirty eenen 519 The IEEE 1394 Driver Cannot Be Installed COMO enn EE A T T 528 The length of printed images is inaccurate 524 The printer consumes a lot Of ink 0 cece 532 The printer does NOt GO ON o oo eeeeeeeeeentteeeeeeenaees 532 The Printer Does Not Respond Even if Print Jobs are Senteinde hanar aa anii 515 The printer ejects blank unprinted paper 516 The printer stops during a print job 516 The printer stops when printing a HP GL 2 job the carriage stops moving 516 531 The rolll SC MPpPty c s ceehiewe irainekin 541 The surface of the paper is dirty 0 eeeeeee 520 There is NO data ccccscceccceenaeceiiieneeseeieneeeeenies 552 Thin lines are not printed after switching to Economy Printing Mode ccseceeeeensteeeeeenaees 525 This paper cannot be
116. dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx fz Presets Standard B a Main By mages Size media Type Plain Paper By B Get Information _ _ D Easy Settings iz E Print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set K Printer M Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 224 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard E Page Setup BA m Size Media Source Roll Paper Fey DE B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm I Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D v Enlarged Reduced Printing B Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O scaling 100 51 5 600 SIRS eet H C Borderless Printing fi Media Size Match Page Size By Print Centered R C No Spaces at Top or Bottom C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF C Preview Cancel E Print 10 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 11 Make sure the
117. dialog box from applications see Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows P 356 Windows Software 359 Printer Driver Main Sheet Windows The following settings are available on the Main sheet For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help file O Note e On the Main sheet choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the particular printing application or switch to Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired Configuration using Easy Settings Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EEES Get Information Ld Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Office Document Poster Photos P Poster Text Illustrations i azo CAD Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 CAD Fast 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 14 00 in IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About __ Detauts _ Setting Item Description O A Media Type Select the type of paper For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 When you select a feed source your selection is applied to the printer driver se
118. enlarge originals before printing to match the paper size based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Media Type RENES v Get Information Ic Advanced Settings Dy Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft ro Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 i Poster Photos ney CEN in x 11 00 in Poster Text Illustrations ze CAD Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 CAD Fast 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Ss Status Monitor About Defauts 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Uti
119. for attractive printing of highly precise documents such as CAD drawings with smooth lines and small text Poster Notice Announcement Settings optimized for printing announcements such as wall newspapers and other notices with a large amount of text 3D GIS Map Settings optimized for printing 3D CAD drawings perspective drawings and maps including GIS maps O Note You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings e You can also fine tune these values as needed Advanced Settings For details on Advanced Settings see Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 193 For instructions on printing line drawings and text refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows P 170 168 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing CAD Drawings Printing Line Drawings and Text Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print Easy Settings Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Print targets for line drawings and text i Print Target CAD Line Drawing Settings optimized to print intricate lines in CAD drawings clearly CAD Fast Settings optimized for fast printing of CAD drawings CAD B W Line Drawing Set
120. from Cutting Rolls scisscocossedsccte dataccepessaccneacadetesaindstadpenicoandedennesdanssdeeseneadewndens 134 Roll Holder Selir chee a e sae cco E e e a E eee 135 Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder cccecccssseeceeseceeeeeeeeneneeeeeeeeneaeeeeeneneeneneeeeeeeeees 136 Feeding Paper from the Roll Feed Unit 2 c cecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee seer ee eeeseneceeneneeeesssceeneeneeeeeees 138 Removing the Roll Feed Unit 00 0 2 eeecceceeeeeecece reenact ee eaaee eee aaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaaaeeeensaeeeeeeaaeeeeee 139 Installing the Roll Feed Unit siscecczds seniczcasssccnuicadacioe gpeadenendehgyabussslesddeiotejadetpansudsheemeaslvastandbucuenaaanuads 140 Handling Sheets oeeie enia EEE EEEE EEE EEEE 141 Selectingihe Paper SOUCO sssri a ee a ee eee 141 Selecting the Paper Type Sheet s tnreitirinnute taroan anan i aoii aeaa Ei EEIE EEEN 142 Selecting the Paper Size Sheet ssnnnneonneooesreneeeeneteotttnettrnrrtrnnrrstnrnnortrnnnetrennrtnnnnseeeene ree 143 Loading Sheets Fe Ug OE ee eee aaa aada aiae a eee ee 144 Removing Sheets from the Top Paper Feed Slot ccceccccesscccceeeeeceeeeeessaeeeetenseeeeeeneaaeeees 150 Removing Heavyweight Paper from the Front Paper Feed Slot ccseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 151 ii Contents Contents Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray cccessceeeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeessaaeeesssseeeenenseeees 152 Qutput Stacker i Ea E TEA EEEE E ERS 155 Ou
121. gt Uninstaller imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility to start the wizard In the wizard window click Delete and then click Next Troubleshooting 529 HP GL 2 problems HP GL 2 problems With HP GL 2 printing is misaligned Lines or images are missing in the HP GL 2 data that was printed Corrective Action The memory is full Check the size of the data in the print job A GL 2 command not supported by this printer was Check the print job and settings received Lines Are Printed Too Thick or Thin During HP GL 2 Printing The Line Width setting in the main menu is incorrect Confirm the selection in Line Width If fine lines are printed faint setting ThickenFineLines to On in the main menu will print the lines more distinctly HP GL 2 jobs are printed in monochrome or color The color mode is incorrect On the printer Control Panel check the color mode setting For optimal printhead performance the printer consumes trace amounts of color ink even in monochrome mode Printed Colors in Line Drawings are Inaccurate During HP GL 2 Printing Corrective Action AdjustFaintLines in the main menu is set to On Selecting Off may help produce the expected results However lines in some colors may appear broken 530 Troubleshooting HP GL 2 problems HP GL 2 printing takes a long time Large print jobs with a lot of data take longer to print On the printer Control Panel set Input Resoluti
122. hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you specified for the folder Q Note For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy refer to Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 228 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a hot folder and printed automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy first complete these settings in the following order 1 Register a hot folder on your computer Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy 2 Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder After these settings are complete you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER Registering a hot folder on your computer Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy are called hot folders Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scann
123. i Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm B 10l Automatic Cutting Printer Default a i Copies 1 copies 1 999 w isl Restore Defaults Print 3 Update Printer Info e a Printer Information 0 Printer Status Online Feed Information TO 2ol O Important The driver must be installed from the User Software CD ROM to use this function For instructions on arranging originals from multiple applications refer to the following topics e Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Windows P 283 e Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Mac OS X P 285 282 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Windows This topic describes how to arrange multiple originals using the Free Layout function 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences a ee Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Mecia Type RETIREES x Get Information la Advanced Settings ID Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable
124. in the L Paper Source list Enhanced Printing Options 293 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 9 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 10 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support 7 Page Layout By 2 2Pages Sheet Gl se Watermark JE conripentiat v a Edit Watermark Rotate 180 degrees No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 1 1 99 Reverse Order Wiig 3zi Collate _ Page Options _ Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 11 Select the A Page Layout check box 12 Click 4 Pages Sheet in the B Page Layout list Q Note e You can select the layout order for placing four pages on a sheet and a frame border in the Page Layout Printing dialog box by clicking C Set 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired G Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 294 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Mac OS X This topic describes how to print four pages of originals together on a single sheet based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A3 297 0 x 420 0 mm 11 7 x 1
125. in this case ISO A4 Ai settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPPoox Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation To fe E scale 100 14 Select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 15 Select the H Borderless Printing check box This ensures that F Fit Roll Paper Width is automatically selected in D Enlarged Reduced Printing 16 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing O Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 258 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing Borderless Printing at Actual Size Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters made up mainly of photos or images without a surrounding margin or border Borderless Printing In regular printing a margin required by the printer is added around the original With borderless printing you can print documents without the margin so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper Important Borderless printing is only available with rolls e Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular widths For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 e If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spacer f
126. is applied and the printer goes online Printer Parts 39 Control Panel Specifying numerical values Follow the steps below to enter numbers for items such as network settings ah ON J Press A or to select Interface Setup and then press the gt button Press A or to select TCP IP and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select IP Setting and then press the gt button Press A or to select IP Address and then press the button Press lt or gt to move the cursor _ to each field for entering numbers IP Address 000 000 000 000 lt P UR A Y Up Down OK Stop Press the A or VW button to enter the value O Note Hold down A or Y to increase or decrease the value continuously e Make sure the IP address you enter for the printer is not the same as any computer IP address in your network Repeat steps 5 6 to enter the IP address assigned to the printer Press the Online button to bring the printer online If any settings are changed a confirmation message is displayed In this case press the OK button Executing menu commands Follow the steps below to execute menu commands 1 2 Press A or YV to select a menu and then press the button Repeat these steps until the desired menu options are displayed Press A or V to move to the command you want to execute and then press the OK button Paper Cutting 4 Paper Cutting
127. is cut Cut rolls manually in the following cases 128 Handling Paper Handling rolls Eject waiting for ink to dry after printing Stopped automatically As you support the at the cut position document to prevent it from dropping cut by pressing the Stop button Select Eject Important 1 oak WN J e When cutting wide printed documents after ejection support the documents If the paper drops printed documents may be damaged Do not lift the paper when holding printed documents before cutting If the paper rises it may affect the printing quality Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the button Press A or Y to select Cutting Mode and then press the button Press A or to select Eject and then press the OK button Start printing Roll paper is fed to the specified cut position and then automatically stopped As you support the printed document to prevent it from dropping hold down the Stop button for at least a second to cut the roll Handling Paper 129 Handling rolls Manual when using media that cannot be cut using the Cutter Unit Select Manual i Feed paper to the cut Rewind paper by pressing position by pressing the the Online button Online button and cut manually 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU
128. job This could damage the printer 1 Make sure no print jobs are in progress If the Message lamp is flashing check the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary P 536 3 Sec If the Data lamp is flashing the printer is receiving a print job Turn off the printer only after printing is finished Feeder Online Selection o Information ec O Cleaning 3 Sec 2 Hold down the Power button for more than a second Feeder Online Selection Information Cleaning 3 Sec After Shut Down Please Wait is shown on the Display Screen the printer shuts off 28 Printer Parts Control Panel u Printer Modes Printer modes are classified as follows and described in this topic Modes P 29 Mode transition P 30 Online and state of the Control Panel P 31 Offline and state of the Control Panel P 32 Menu mode and state of the Control Panel P 33 Submenu mode and state of the Control Panel P 33 Modes The printer has five modes as follows Online The printer is ready to receive jobs sent from the computer Jobs sent from the computer are processed immediately If jobs are received in other modes they are printed the next time the printer goes online Offline Any jobs sent from the computer are held without being processed While the printer is offline you can feed or cut roll paper manually The printer goes offline auto
129. job was in progress when the Maintenance Cartridge was replaced printing is resumed Important Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge during about the first five seconds after the printer goes back online This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge e If you replace the Maintenance Cartridge when the printer is off do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge during about the first five seconds after you turn the printer on again after replacement This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge Maintenance 491 Maintenance Cartridge Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge Capacity The Maintenance Cartridge absorbs excess ink from borderless printing printhead cleaning and other processes You can confirm the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge by checking the Maintenance Cartridge capacity shown on the Display Screen Press the Information button to display the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge on the Display Screen If the Display Screen indicates to replace the Maintenance Cartridge replace the Maintenance Cartridge Ifa message is displayed indicating to check the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge or before tasks that deplete much of the capacity such as head cleaning or preparations to move the printer check the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and replace the Maintenance Cartridge as needed P 487 492 Maintenance Maintenance Cartridge When to Replace the Ma
130. jobs 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets The printer supports both rolls and sheets Take advantage of each type of paper for a wide range of printing applications Rolls and Sheets Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes Sheets are loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot Heavyweight paper is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot Paper Size 6 Introduction How to use this manual 3 Clear the sections you will not print and click the Apply button iP Fooocx User Manual Windows Internet Explorer Go E File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Pd Z PF oox User Manual Contents l Index iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Search Home Basic Printing Workflow 1 Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure mee OERE Working With Various Pri Enhanced Printing Options E 1 Printing procedure Windows Software Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets E Mac OS X Software o bemegari Punung on Bois Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot Handling Paper Printing from Windows Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printing from Mac OS X Printer Parts Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver asa a Sar Ma OF Netwo
131. network For instructions on activating AppleTalk protocol see Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Network Macintosh P 447 Gs Note e When registering the printer choose USB if the printer is connected via USB Canon FireWire iPF if connected via IEEE 1394 or AppleTalk Canon IP iPF or Bonjour if connected via a network e For Canon IP iPF connections enter the printer s IP address Basic Printing Workflow 93 Printing procedure Printing from the application software 1 In the application software select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions Q Note e This dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer specify the range of pages number of copies and so on 2 Select the printer in the Printer list Presets Standard i Copies amp Pages E Copies 1 M Collated Pages All z From 1 to 1 PDFw Preview Cancel Print 3 Click Print to start printing As shown in the following illustration you can switch to other panes in this dialog box to complete settings for various methods of printing including enlarged and reduced printing borderless printing and so on Printer _ iPFxxxx zs Presets Standard g v Copies amp Pages Layout Scheduler Paper Handling Pages ColorSync Cover Page Copies Page Setup 2 sis PDF el Cancel iniii
132. network see Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Network Macintosh P 447 e If you switch to printing in a TCP IP network or if the printer s IP address is changed see Configuring the Destination for TCP IP Network Macintosh P 450 e If you switch to printing in a Bonjour network see Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network Macintosh P 452 Network Setting 445 Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the AppleTalk network settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page Click Edit in the upper right corner of the AppleTalk group to display the Edit AppleTalk Protocol Settings page af GN ep Refer to the AppleTalk Settings Items table to complete the settings AppleTalk Settings Items Phase Type Specify whether to use AppleTalk Disabled If you will use AppleTalk choose Phase 2 If you will not use AppleTalk choose Disabled Name 1 Specify the object name used by Canon NB 17FB xxxxxx AppleTalk in up to 31 single byte or 15 double byte cha
133. nol ef sol ef so cof raf sol 90 yoo ro yao yea EAE sol pra yee yoo goo gio 320 330 Q Note Fitto Width bw G Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Roll Paper Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mm Layout Selection 8 C Center Originals Across Roll Printer Information Printer Status Online Feed Information Roll 1 Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mm Paper Type Plain Paper Paper Remaining 3280ft 10in Update Printer Infomation Status Monitor Output Size 16 5in x 11 7in If PageComposer is running access the Special Settings dialog box from the Layout sheet and clear Enable Preview Switching 326 Enhanced Printing Options Checking Images Before Printing 6 On the main window you can check the layout and change settings as needed T To print click Start Printing in the File menu Q Note e For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions see Preview Enhanced Printing Options 327 Checking Images Before Printing Checking the Layout Before Printing Mac OS X This topic describes how to check the layout before printing using the Preview function 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Click PDF and select Canon imagePROGRAF Preview Printer XXX XXX XXX XXX B Presets Standard i Copies amp Pages iz Copies Collated Pages All OFrom 1 to 1 CPrevew ac ave as PDF S
134. of the Network Interface group ou hk WN After confirming the message click OK to restore the network settings to the default values G Note e You can also use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility or the Control Panel to restore the default network settings e If you use the Control Panel to initialize the network settings press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU and then press A V and gt to select Interface Setup Ethernet Driver Init Settings Yes in this order and finally press the OK button 430 Network Setting Network Setting Windows Network Setting Windows Configuring the Printer Driver Destination Windows This topic describes how to specify the printer driver destination if the printer s IP address is changed or if you will use the printer over a network connection instead of via USB connection The procedure described below is the configuration based on the LPR or Raw protocol using the standard TCP IP port in Windows Standard TCP IP Port Important e If you will use the printer in a TCP IP network make sure the printer s IP address is configured correctly e Configuring the IP Address on the Printer P 417 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers window Right click the icon of this printer and choose Properties to open the printer properties window Click the Port tab to display the Port sheet Click Add Port to display the Printer Ports dialog box
135. of the paper Important Borderless printing is only available with rolls Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular widths For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder P 136 If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing Paper incompatible with the printer s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing special page layouts centering originals and printing cut lines on rolls You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size When borderless printing is used the edge of the paper is cut during printing Thus ink density may be uneven at the edges If you require higher image quality specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver In this case the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only After ejecting and cutting the printed document use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges By factory default the ink drying time is disabled for all paper When y
136. off and remove the roll if the last portion of roll paper was used during a print job and paper could not be advanced because the trailing edge is taped to the roll If tape and the Belt Stopper have not been removed from inside the Top Cover turn off the printer open the Top Cover and remove the tape and Belt Stopper before restoring power If the message is still displayed write down the error code and message turn off the printer and contact your Canon dealer for assistance The error message is displayed with the following instructions Turn off printer wait then turn on again H Hardware error XXXXXXXX XXXX Turn off printer wait then turn on again Error Message 553 Other Messages TOP cover is open The printer has detected that the Top Cover is open Open the Top Cover fully remove any foreign objects and close the Top Cover again If the error occurs again turn off the printer and wait a while before restoring power Prepare for parts replacement It is almost time to replace consumables for which If Parts replacement time has passed is displayed service is required you can continue to use the printer for some time Contact your Canon dealer for assistance Parts replacement time has passed It is past the recommended time to replace Contact your Canon dealer for assistance consumables for which service is required s Unknown file Cause Corrective Action Invalid data f
137. on the printer by default and when the printer driver is installed Follow the steps below to reactivate the function if it is disabled or to select the setting for printing a cut line instead 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPFo0x Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing 7 Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IFO Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 z 8 50in x11 00 in E E Paper size Match Page Size 00 Aut 8 50 in x 11 00 in WM A Poa AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Paper Source Roll Paper I Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm v N Care Ss __ Size Options Defaults OK Cancel lI Apply Help A Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list Click N Roll Paper Options to display the Roll Paper Options dialog box ol Roll Paper Options Automatic Cutting Banner Printing 6 To enable automatic cutting click Yes in the A Automatic Cutting list If you prefer to cut the paper later yourself click Print Cut Guideline 7 Click OK to close the Roll Paper Options dialog box Confirm the print settings and pri
138. paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences Sa Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ag Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 B Borderless Printing Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width lO scaling Letter 8 5 x11 x i 8 50 in x 11 00 in E 2 Paper size Match Page Size 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Diientation 8 50 in x 11 00in A Potat W LAJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper iE Paper Source Roll Paper I Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm IN atc opis o S Size Options __Defauts_ OK Cancel lI Apply J Help 7 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 8 Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 216 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions 9 Select the C Enlarged Reduced Printing check box OQ Note If the Enlarged Reduced Printing check box is not displayed on the Page Setup sheet clear the B Borderless Printing check box Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences pm Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing Me
139. paper to oe ensure that paper susceptible to curling is held firmly against the Platen F Near End Margin Specify the length of the Near End Margin the leading edge margin of the roll as needed G Cut Speed Select the speed of automatic cutting as needed You can adjust this setting if paper is not cut well when automatic cutting is used H Automatic Cutting You can activate or deactivate Automatic Cutting and printing of cut lines as desired In this list specify Yes No or Print Cut Guideline Specify whether to print a mirror image as needed Select this option to print a version of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted 404 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application Mac OS X In the View Settings dialog box you can check details of the selected printing application Q Note jew Settings Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD B W Line Drawing CAD High Accuracy 3D CAD GIS Photo Poster Notice Announcer Scanned Image Highest Quality B Default Settings I Details i Parameter Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard 600dpi Color Mode Color Reduce Print Unevenness Off Color Adju Brightness 0 Color Adju t Contrast 0 Color Adju Saturation 0 Matching Method Perceptual Cancel
140. photographs and graphics AC View set BC Printer fe E PDF v Preview Cancel E Print O Note e A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Mac OS XY gt P 392 208 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired Enlarged Reduced Printing Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver as desired Fit Paper Size Enlarge or reduce the original to match the size of the paper you are using For instructions on resizing originals to match the paper size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows P 210 e Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X P 212 Q Note e For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format use an image editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of 150 dpi or more at actual size Enhanced Printing Options 209 Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows This topic describes how to
141. press the gt button 12 Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button The printer now goes online 456 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the Printhead m Adjusting the Printhead Height If printed documents rub against the printer during printing or if the edge of paper is wrinkled from rubbing it may help to raise the Printhead If image edges are blurred it may help to lower the Printhead 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the button Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Head Height and then press the gt button Press A or to select the Printhead height and then press the OK button a fk WN Adjustments for Better Print Quality 457 Adjusting the feed amount Adjusting the feed amount m Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically If printed images are affected by banding in different colors adjust the amount that paper is fed There are two modes for adjusting the amount paper is fed Standard Adj and Advanced Adj Advanced Adj offers a wider range of adjustment than Standard Adj If using Standard Adj does not eliminate streaks or if streaks are quite noticeable try Advanced Adj Follow the steps below for standard automatic adjustment of the feed amount When using highly transparent media for which automatic adjustment is not suppo
142. printed on the roll specify the paper length P 111 u Roll feed unit err The Roll Feed Unit is not working Turn off the printer remove the Roll Feed Unit momentarily and then reinstall it P 140 If the message is still displayed after you do this contact your Canon dealer for assistance No Roll Feed Unit The printer has received a print job that specifies Install the Roll Feed Unit and resend the print job rolls but the Roll Feed Unit is not installed P 140 Error Message 541 Messages regarding paper Sheet printing is selected Corrective Action You have attempted to print a test print sheet or other Load a sheet and try printing again printer status information on a sheet but no sheet To print on a roll instead hold the Stop button for more than a second to cancel printing load a roll and then print is loaded Manual printing is selected but a roll is loaded A print job for manually printing on sheets was sent Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to when a roll is loaded cancel printing If there is a printed document in the output tray select Paper Cutting in the printer menu and cut the roll at the desired position P 128 Load paper of the type and size you have specified in the printer driver and try printing again Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing Change the printer driver settings to match the roll alre
143. printing low with a new Ink Tank P 470 You can print until the ink runs out by pressing the Online button However if the ink runs out during printing the following situation will occur depending on the position of the leading edge when it passes through the printer 1 No ink left is displayed and printing stops Press the Stop button to cancel printing or press the OK button replace the ink tank that is low with a new one and continue printing However note that because printing is paused colors may be slightly different P 470 2 Ink tank empty Canceling printing of this page is displayed and printing stops After the paper is ejected press the OK button and replace the ink tank that is low with a new one P 470 No ink left There is no ink left Open the Ink Tank Cover and replace the Ink Tank for which the Ink Lamp is flashing P 470 546 Error Message Messages regarding ink ss Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly detected Ink level detection cannot work correctly if you use The refill ink tank can no longer be used See the refill ink tanks section Ink level detection and take the appropriate action Ink Level Check Not much ink is left Prepare a new Ink Tank We recommend replacing the Ink Tank with a new Ink Tank at this point if you plan to print large format or high quantity jobs No ink tank loaded There is no Ink Tank of the i
144. process may take about ten minutes Troubleshooting 515 The printer stops during a print job The printer stops during a print job An error message is shown on the Display Screen O OSes Corrective Action O An error message is displayed during printing Check the error message and take action as necessary The last portion of roll paper was used during a print Remove the portion of roll paper that was used and job and paper could not be fed because the trailing insert a new roll edge was taped to the roll P 117 P 118 P 119 The printer ejects blank unprinted Paper po Status Corrective Action The leading edge of the roll paper was cut to This operation is normal straighten it The printer cuts the leading edge of the roll to straighten it and ejects the scraps when Trim Edge First in the printer menu is On or when Trim Edge First is Automatic and the leading edge is slanted The printer is ready to print after this initial preparation When Off is selected under Trim Edge First the edge is not cut and scraps are not removed The Printhead nozzles are clogged Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and make sure the Printhead is in good condition for printing P 479 Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged P 480 A print job was received from an incompatible printer Use the correct imagePROGRAF printer driver for driver the printer and try printing again The pr
145. roll in the original bag or box away from high temperature humidity and direct sunlight If paper is not stored properly the printing surface may become scratched which may affect the printing quality when you use it again Note e How to remove the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment P 136 e How to remove the Spacer for Borderless Printing P 136 Handling Paper 119 Handling rolls Clearing Jammed Roll Paper If paper from a roll becomes jammed Paper jam is shown on the Display Screen of the Control Panel Remove the jammed paper as follows O Note e For instructions on removing a paper jam from a roll if the scrap of paper remains in the Paper Feed Slot see Clearing Jammed Paper Paper Feed Slot P 123 1 Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover Use a store bought cutter or the like to cut the paper of the loaded roll souio When cutting paper be careful to avoid injury and damaging the printer 2 Press Load Eject button 3 Remove the jammed paper e If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover 1 Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side 120 Handling Paper Handling rolls 2 Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 3 Close the Top Cover O Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b e If paper from a roll is jammed by the Paper
146. s TCP IP network settings are configured correctly configured correctly P 422 The computer you are trying to print from is not Make sure the computer s TCP IP network settings configured correctly are configured correctly P 431 526 Troubleshooting Cannot print over a network Cannot print over a NetWare network The printer s NetWare settings are not configured Make sure the printer s NetWare settings are correctly configured correctly In particular make sure a valid frame type is selected For details see Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network Settings P 425 The computer you are trying to print from is not Make sure the computer s NetWare settings are configured correctly configured correctly For details see Configuring NetWare Network Settings P 443 The NetWare server and services are not configured Check the following points 1 Make sure the NetWare file server is running 2 Make sure there is enough free disk space on the NetWare file server Insufficient disk space may prevent you from processing large print jobs 3 Start NWADMIN or PCONSOLE and confirm that the print service is configured correctly and the print queue is available 4 If data transmission to a printer on another subnet fails deactivate NCP burst mode in that printer s network protocol settings 5 If the printer is used in queue server mode specify Other Unknown as the printer type
147. size do not match an error message will be displayed and printing is not possible 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFo0x Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ai Media Type EEES Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About L Defauits 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing F Enarged Reduced Printing ID O Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IFO Scaling f 1G E Peper size Match Page Size JH Diientation Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in i A Portrait a Aj O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Pa
148. the Platen or printing on small paper P 495 The Paper Retainer is soiled Clean the Paper Retainer P 498 Roller marks are left across the trailing edge of paper A document was removed after printing from Following the instructions press the Load Eject the Front Paper Feed Slot without pressing the button remove the paper and then press the OK Load Eject button button Wipe away any soiling on the rollers 520 Troubleshooting Problems with the printing quality Printed colors are inaccurate Color adjustment has not been activated in the Advanced Settings of the printer driver Colors have not been adjusted on the computer or monitor The Printhead nozzles are clogged In the printer driver Application Color Matching Priority is not selected Printhead characteristics gradually change through repeated use and colors may change Color may change slightly even on the same model of printer if you use a different version of the firmware environment or printer driver or when you print under different settings or in a different printing environment In the Advanced Settings of the printer driver access Color Settings in Color Mode to adjust colors Refer to the computer and monitor documentation to adjust the colors Adjust the settings of the color management software referring to the software documentation as needed Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and see if they
149. the best printing results Media type The printer and printer driver offer print settings optimized for various paper characteristics Note e For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 e The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install the Media Configuration Tool from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool For information about the Media Configuration Tool see the Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh An error message is displayed on the printer Control Panel if the paper type as specified in the printer driver does not match the type specified on the printer Although you can print under these conditions the printing results may not be suitable If the paper type is not listed for selection If the type of paper loaded is not listed among the options for selection try printing on Special 1 Special 2 and so on Note that higher numbers in this setting enable more vivid colors but may also cause colors to run together For instructions on specifying the paper type before printing refer to the following topics Selecting the Paper Type Roll P 202 Selecting the Paper Type Sheet P 203 Enhanced Printing Options 201 Choosing Paper for Printing Selecting the P
150. the side manually 2 Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 3 Close the Top Cover 152 Handling Paper Handling sheets O Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b e If paper is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot of the Top Paper Feed Slot Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot gt P 154 remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam N e If the paper is jammed by the Ejection Guide Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer Handling Paper 153 Handling sheets e If paper is jammed in the back of the printer Remove the jammed paper from the back After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 3 Press OK button If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam as follows 1 Turn off the printer and remove the Roll Feed Unit from the printer P 139 2 Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 3 Install the Roll Feed
151. tp t Stacker PrecaUtionS semeren acc ee e ER 155 Using the CE Stacker eat esate tinneis eee Dae EEES 156 Working With Various Print Jobs 158 Printing Photos and WTA SS ss csenacesstccan ertnrntansinnnnanianetideaiieidah ites annnrehanannaanunobandencaadt 158 Printing Photos and Images Windows 2225 iho these ccc ce bnnc tale zenstacentesnittaupateraedsenlidwelaeegttanedniees 158 Printing Photos and IMAGES asec eects ionan aaa i aaia Eaa Ta ESE ia 160 Printing Photos and Images Windows essessssssssesssssseesrrirrettttttiiritttteerinninnnnnssstnnennnnsnnnrennn 162 Printing Photos and Images Mac OS X cacccic3 iscevcasdeachevasinstacenccstevactatanteemadstenseeeasttendvcienneeenss 164 Printing GAD Drawing S asia aierncaticrcar earceasmenel ie ea tenie ann deers aeeuenss 167 Printing GAD Drawings siccicscacesaccontensecacacasctcnsuitancteadeutanteaisaubcaninaseectasartegetanuteceenun cehagtenbadtaacnine 167 Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows 0 cccceceeeeeee rete eeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeeea 168 Printing Line Drawings and TeXxt cecccceeeessceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeaaeeeseegeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeee 169 Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows cecceeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeteeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeea 170 Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X ceceeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeceaeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeee 172 AP GA PANINO riae a a e E E aai E ae E ane 175 Printing Office Docu
152. updating In Remoteul activate the setting Enable DNS Dynamic Update P 422 Configure the setting for assignment of the same IP address each time the printer starts up Q Note e We recommend configuring the printer s IP address even if you will use the printer in networks other than TCP IP networks Configuring the printer s IP address enables you to use RemoteUI to configure the network settings and manage the printer with a web browser For details on RemoteUlI see Using RemoteUl P 421 Network Setting 417 Network Setting Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility From a computer running Windows you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility provided with the printer to configure the printer s IP address This topic describes how to configure the IP address using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Important To configure network settings you must be logged in with administrative rights such as Administrator account We recommend that your network administrator configure the network settings For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility see Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility P 390 Start inagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu In the Product Name list displayed select the printer to configure Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu In the Setting IP Address list choose Manual Enter the I
153. width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard iS a ELL _ Set DL Easy Settings lE rrin Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUB Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer Gc M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print Enhanced Printing Options 225 Printing enlargements or reductions 12 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 Ai settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPFoox Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation fal To fe E scale 100 Cancel E 13 Select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 14 Click G Scaling and enter 120 QO Note e You can specify enlargement that exceeds the paper size but in this case the portion off the edge of the paper will not be printed e Ifthe original size after enlargement or re
154. wrinkled or warped straighten it out before loading it e Load paper straight so it is not fed askew The printer now starts advancing the paper Handling Paper 115 Handling rolls 3 Close the Roll Feed Unit Cover Q Note e How the printer operates after the paper is fed varies depending on the setting for automatic Ceea of the remaining roll paper as well as the barcode printed on rolls Detection of the Remaining Roll Paper Barcodes Printer Operation After the Paper is Fed Printed The type and amount of paper left is automatically detected based on the barcode printed on the roll There is no need to specify the type and length of the paper Not printed You must specify the type and length of the paper A menu for selection of the paper type and length is automatically shown on the Display Screen P 110 P 111 You must specify the type of paper printed P 110 Cut the edge of the roll if it is soiled or if there are cuts from scissors or the blade after removing creased edges P 128 116 Handling Paper Handling rolls u Removing the Roll from the Printer Remove rolls from the printer as follows Q Note e If you need to cut the roll select Paper Cutting and cut the roll at the desired position P 128 e If you have selected Media Menu gt Chk Remain Roll gt On in the printer menu and the printed document has been ejected a barcode and brief text message
155. x 44 X gt We de PFs Paper Reference Guide for North or South A gt Gl h pease Tools iPFroox Paper Reference Guide for North or South America This paper reference guide describes the types of media printable with Canon imagePROGRAF iPFoox Before using the printer and media read through this guide the instruction manual supplied with the media and the printer s User Manual for use in optimal conditions gt Local Availability of Paper in This Guide This guide includes information for paper sold in North or South America Some paper in the guide may not be available locally depending on your location gt Printer Operations For instructions on loading or cutting paper or other printer operations refer to the User Manual gt Updating the Paper Reference Guide The Paper Reference Guide is automatically updated when you update the Media Configuration Tool To download the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool access the imagePROGRAF website from imagePROGRAF Support Information gt Genuine Canon Paper The media types with marked in the product name are those specified as genuine Canon media For other media please contact the respective media manufacturer after reading the instruction manuals supplied with the media gt Handling the Media e Handle all media carefully being careful not to rub or damage it We recommend wearing gloves when handling media e Handle media so
156. 0 inches 254 mm or wider e Loading Sheets Manually P 144 e Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 112 e Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit gt P 114 Loading Rolls in the Printer gt P 115 Adjustments for Better Print Quality 453 Adjusting the Printhead OQ Note Use Standard Adj if you have switched to another type of paper or if you want the boundaries between colors to appear as attractive as possible Use Advanced Adj to fine tune the space between nozzles or colors if you have switched the printhead or if you want printed documents to appear as vivid as possible We recommend using Advanced Adj for printing at a higher level of image quality Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for adjustment This function is not available for CAD Tracing Paper CAD Translucent Matte Film or CAD Clear Film If adjustment is not possible as expected using highly transparent film or similar media try another type of media or adjust the Printhead alignment manually P 455 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU oO o Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the button Press A or WV to select Auto Head Adj and then press the gt button Press A or VW to select Advanced Adj and then press the butt
157. 12 Grasp the Belt insert it between the Belt Stopper and affix the Belt Stopper to the Carriage Shaft O Important e Never touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b b a Q Note e Here the Belt Stopper is the one that was removed and stored after initial installation 13 Close the Top Cover 14 Tape down printer covers to secure them in the reverse order of tape removal during installation 15 Repack the Roll Holder Holder Stopper and printer in shipping materials and then package them in a shipping box Maintenance 503 Other Maintenance Updating the Firmware Update the printer firmware to take advantage of new and improved printer functions Confirming the firmware version 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or Y to select Information and then press gt 3 Press A or Y to select System Info and then press the gt button The firmware version is displayed Updating the firmware To obtain the latest firmware visit the Canon website If the firmware available online is newer than the installed firmware update the printer firmware For details on downloading and updating the firmware visit the Canon website 504 Maintenance Frequently Asked Questions Troubleshooting Frequently Asked Questions Frequently Asked Questions This section presents frequently asked questions and answers To view more detailed explanations click the hyper
158. 14 inches 356 mm 16 inches 407 mm ISO A2 A3 420 mm 17 inches 432 mm JIS B2 B3 515 mm ISO A1 A2 594 mm 24 inches 610 mm 78 Printer Parts Printer Specifications Print area Normal size Printable area Sheets Top Paper Feed Slot Top 3 mm 0 12 in bottom 3 or 23 mm 0 9 in left and right sides 3 mm Sheets Front Paper Feed Slot 3 mm 0 12 in on top 23 mm 0 9 in on bottom and 3 mm 0 12 in on both sides e Rolls 3 mm 0 12 in from each side For information on the recommended print area see Print Area P 81 Borderless printing 2 Printable area rolls Entire surface Oversized 2 Printable area Entire surface Supported width for borderless printing 10 inches 254 mm JIS B4 257 mm A3 329 mm zA 2 3 4 inches 356 mm i inches 407 a ISO A2 A3 pee m 4 17 inches 432 mm JIS B2 B3 515 mm ISO A1 A2 594 mm 4 24 inches 610 mm For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 Printing may not be possible in some cases depending on the type and size of paper Load paper at least 6 mm 0 24 in wider and 6 mm higher than the size selected in Page Size for roll paper Or load paper at least 26 mm 1 0 in higher for the tray Borderless printing requires the Spacer for Borderless Printing Printer Parts 79 Printer Specifications Basic Environmental Performance Prin
159. 185 Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver 185 Color Adjustment asnensnineacienarisn e 185 Color ModGsoanan ngrene aa 185 heanig a E a neiaii 186 Adjusting the feed AMOUNT ssssssossriccrricariicrieiniiisse 458 Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically 458 Adjusting the feed amount during printing 460 Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually 461 Adjusting the feed amount during printing 463 Adjusting the Measurement Scale for Better ACCURACY sis A 464 Adjusting the Printhead niiisiiisiirsiacoiiiiiniis 453 Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically 453 Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually 455 Adjusting the Printhead Height cceee 457 Adjusting the Vacuum Strength eceeeeeeeees 468 Adjustments for Better Print Quality 0 0 6 453 An error message is shown on the Display E EE ane Sierteseeceaustieeedteet ar E 516 Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder 136 Attaching the Spacer for Borderless Printing 137 Mounting the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment 136 Removing the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment 136 Removing the Spacer for Borderless Printing 137 BaCk s saves sernetrets candies ected ete amenities cen 15 Banding in different Colors OCCUIS 0ceeeeeeees 522 Basic Environmental Performance 00000 80 Packaging materials esscsucsesdnsiuissmi 80 E A E E E A 80 Basic Printing Work
160. 2 Media Monkissa 56 Paper Details ccecssceceseeeeesseeeeseeeeeenaeeneneees 57 System SetUp ceiien oidini eain 62 Main Menu Settings During Printing 0 65 INFOMATION oe eee eect ee anie aE N 65 Main Pane Mac OS X senesne 400 Configuration using Advanced Settings 401 Configuration using Easy Settings 400 Main Sheet Windows ccccceeteeseeeeesteeeeeneees 360 Configuration using Advanced Settings 361 Configuration using Easy Settings 0 360 Mamina Ossenaar an a s 469 Maintenance Cartridge ccccecseeceeeeeetteeeeeneees 487 Maintenance cartridge full ceceeeeeesteeeeneees 551 Maintenance cartridge problem cceeeees 551 558 Index Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper OMOMLAU OM otis saceecacasisics ccaaeessdedeandestccdaaasstseccaasaareccees 332 IGOR areenat edana e aaraa EEN anaia 332 Orientation 0 2 ceceeceecceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesesseeeeeseaees 332 Rotate 180 degrees ccccccseeeeeeeeeesteeeeeees 332 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Mac OS X eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 335 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Windows ccceeeeeesteeseteeeeteeteeees 333 Manual printing is selected but a roll is loaded 542 Matching Sheet Windows c cceeeeeeeeereees 368 Driver Matching Mode sssssssssssssissssisn nass 368 ICC Matchi
161. 2 Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time Borderless Printing Method Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original as desired Enhanced Printing Options 259 Borderless Printing Print Image with Actual Size Prints originals at actual size without enlarging or reducing them Originals must be prepared in a size that exceeds the dimensions of the paper by 3 mm 0 12 in on each side Q Note Not all page sizes are available e Even if you prepare originals of the same size as the paper size the originals are automatically enlarged when you print borderlessly in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size This may affect image quality When image quality is most important make the original 3 mm longer on each side than the paper size so that the image can be printed at actual size in borderless printing For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows gt P 261 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X P 263 260 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spacer for Bord
162. 2 x 62 99 in Front Paper Feed 203 2 x 520 0 mm 8 00 x 20 47 in 610 0 No Slot x 914 0 mm 24 02 x 35 98 in tp Note e In the printer driver paper sizes are categorized into groups based on the size system such as ISO A or ANSI In Windows some size systems are not available by default Follow the steps below to make them available 1 Display the printer driver dialog box 2 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet 3 Click Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box 4 Select the Display Series check box For details on non standard paper sizes see Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes P 274 Borderless printing is not supported on sheets 108 Handling Paper Handling rolls Handling rolls Selecting the Paper Source When advancing paper press the Feeder Selection button and select the source You can determine the selected source by checking which lamp is lit either the Roll Media lamp a or the Cut Sheet lamp b e Roll Media lamp Selected when printing on Roll Media e Cut Sheet lamp Selected when printing on Sheets from the Top Paper Feed Slot or Front Paper Feed Slot Feeder b Online Selection Load Eject Power OF a9 Cleaning 3 Sec i Note e If any paper is loaded that will not be used a message is shown on the Display Screen either Remove roll or Eject sheet when you press the Feeder Selection button To remove the pap
163. 3 B4 ADIN C3 C4 BARCH A B Photo Oversize Other OK Cancel Help Q Note e To display the Paper Size Options dialog box on the Page Setup sheet click Paper Size Options P 372 Setting item escription A Paper Size List Shows the names and sizes of paper that can be used with the printer driver B Delete Custom paper sizes created by users can be deleted from the Paper Size List as needed However they cannot be deleted in the following situations e Ifa standard paper size of the printer driver is selected e If an oversized paper size is selected e If a paper size in a red box is selected C Custom Paper Size Name You can name Custom Paper Size as desired Specify the desired unit of measure for the Custom Paper Size height and width E Paper Size Specify the desired Width and Height You can make your selection from sizes that are compatible with Borderless Printing by selecting Borderless Printing Size To maintain the aspect ratio of the Width and Height as you resize the paper select Fix the Ratio of the Width to Height F Add Enables you to register the custom paper size you have specified or overwrite an existing custom paper size G Display Series You can limit the number of options shown in Page Size Paper Size and Paper Size List 374 Windows Software Printer Driver Layout Sheet Windows The following set
164. 350 340 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings Using Favorites Mac OS X You can use the Presets function in Mac OS X for favorite based printing Q Note In the printing dialog box click Save As in the Presets list to save the current print settings This is a standard feature of the operating system For details refer to the Mac OS documentation Enhanced Printing Options 341 Other useful settings Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Roll paper can be automatically cut after printing Q Note e It may not be possible to cut certain types of paper such as adhesive paper For details on types of paper that cannot be used with the auto cut feature see the Paper Reference Guide P 101 Automatic Cutting Roll paper is cut automatically after printing If you prefer you can print continuously without cutting the roll or you can print a cut line For instructions on cutting roll paper after printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Windows P 343 e Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Mac OS X P 344 342 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Windows This topic describes how to cut roll paper automatically after printing using the auto cut function as well as how to print a cut line for manual cutting ts Note e The auto cut function is activated
165. 51 5 600 SIRS eet H C Borderless Printing fi Media Size Match Page Size By Print Centered R C No Spaces at Top or Bottom C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF C Preview Cancel E Print 10 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 16 in 406 4mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard iS a ELL _ Set DL Easy Settings lE rrin Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUB Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer Gc M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print Enhanced Printing Options 219 Printing enlargements or reductions 12 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 Ai settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPFoox Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation To fe E scale 100 13 Select the D Enlarged Reduced
166. 548 Cannot adjust band cciscincsaracananasncctieceusasaeanalnus inanin anenai noaea aa Eaa AEE aaaea NEEE iina a Kiai 548 Cannot adjust rit ocsissicaivta ince tcaneacebacasawalizes vassiecteandubeienasuslewidsns tolodadadantsbaehadenecnuwantseaniededaes 548 Messages regarding printheads ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 549 CGannotadjustprinthead Sameer re ee eee er re nee are er ene en er rere ere eee erence ee enre 549 CGannotadjustibandes e are reeee tere ener eee eer arene Serre ener oe ern ey se eee eer ee re ee 549 ae oletelsWigizt 6 ge 21 1 4 9 0 meee meee re ares emer r rer Eran ranma ener aren eee reo ree eee a eee nee 549 Problem Wih PMSA iste taza tse tanta emai eetemad vane eae as e eenia a E ea annee s EE 549 PNM A EOL atc ce asta eden ee eee reenact ee ate teeta 550 x Contents Contents Messages regarding the maintenance Cartridge eeeeeeeee eee 551 No maintenance cartridge cccecescceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaaeessaaaeeeeeeeaaeeeesaaaaesseneeeeeeeeaaaeees 551 Prepare for maint cart replacement ccceeeecceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaaaeeeeaaaeeeseegeeeeeeeeaaeeeeees 551 No Maintenance Cartridge Capacity c cceeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeseeaeeeeeaaeeeeesscaeeeenenseeees 551 Maintenance cartridge full iccciucrecscesanascecnccinecadtonetdancsadgasteRteuesntwatsaeiecetahsnd teansiiniacueaiierndcccanibe 551 Maintenance cartridge problem
167. 6 5 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box i settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPFoox Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation To fe E scale 100 Select the printer in the B Format for list In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A3 Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu ou kh WN Access the Layout pane Printer _ iPFxxxx Presets Standard S gg Layout H Pages per Sheet 1 iz rection E S eel eu IB Layout Direction E Nal aN 1 E Border None iz PDFw Preview Cancel T Click 4 0 in the A Pages per Sheet list OQ Note e You can choose the layout order and specify a boundary line for the four pages in B Layout Direction and C Border or Border Enhanced Printing Options 295 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 8 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard s SS EE images Size lMedia type Plain Paper MEy seins E Pri Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUCO Suitable for printing normal do
168. 7 Select the A Page Layout check box Click in the Edit Using PosterArtist in the B Page Layout list When you attempt to print PosterArtist starts up and the PageCapture window is displayed At this point the document will not be printed yet 8 Choose the page to load in PosterArtist 388 Windows Software PosterArtist 9 Edit and rearrange the image in the PosterArtist window as desired Important e Without closing the PosterArtist window repeat steps 1 8 to arrange originals from multiple applications on the same page Q Note e For instructions on editing and rearranging images refer to the PosterArtist Manual 10 Print from the PosterArtist menu Windows Software 389 Device Setup Utility Device Setup Utility timagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility is a utility to establish communication between the printer and your computer by completing relevant settings After the printer is installed for example you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility to complete the network settings initially A i imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility TCP IP BEE Printer View Help MAC Address Status Product Name IP Address Setting IP Address XXEXXIXXiXX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XX Usable iPFxxxx x Manual e Starting imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility will show a list of printers found on the network In this list select the printer specifically the printer s MAC address that you want t
169. 7 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paperr width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in Important e In borderless printing you cannot resize originals by entering a scaling value 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EEES z Get Information la Advanced Settings ID Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 inx 11 00 in Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics JE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Ss Status Monitor About _ Defauts 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing F Enarged Reduced Printing ID
170. 9 2 Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged P 480 Highly transparent film is loaded that cannot be used Adjust the feed amount manually for feed amount adjustment P 461 PHead needs cleaning The Printhead nozzles are clogged Specify Printhead cleaning options If the message is still displayed after Head Cleaning B contact the Canon dealer for assistance Problem with Printhead The Printhead nozzles are becoming clogged If printing is faint clean the Printhead P 480 Error Message 549 Messages regarding printheads u Printhead error An incompatible Printhead has been installed Install a Printhead specified for use with the printer P 481 There is a problem with the Printhead Open the Top Cover If the Carriage is over the Platen replace the Printhead with a new one P 481 If after opening the Top Cover you see that the Carriage is not over the Platen follow the steps below 1 Close the Top Cover and press the Online button 2 Replace the Printhead P 481 550 Error Message Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge No maintenance cartridge The Maintenance Cartridge is not installed Install the Maintenance Cartridge P 487 Prepare for maint cart replacement The Maintenance Cartridge is almost full You can continue to print but prepare a new Maintenance Cartridge to use when the messa
171. A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFr0x Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support a Letter 8 5 x11 _ 8 50 inx11 00 in x11 Al Media Type EEES a Get Information la Advanced Settings ID Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About Defauts 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences a Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ag Page Size Letters 5x11 Borderless Printing o v Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width F O Scaling IE ZS Peper size Match Page Size H Orientation A Portrait a AJ O Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper
172. Actual Size Windows gt P 240 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X P 242 Enhanced Printing Options 239 Printing at full size Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder P 136 If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing Document Any type e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 Create the original in the source application 3 mm 0 12 in larger on each side than 254 0x304 8 mm 10 x 12 in that is 260 0 310 8 mm 10 2 x 12 2 in Q Note e If you can specify the margin as in Microsoft Word set the margin at 0 mm For instructions on specifying the margin refer to the software documentation The extra 3 mm 0 12 in on each side will not be printed Create the original so that it fits inside the paper area to be printed on Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 A ON Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support JA Media Ty
173. Auto scale 100 my O Scaling 100 5 600 Letter 8 5 x11 H C Borderless Printing Jj Media Size Match Page Size B K ni Print Centered wa ae __ No Spaces at Top or Bottom ie _ Rotate Page 90 degrees PDFwW Preview Cancel Print Setting item Cescription A Paper Source Choose how paper is supplied Options displayed in the list vary depending on the selection in A Media Type in the Main pane B Roll Paper Width Displays the paper width of the roll loaded in the printer Unknown is displayed if the printer cannot detect the roll paper width C Page Size Displays the size of the original as specified in the page settings of the application For details on page sizes available in the application see Paper Sizes P 106 D Enlarged Reduced Printing Choose from the following options when this setting is activated Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size P 209 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 215 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value gt P 221 E Fit Paper Size Resizes the document image to match the paper size F Fit Roll Paper Width Resizes the document image to match the roll width G Scaling Resizes the document image based on a specified scaling value Enter a value in a range of 5 600 H Borderless Printing I Paper Size Borderless printing is available if Roll Paper is selected in the A Paper Source list
174. Canon Large Format Printer imagePROGRAF IPF605 User Manual ENG Contents Introduction 1 How t use this manual st isoctdcvwmatccecoshehest noeeiel iiien trenani i iera aai Ea 1 About This User Manu alcccicssccicceststocanenuatenca inc tactereatabescnaeueneecamuasacheerg naben E OAE ETE 1 SEAICMNG TOPICS creerea nE E EE E E E E EEEE EE EER 3 HIME Version or the Manual for Printing sseciseisiisrerseoisteeroneaons aeoea 5 Printer Parts 13 Printer parts eroinei conor A iiA EE ER A E EEE 13 FONU stare E E E E E ee err E 13 BACK riean E E E A E A E A E E 15 TOP Go 12 aati 1s eee ae ee ee ene er Peer oe ee er ee eee eee eee 16 Tray Feed Area ic cesassestccechertucharsnininctianctlcedanadeeecanmnascmnstantel anteaaattanadnant sath scudecnannatannalmadtourabaneies 17 Roll Feed Unit Cover Inside ccccceeesccceeeessceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeessaaaeesaaaeeeseeeeeeeeensaeeeeeeaaes 18 TAN pte src oacrec eine a a a e casas e thai aa Re a 18 Ink Tank Cover IMSIDS is cicncsusrecactsuadiccagasoavtendanesenesasisiecenssasteteanastelietatelctidylegetsetrncusieetddexdedetaseaed 19 VENIS Eee tree acme ermatigs ae oe a a a a e E A E 20 Gontrol Panel sssini ai EE E A E A eet 21 Control Panel earan nEn ae EEE EEE AEE ENESE 24 Contool Ee AI Nec eg eed r e a a E A 24 T rning the Printer On and Off sesacccet baad ceseedabarante aeaee ea Utara veal ae EOE EEEE 27 PTUs ach ea NE E ce he ceeded ee eae eee 29 SWIG NIG CGS sherek
175. Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility 4 Use the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility to register or modify hot folders For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders refer to the help file for the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder It is easy to send scanned originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the Color imageRUNNER For instructions on assigning scanning settings and destinations to a Favorites button refer to the setting manual displayed by clicking Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Setup Manual button of Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility or refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual Scanning the original and print an enlargement Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer For detailed instructions refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual 1 Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER 2 Press Send to display the screen for transmission 3 Press Favorites and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder 4 Press Start on the control panel If you scan originals on the platen glass after scanning all originals press Done on the touch panel display Scanned originals are sent to the
176. Cutting Mode to Eject in the printer menu P 128 Handling Paper 127 Handling rolls Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls How a roll is cut after ejection varies depending on the printer settings Cutting Method Menu Settings Driver Setting Automatic The roll is automatically cut by the Cutter Cutting Automatic Auto Cut Yes Unit following printer driver settings Mode Eject Choose this setting if you prefer not to Yes P 129 have documents dropped immediately after printing as when waiting for ink to dry To cut the roll using the Cutter Unit hold down the Stop button for a second or more NoYesPrint Cut Cut each page from the roll using scissors Guideline For continuous printing if you will cut each page later in Auto Cut select Yes or select Print Cut Guideline P 342 Choose this option if you want to cut pages Paper Yes by pressing Cutter Unit buttons for manual Cutting cutting after printing when the printer driver is configured to Auto Cut gt No or Print Cut Guideline Otherwise choose this option if you want to cut the roll edge after loading a roll Q Note e Automatic and Eject are valid only when you have specified Auto Cut gt Yes in the printer driver Choose this setting when using media that cannot be cut using the Cutter Unit NoPrint Cut Guideline e With Eject printing does not resume after a series of jobs have been printed continuously until the roll
177. D Easy Settings E amece E rrin Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics iF View set BC Printer PDFv Preview Cancel Print 14 Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A3 JA settings Page Attributes B B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPFxxxx Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation Ta fa E scale 100 Cance E 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing OQ Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 Enhanced Printing Options 297 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Posters in Sections You can enlarge an original to print it in sections on several sheets By assembling the printed sheets you can create a poster larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer Page Layout Choose poster printing For instructions on printing large posters refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Large Posters Windows P 299 Q Note e This method of poster printing is supported in Windows 298 Enhanced Pri
178. Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets Standard E Page Setup BA m Size Media Source Roll Paper Fey DE B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm I Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D v Enlarged Reduced Printing B Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O scaling 100 3 5 600 BOR et H C Borderless Printing fi Media Size Match Page Size By Print Centered R No Spaces at Top or Bottom C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF C Preview Cancel E Print 10 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx E Presets Standard is a ELL HH Set DL Easy Settings lE rrin Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUB Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer Gc M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print
179. INtiNg 1S TAIN ect eceetes ecient need eweeecieeeeereeres 517 Printing Large Posters WindoWS s1eee 299 Printing Line Drawings and Text 169 Easy SellingS macrina 169 Pun TAGS lie ais sScdes acess acecy RR 169 Print targets for line drawings and text 169 Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X 172 Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows 168 170 Easy Settings aseiniadau iais 168 Print TarQet E A T 168 Print targets for line drawings and text 168 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other 281 Free Layout Windows cceeeeteeeeesteeeeees 281 imagePROGRAF Free Layout Macintosh 282 Index 559 Index Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other MaC OSX enanado n 285 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other WINGOWS sfsccedeseeesnceecetintewnntitedraihidenwnlenihe 283 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously 02 5 287 Roll paper anner scssi 287 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Mac OSH ssc sees neina in Sis ie aniei 290 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously WINGOWS aroiercrraniieneieniie citra E E 288 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet eeeee 292 Page Layout eceran irn A 292 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Mac OS X 295 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Windows 293 Printing Office Documents 176 EASY SOttiiGS sccc cccsspeeeecees sbdevocaadeecviceenanceeedeszas 176 Print Targeting nai
180. In the Available Port list select Standard TCP IP Port Click New Port After the wizard starts a window is displayed for the Welcome to the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard Click Next In Printer Name or IP Address enter the printer s IP address Ooahwnhnd Follow the instructions on the screen to add a printer port Click Close to close the Printer Ports dialog box oO ON 11 Make sure the printer port you added is displayed under Ports and that the port is selected 12 Click Close to close the printer properties window Network Setting 431 Network Setting Windows Sharing the Printer in Windows If you set up a computer as a print server in Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008 the computer can receive print jobs sent from other computers clients connected to it for printing This topic describes how to share the printer in Windows Important e We recommend that your network administrator configure your network for printer sharing 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers window h Printers and Faxes File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q gt B JO search gt gt Folders E Address ay Printers and Faxes Printer Tasks S E Add a printer gt Set up Faxing Other Places 2 Right click the icon of this printer and choose Sharing to open the printer properties window Printers and Faxes a BR File
181. Letter 8 S 11 JH Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in i A Portrait a AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper I Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm N Car o i __ Size Options Defaults OK Cancel lI Apply Help 170 Working With Various Print Jobs 10 11 Printing CAD Drawings In A Page Size click the size of the original as specified in the application software In this case click ISO A3 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 346 Confirm the print settings and print as desired QO Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 Working With Various Print Jobs 171 Printing CAD Drawings Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example Document CAD drawing e Page size A3 297 0 x 420 0 mm 11 7 x 16 5 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA settings Page Attr
182. NNER manual 1 Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER 2 Press Send to display the screen for transmission 3 Press Favorites and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder 4 Press Start on the control panel If you scan originals on the platen glass after scanning all originals press Done on the touch panel display Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you specified for the folder Q Note For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 184 Working With Various Print Jobs Adjusting Images Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver Color settings specified in the application for your documents are essentially given priority over other settings for each print job but further color adjustment is possible in the printer driver Color Mode Choose how the printer driver processes color as desired The available options vary depending on the color mode Color Mode Color Adjustment Color Print in color You can adjust the color balance and color matching method Print in grayscale You can adjust the color balance Color CAD A color mode optimized for line drawings You can adjust the color balance 2D CAD Lines in red yellow and other colors are printed especially clearly Color CAD
183. Note e If printing is unsuccessful you may be able to print after completing the following setting 1 On the Layout sheet click M Special Settings to display the Special Settings dialog box Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support 7 Page Layout B B 2 Pages Sheet Watermark E CONFIDENTIAL Letter 8 5 x11 ia Din x 11 00 in E z m F Edit Watermark ia 8 50 in x 11 00 in H s5 O Rotate 180 degrees zS i No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 18 1 99 Reverse Order Collate 7 _ Page Options Special Settings _ Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help 2 In the FineZoom Settings list click Yes 270 Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Mac OS X This topic describes how to print a banner about five times as long as the roll width based on the following example e Document An original designed for a horizontal banner e Page Size Non standard 100x500 mm 3 9 19 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper Roll paper width 16 inches 406 4 mm Follow the steps below to print a banner in either horizontal or vertical format 1 In the application create an original in the format of a horizontal or vertical banner 2 Register a Cust
184. O Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width FO scaling E By Peper size Match Page Size H Orientation Mi A Portrait a AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Paper Source Roll Paper Mi Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm x N Car Lo S __ Size Options Defaults ra OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 222 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions s Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 8 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 9 Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 10 Select the C Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 11 Click ISO A4 in the G Paper Size list 12 Click F Scaling and enter 120 Q Note e You can specify enlargement that exceeds the paper size but in this case the portion off the edge of the paper will not be printed e If the original size after enlargement or reduction is smaller than the paper size the original is printed in the upper left corner In this case you can center originals by selecting G Print Centered on the Layout sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Page Layout B 2 2 Pages Sheet BL se Watermark JE conriventiat v P Ed
185. Options 207 Choosing Paper for Printing 8 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _ iPFxxxx Presets Standard S gg s Page Setup E Media Source Roll Paper Fey JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D v Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 S OSaaling 100 5 5 600 PROTEASE H C Borderless Printing Media Size Match Page Size By m C Print Centered PAR ne _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom a Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF wv Preview Cancel S J J 9 In the A Paper Source list select how paper is supplied 10 If you have selected Cut Sheet or Manual in A Paper Source make sure the size as selected in Page Setup is displayed in C Page Size If you have selected Roll Paper in A Paper Source make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width OQ Note If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard B Main i BC se E rrin Target 3 SS Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text
186. P 37 For details on menu levels and menu items see Menu Structure P 41 The printer menu structure is made up of a main menu and submenus Access the main menu by pressing the Menu button on the Control Panel The principal settings available in the main menu are as follows e Paper Settings Specify the type and size of paper Print Settings Adjust or clean the Printhead or adjust the paper feed amount e Printer Settings Configure the network settings set the sleep timer and specify the unit of measurement on the display Q Note By default main menu settings apply to all print jobs However for settings that are also available in the printer driver the values specified in the printer driver take priority Access the submenu by pressing the Information button on the Control Panel You can check the following information in submenus e Ink levels e Maintenance Cartridge capacity e Size and type of paper that is selected e Amount of roll paper left 36 Printer Parts Control Panel ss Main Menu Operations Press the Menu button to display the main menu For details see Main Menu Settings P 55 e Main menu when no print job is in progress MAIN MENU Paper Cutting Rep Ink Tank Head Cleaning Media Menu Paper Details Adjust Printer e Main menu during printing Menu Durng Prtng Head Cleaning Fine Band Adj Information Q Note The main menu will not be displayed in the foll
187. P address assigned to the printer and click the Set button Click OK after the Confirmation message dialog box is displayed Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Q Note To configure the IP address automatically choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select DHCP BOOTP or RARP e You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway Noah WN 418 Network Setting Network Setting Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel This topic describes how to configure the printer s IP address on the Control Panel 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Interface Setup and then press the button Press A or to select TCP IP and then press the button Press A or Y to select IP Setting and then press the gt button Press A or to select IP Address and then press the gt button After pressing lt or gt to select the input field press the OK button to enable numerical input NO oP WO DN Press the A or W button to enter the value Q Note Pressing the A button increases the number by 1 The maximum value is 255 after which 0 is displayed e Pressing the W button decreases the number by 1 The minimum value is 0 after which 255 is displayed Hold down A or Y to increase or decrease the value continuously foe Repeat steps 6 7 to enter the IP address assigned to the printer 9 Press t
188. Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm I Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D v Enlarged Reduced Printing Bi Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O scaling 100 6 5 600 SIRS eet H C Borderless Printing fi Media Size Match Page Size By C Print Centered R C No Spaces at Top or Bottom z C Rotate Page 90 degrees M Cree Erren D 11 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 12 Confirm that the roll paper width matches the paper size Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in 254 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx in Presets Standard HJ Main Kj a m Set IDH Easy Settings Fe Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUCO Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics EC Viewset B Printer G M PDF Y Preview Cancel E Print 264 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing 13 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in thi
189. Please wait is displayed 2 The printer goes online in preparation for printing after startup and the Online lamp and paper source section lamp remain lit Online Glossy Photo ISO A2 Roll saueee B K The printer will not go online in the following situations Take action as needed The Top Cover is open Close the Top Cover The Ink Tank Cover is open Close the Ink Tank Cover The Printhead is not installed Install the Printhead For the instruction see Replacing the Printhead P 481 Ink Tank is not installed Install the Ink Tanks For the instruction see Replacing Ink Tanks P 470 If ERROR is shown on the Display Screen Turn off the printer and contact your Canon dealer The Online lamp and Message lamp are not lit even once and nothing appears on the Display Screen Make sure the printer is plugged in correctly Check the connection at the plug and electrical outlet No paper is loaded Load paper gt P 85 P 90 Printer Parts 27 Control Panel Important e Starting the printer when it is connected via the USB cable to a Macintosh computer that is off may cause the computer to start up at the same time To prevent this disconnect the USB cable before starting the printer Connecting the printer to the computer via a USB hub may solve this issue Turning the printer off Important e Never turn the printer off or unplug it during a print
190. Press A or to select Interface Setup and then press the gt button Press A or WV to select AppleTalk and then press the gt button Press A or to select On and then press the OK button Press the Online button to bring the printer online a fk WN If any of the settings is changed a message for confirmation is displayed In this case press the OK button O Important e Be sure to complete step 5 This will activate the values you have entered 0 Note By using RemoteuUl you can also specify the object name used by AppleTalk as well as the printer zone name For details on RemoteUI see Using RemoteUl P 421 Network Setting 447 Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Destination Mac OS X oO Note e The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10 4 The method of configuring the destination varies depending on the version of Mac OS X 1 In System Preferences click Network to display the Network window 2 In Show choose Built in Ethernet Next click AppleTalk select Make AppleTalk Active and click Apply now ear Network lt Show all Q Show Built in Ethernet iz TCP IP pppoe T AppleTalk Proxies Ethernet ww Make AppleTalk Active Computer Name xxxxxxxx Can be changed in Sharing Preferences AppleTalk Zone Configure Automatical ly B a Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me f Apply Now Clos
191. Print Quality list Q Note Adjusting Images e Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type Click Color CAD in the H Color Mode list To adjust the color click I Set G Note e For instructions on adjusting color see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 185 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard Letter 8 5 x11 Auto Scale 100 Letter 8 5 x11 a __ Media Size Vo Page Setup eee Roll Paper E JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm a Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D F Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Media Size a O Fit Roll Paper Width 7 E O Scaling 100 5 600 H _ Borderless Printing Match Page Size EJ eo Print Centered R s C No Spaces at Top or Bottom cm m ao Rotate Page 90 degrees Media Source PDF wv Preview M Cancel Print Enhanced Printing Options 199 Adjusting Images 14 Confirm the settings of A Paper Source and C Page Size 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 200 Enhanced Printing Options Choosing Paper for Printing Choosing Paper for Printing Choosing a Paper for Printing Choosing the right paper for your particular printing application will give you
192. Printing check box 14 Click F Fit Roll Paper Width 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 220 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions ss Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired Enlarged Reduced Printing Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver as desired Scaling Enlarge or reduce originals by a particular amount as desired 80 For instructions on entering a scaling value to resize originals refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Windows P 222 e Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Mac OS X P 224 Q Note e For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format use an image editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of 150 dpi or more at actual size Enhanced Printing Options 221 Printing enlargements or reductions ss Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Windows This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value based on the following example Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x29
193. R Mac OS X Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a hot folder and printed automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy first complete these settings in the following order 1 Register a hot folder on your computer Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy 2 Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder After these settings are complete you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER Registering a hot folder on your computer Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy are called hot folders Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER You can specify printing conditions such as the image quality and paper size based on which originals transferred to the hot folder will be printed Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders 1 To display the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box either double click the Color imageRUNNER En
194. Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Specifying NetWare Protocols 441 ONIO ONS anari anan E 222 ae l i Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver 204 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width 215 re f i Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Enlarged Reduced Printing ssseeseeseeees 215 Mac OS 1 ccc eer latratlaaeetteeniea 207 393 Fit Roll Paper Width aia asia ahucanatate art eva nrarara aia aiaalaaca T 215 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width WINDOWS eeccciekliveiiien epe teehee ise 205 348 Mac OS X DPR ELEC TERE LEER RC CR ERE LEE CREE UTR TREE ECCT ry 218 Specifying Printer Related Information VOEE 427 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls 0 128 WINDOWS einasi nna iaee adena ene aua aaa tiie aes 216 i l na ee eae Maicii P Eject waiting for ink to dry after printing 129 esizing Originals to al l e Paper Size 209 Manual when using media that cannot be cut Enlarged Reduced Printing sssseseeseeees 209 using the Cutter Unit s seseeseeenes 130 Fit Paper Size lieu savannas EA a u heh yaa A Siena 209 Paper Cutting to have the roll cut at your Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size specified pOSiION j s ssnsoiisnanianiara s 132 MaG OSX oreen ia EE A EE 212 Specifying the Ink Drying Time for RollS 126 Resizing Originals to Matc
195. Roll DryingTime in Paper Details Printing may be faint if Print Quality in Advanced In Advanced Settings in the printer driver choose Settings in the printer driver is set to Standard or Highest or High in Print Quality Draft P 193 Troubleshooting 517 Problems with the printing quality Paper rubs against the Printhead The paper type as specified in the printer driver does Make sure the same type of paper is specified on the not match the type loaded in the printer 1 printer as in the printer driver P 110 P 142 Make sure the same type of paper is specified in the printer driver as you have loaded in the printer 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Change the paper type in the printer driver and try printing again Paper has been loaded incorrectly causing it to Reload the paper wrinkle P 115 P 144 The Printhead is set too low In Head Height choose Automatic P 457 You are printing on heavyweight paper or paper that When printing on Heavyweight Coated Paper or curls or wrinkles easily after absorbing ink other paper based media choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Strong or Strongest If the paper is still scratched try setting the Printhead level in Head Height to Highest P 468 P 457 When printing on CAD Tracing Paper or other film based media choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Standard Strong or Strongest If the paper is
196. Roll Holdet sssrinin E aio 112 Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit ccc cccassccceteascestecedeecdsuacussitcenssceedencssnivedstadeelivexbuiceniacastnenenas 114 Loading Rolls inthe Printer seserian araia a e i iR 115 Removing the Roll from the Printer sescccccecdsecccsacioncepinssSccraesie conecsseatenpendcenmmededecdidshesuenedbiaseneans 117 Removing Rolls from the Roll Feed Unit 2 22 00 2 c c0ccccccceceessseeccceeeeenseesadeccetenesstnesesecteboneeeneess 118 Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder a ecteccvccessstenecz cooneneaeadieivencalehedpoasseeandeccpcctannaal pecpendonenee 119 Clearing Jammed Roll Paper sciisis ccavccescsccesates otetccdaecnaneevatbee cu sess ceteeansateareuesatbateisieastunateemexavantasd 120 Clearing Jammed Paper Paper Feed Slot cccccecsceeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeesaaeeesessaeeseeeeaaes 123 Feeding Roll Paper Manually soci teas tas iceteccenesinct ct can ecteasetandeces Seunane tea aaah cdetetiesteiaceebiandeteaes 124 Detection of the Remaining Roll Paper sic cceesceccctecscseccessegedcecenstactecenssdethecee teeectreianaciecsebonnoneess 125 specifying the Ink Drying Time for PONS sic ciccscsctisccecsaczcsccesensessenecedesareresecsecesenetserersecsseneensienare 126 Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls ceecccceeessceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaaeeeseseaeeeeeeeaaes 128 Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically ccccceceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeenaeeeeeseeeeetenenees 133 Reducing Dust
197. Roll Paper By JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D ca Enlarged Reduced Printing B Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 B O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 7100 G O scaling 100 41 5 600 t nI m LENET RLT H _ Borderless Printing T Media Size Match Page Size Ea By C Print Centered R No Spaces at Top or Bottom i L Rotate Page 90 degrees M Q PDFw Preview Cancel E Print 6 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 272 Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 7 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 16 in 406 4mm Q Note e If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer _ iPFxxxx B Presets Standard B Main H L images Size Mvedia Type Plain Paper B os B Get Information E aC D Easy Settings Es E prin Target Default Sns Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Office Document Z Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics E Viewset BC Printer PDFv Preview Cancel Print 8 In C Page Size make sure 100 500
198. Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes Sheets are loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot Heavyweight paper is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot Paper Size Page Size The size of the image to be printed as specified in the application Paper Size also called Media Size e In the case of sheets paper size refers to the actual size of the paper loaded in the printer In the case of rolls paper size is an imagined size set as the printing area for a single page Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Printing Rolls wea 9 ii aRU 2 Specify conditions as needed and then click Print Windows or Print Macintosh e Windows Select Printer Add Printer iP Status Ready Location Comment Page Range All Selection O Pages _ Enter either a single page number or a single page range For example 5 12 Current Page Print to file Fane Number of copies 1 HGHG Introduction 11 How to use this manual e Macintosh Printer iPFxxxx S B Presets Standard i Copies amp Pages Copies fl M Collated Pages All O From 1 to 1 PDFY J Preview C Standard Cancel O Note e To print only individual topics that are displayed use this method 12 Introduction Printer parts Printer Pa
199. SiZ 2 eee eeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeees 231 Printing at Full Size Mac OS X 235 Printing at Full Size Windows n 233 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 266 Printing CAD DrawingS ccccccceseeeeeeeeeeseeeees 167 Printing does not Start sirosis na 515 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER ccceeeeesteeeeeeeeees 181 227 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X 183 229 Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 184 230 Registering a hot folder on your COMPUTICN 3 carccceencdetetece ee ae siavees ev nceencetiens 183 229 Scanning the original and print an enlargement 20 eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetceteeeeeeees 184 230 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows 00 181 227 Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER ccseeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 182 228 Registering a hot folder on your COMPUTO Ms cxtacedesecedecds casa a 181 227 Scanning the original and print an enlargement siaina tantot annainne iai aea 182 228 Printing enlargements or reductions 209 Printing from Mac OS X Teresianes nahkaisen 93 Printing from the application software 94 Registering the printer cseceeeesteeeeeenees 93 Printing from WiNGOWS cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 92 Pr
200. Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUCO Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics EC Viewset B Printer G M PDF Y Preview Cancel E Print Enhanced Printing Options 243 Printing at full size 13 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case 10 x12 Borderless A settings B Format for Paper Size I Orientation B B i Page Attributes iPFxxxx Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm Mal tet Th E scale 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note For tips on confirming print settings see 244 Enhanced Printing Options Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 395 Borderless Printing Borderless Printing Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters made up mainly of photos or images without a surrounding margin or border Borderless Printing In regular printing a margin required by the printer is added around the original With borderless printing you can print documents without the margin so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper Important Borderless printing is only available with rolls e Paper you can use for borderless
201. Size list click the size of the original as specified in the source application In this case click 10 x12 9 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 10 Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box amp Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Borderless Roll Width 17 in Roll 431 8mm 17 00 in x 22 09 in AS Page Size J Borderless Printing Method DO Fit Media Size E Scale to fit Roll Paper Width JH Grientation i aj Portrait a3 B Media Source M Roll Paper Width Aj O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm wj x NC n S Size Options f Defaults Apply J Help OK Cancel JI 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list in this case click 10 in Roll 12 13 14 254 0mm Click OK to close the Information dialog box In C Borderless Printing Method click F Print Image with Actual Size Confirm the print settings and print as desired OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 Enhanced Printing Options 241 Printing at full size Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to print borderlessly at
202. Slot Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box IA Settings Page Attributes B H Format for iPFoox E _ 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation Ta fe E scale 100 E Cancel 0x Select the printer in the B Format for list Click Manage Custom Sizes in the C Paper Size list to display the Custom Page Sizes dialog box In Page Size enter the height and width of the original Here enter 43 00 cm in Height and Width In Printer Margins enter 0 3 for the top and side margins and 2 3 for the bottom margin Here measurements are entered in centimeters Double click Untitled in the list at left in the Custom Page Sizes dialog box and enter the paper name in this case 430 430 Click OK to close the Custom Page Sizes dialog box In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click 430 430 the size you registered Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu Enhanced Printing Options 279 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 13 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx i9 Presets Standard B Main a H E Plain Paper By BC Get Information b Bc Set 2 D Easy Settings E Beri Target Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Default Settings Draft Office Docum
203. The memory is full xxxx is 0501 0903 or 0904 Corrective Action The printer memory is full Because the entire print job could not be received the printer may not be able to print the entire original Check the printing results GL2 W0502 The parameter is out of range A parameter specified in a HP GL 2 command is out Check the print job of the supported range GL2 W0504 This command is not supported The printer has received an unsupported HP GL 2 Check the print job command 552 Error Message Other Messages Other Messages ss GARO Wxxxx x represents a number There is a problem with the print job Try printing again using the correct printer driver It is also possible to continue printing in this state However you may not be able to obtain the desired printing results u ERROR Exxx xxxx x represents a letter or number In the following situations turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring power If the message is still displayed write down the error code and message turn off the printer and contact your Canon dealer for assistance e ERROR is displayed followed by the error code and Call for service HRERROR Exnc00x Call for service Hardware error XXXXXXXX XXXX x represents a letter or number In the following situations turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring power However keep the printer
204. This may damage the printer 9 Pull the Printhead Fixer Lever forward all the way to open it completely Maintenance 483 Printheads 10 Pull up the Printhead Fixer Cover to open it completely 11 Remove the used Printhead saion e When replacing the Printhead immediately after printing wait a few minutes before replacing it The metal parts of the Printhead become hot during printing and there is a risk of burns from touching these parts Q Note Dispose of the used Printhead in accordance with local regulations 12 Holding the new Printhead by the grips a remove it from the case 484 Maintenance Printheads Important e When handling the Printhead always hold it by the grips a Never touch the nozzles b or the metal contacts c This may damage the Printhead and affect printing quality 13 While firmly holding the Printhead you have removed use your other hand to remove the orange Safety Cap 1 a Squeeze the grips c of Safety Cap 2 b and pull it down to remove it Important Safety Cap 1 a may be coated with ink to protect the Printhead Be careful not to touch areas other than the grips Never touch the ink supply section d This may cause printing problems e The inside surface of Safety Cap 2 b is coated with ink to protect the nozzles Handle it carefully to avoid touching the nozzles or spilling ink Spilled ink may cause stains The Printhead contains ink
205. Tiling and multiple pages per sheet cee ceeeececceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 281 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other cccceeeceeceeeeseceeeeensaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeneeeeeteneaaeeees 281 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Windows ceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneaaeeees 283 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Mac OS X cecceceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeneeeeeeneaaeeees 285 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously 22 ccccccccecscscectececctesesazeseteeoessacetenecaskostseasceateaseseeeenesseeiaeess 287 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously WiNGOWS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteseeeeeeensaaeeees 288 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Mac OS X ccccccceceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeennaaeeees 290 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet ccececccceeeesseceeeeeseaeeeeeeeeaeeeeseaeaeeeeeaaaaeesnenaeeesneneeeeeta 292 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet WindOWS ceceeceeeeeeeceeeeeesaeeeeeesaeeeseeseeeeeteneaaeeees 293 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Mac OS X eeccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeneaeeeeteeaeeeeteneeeeeeenaaeeees 295 Printing Posters in Sections seco es ccachocaseceasentaceupeet ct a acactasetxacbhensiviaunts tack oasnccaretiaceeecanenieacecenss 298 iv Contents Contents Printing Large Posters Windows cccccccccssssssseeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeesssesnaaeeseesseeee 299 STS ING OI AS iet
206. Tool to the factory default values Length Unit Choose the unit of measurement when roll length is displayed You can switch the unit displayed for Roll Length Set and the remaining paper amount displayed in the submenu Printer Parts 63 Control Panel E a o a Displays the MAC address of the printer D Displays the printer s IP address Displays the most recent error messages up to two resin pronome sonon Job Log Choose from Document Name Displays the document name in the last printjob Displays the document name in the last printjob document name in the last print job information three print jobs job 64 Printer Parts Control Panel ss Main Menu Settings During Printing Main menu items during printing are described in the following tables For instructions on menu operations see Main Menu Operations P 37 For details on menu levels and values see Menu Structure P 41 Setting Item Description Instructions Head Cleaning Specify Printhead cleaning options P 480 Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint oddly colored or contains foreign substances Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all or if printing is not improved by Head Cleaning A Fine Band Adj Displayed during print jobs For fine tuning the feed amount Displays information about the printer and record of print jobs P 65 Information System Info Version Firm o O Displays the p
207. Unit on the printer again P 140 154 Handling Paper Output Stacker Output Stacker Output Stacker Precautions When you print on rolls you can use the Output Stacker to hold ejected printouts When you use the Output Stacker b push down Basket Rod 1 fully toward the front keeping it even on the left and right so that Basket Rod 2 a is not slanted The Output Stacker can accommodate one sheet Remove each sheet before printing if you are printing a series of documents Use the Output Stacker in the normal position a However for some types of media you can use the stacker in the extended position b This position enables printed documents to be removed more easily For information on types of paper you can use with the stacker in the extended position refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 Handling Paper 155 Output Stacker Using the Output Stacker This topic describes how to use the Output Stacker When storing documents on the Output Stacker use the stacker in position 1 When the Output Stacker is not used fold the stacker to stow it in position 2 O Important e When storing printed documents on the Output Stacker always use it in position 1 If you do not printed documents may not be dropped into the Output Stacker and the printed surface may become soiled e The Output Stacker can accommodate one sheet When printing multiple pages remove each shee
208. Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically For instructions on printing enlargements of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER refer to the following topic e Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows P 181 e Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X gt P 183 u Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a hot folder and printed automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy first complete these settings in the following order 1 Register a hot folder on your computer Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy 2 Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder After these settings are complete you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from
209. Vista Home Basic Business Ultimate e Mac OS X 10 2 8 or later e Compatible computer e A computer that runs one of the above operating systems e Printing over an AppleTalk network e Compatible operating systems e Mac OS X 10 2 8 or later e Compatible computer Q Note e The printer cannot be used over a LocalTalk network e Compatible with EtherTalk Phase 2 e A computer that runs one of the above operating systems Printing over a NetWare network e Compatible servers e Novell NetWare 4 2 5 1 6 0 e Compatible clients e Windows 2000 Professional or Server e Windows XP Professional e Compatible computer O Note e In NetWare 6 0 iPrint is not supported e A computer that runs one of the above operating systems Network Setting 415 Network Setting Network environment After confirming what type of network environment you will connect the printer to set up the printer and computers as needed e Example of a Windows network In Windows networks print over TCP IP Windows Windows TCP IP Q Note e NetBIOS is not supported e Example of a Macintosh network In Macintosh networks print over AppleTalk EtherTalk or TCP IP using Bonjour Zeroconf functions Macintosh Macintosh e Example of a NetWare network Windows Windows Windows amp NetWare me hs NetWare Server iPFxxxx
210. Width 17 in 431 8mm I Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 DBD v Enlarged Reduced Printing B Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O scaling 100 51 5 600 SIRS eet H C Borderless Printing fi Media Size Match Page Size By Print Centered R C No Spaces at Top or Bottom C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF C Preview Cancel E Print 10 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard iS a ELL _ Set DL Easy Settings lE rrin Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUB Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer Gc M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print Working With Various Print Jobs 173 Printing CAD Drawings 12 Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A3 Ai s
211. actacsnncesasine nasiener anna EEEE R 532 If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound ssssenssesssneeennneessrrrrsetrnnetrnrntsrnrrssrtrnnnennnnnesrtrnseree nnet 532 Messages advising to check the maintenance cartridge are not Cleared c ceeseeeeeeeees 532 The printer consumes a lot of Nk 0 eee eee cece eeeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeaaeeeeeaaaaeeeeaaaeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaaeteeeeaes 532 Ink Level Detection caiccsscncctinaasinecasacctansansnacedntimanecedbswecieatens s dca ssanntieanandeceaeadanendantaceceeadavstanenasuned 533 Contents ix Contents Error Message 535 Responding to Messages cnt cvccarunseccuscncinresdayonsecesuebbenuatestueonddddentieriiccceumeates 535 Responding 10 MESSAGES ic ccnidcassiestcctenacrdcannadvantcusedcdensseaisnceesnecunnideandieadsfeecseadeanidcuasneehseedandeeste 535 Ert r Messages ciussriiioiiisedii raria E EAEE SENEE ETE EEEE TEA E Ea 536 Messages regarding paper sasisniicnesrancvccsnnnssecsannneseebeonmpesanntrndsiiueeenienetnmneteadade 538 Paper Mismatehiidreranin aeaa E R E A a A O AE a 538 Papr lype MiSmMate Maniis ai a Ea aa EEE aaa S 538 Per Siz WAIST NCI cs secgetacceesceccetesstbnecetazsaneceveeectutansasaeangeaastuceaatatiebetsiaeenentangetaacabaneaceemeides 539 Paper size not GSTS UIC O xeascis sce ce ce cicateenaticce ect tananeei each petunia eae 539 Insufficient Paper for job ccccccccececceecceeceeeceeecececcececeeececceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeereess 540 This paper ca
212. ad Follow the steps below to replace the Printhead Failure to follow this procedure may cause ink leak from the Printhead which may cause stains 0 Note O N OG A e Prepare a new Ink Tank when ink levels are low e Your hands may become dirty during Printhead replacement Use the gloves provided with the new Printhead for replacement Choose On in Auto Print to have the printer automatically adjust the Printhead alignment after replacement of the Printhead P 55 If the roll is not ejected because of the cutting method selected cut it manually and remove it P 342 Clean inside the Top Cover P 495 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Load Eject Power Press A or Y to select Maintenance and then press the gt button Press A or V to select Replace P head and then press the gt button Press A or W to select Yes and then press the OK button Ink is now filled After about three minutes a message is shown on the Display Screen instructing you to open the Top Cover Open the Top Cover Instructions are now shown on the Display Screen regarding Printhead replacement 482 Maintenance Printheads 8 If the Printhead Fixer Cover or Printhead Fixer Lever is dirty use a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely to wipe it clean O Important e Never touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b e Never touch the metal contacts of the Carriage
213. ady loaded and then try printing again Wrong paper feed slot for this paper type The Paper Feed Slot where paper is loaded does not Try printing again after changing the settings in the match the Paper Feed Slot specified as the paper printer driver so that the Paper Feed Slot where paper source is loaded matches the Paper Feed Slot specified as the paper source P 90 Cannot feed paper Cause The paper has come out of the printer Remove the paper press the Load Eject button and reload the paper A paper jam has occurred Press the Load Eject button remove the jammed paper and reload paper If the error occurs again turn off the printer and wait a while before restoring power 542 Error Message Messages regarding paper ss Paper jam A paper jam occurred in the printer during printing Press the Load Eject button and remove the jammed paper P 120 P 152 You have loaded and printed on a roll when sheets Press the Load Eject button remove the roll and are selected as the paper source on the Control load a sheet Otherwise select the roll as the feed Panel source on the Control Panel and reload the roll u Paper loaded askew Paper has been loaded askew Follow these steps to reload a roll A I7 1 Press the Load Eject button and remove the crooked paper 2 Press the Load Eject button and reload the roll P 115 Follow these step to reload a sheet 1 Press the Loa
214. aeeeeeaaeeeeees 500 Updatingthe PINTIWANG zecsicercicetectvcncteracaenassuctacsdeeuntausacecasanetharensgiuthiuntescerebanies auoniiarenasmmetineact 504 Troubleshooting 505 Frequently Asked Questions sicisiciscvnercnianntsneeseresxexetinscneesuveccemuteanepercemtausente 505 Frequently Asked QUESTIONS caci n a o a eee 505 Problems Regarding Paper spciisasicrcisriceessaeivoetevbeansouteiendandaannnebeemaniidcceamnecses 507 Clearing Jammed Paper Paper Feed Slot cccecessceeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeenaaeeeeessaeeseneeaaes 507 Clearing Jammed Roll Paper sssssssssssssessressnnernnnnrunenrureninsnnncnnnnnnunnntnnenannenannnnnnnnanntnntnannnnnnna 508 Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray c cccsecceeesseeeeeeseneeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaaeeeseesaeeseeeeaaes 511 Roll Paper Cannot be Inserted into the Paper Feed Slot ccecccesseeeseeeeeesseeeeeeeeneseeees 514 Cannot Load Sheets esaerea e Ee a eA E EE R E Ar EE OEE 514 Paper is not 61 Se Ae eee oe ee a N E E ee a eee eee ee 514 PODS AIO ie C t renei enna A Ai aeaa E EN naa EATA INEA 514 Depression on the leading edge is left nnnnnsneesnneseennneserrnreeennntesrtrrsserrnntrnnntnrnrenssrrrnnerenn ne 514 Roller marks are left across the trailing edge Of paper ssssesssesessserssserrrrsrrrrnrerererssrrrrserern 514 Printing does not Ac fe aa oee meer omer er eetoeR SU peer ene ate enna ete meet ne eer nes oer 515 The Data lamp on the Control Panel d
215. affect the printing quality 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online Enhanced Printing Options 203 Choosing Paper for Printing Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver If you replace the paper complete the printer driver settings for the paper type and size For instructions on configuring paper settings in the printer driver refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows P 205 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X P 207 204 Enhanced Printing Options Choosing Paper for Printing Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows If you have replaced the paper you must complete the following settings in the printer driver O Important e Always specify the same type and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver If the type and size do not match an error message will be displayed and printing is not possible 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFo0x Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ai Media Type EEES Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Post
216. ailable locally depending on your location For instructions on loading or cutting paper or other printer operations refer to the User Manual The Paper Reference Guide is automatically updated when you update the Media Configuration Tool To download the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool access the imagePROGRAF website from imagePROGRAF Support Information The media types with marked in the product name are those specified as genuine Canon media For other media please contact the respective media manufacturer after reading the instruction manuals supplied with the media Handle all media carefully being careful not to rub or damage it We recommend wearing gloves when handling media Handle media so as to keep the print surface free of sweat and grease from hands This may affect the printing quality After printing allow ink to dry before handling After printing handle prints carefully and avoid touching the print surface Due to their nature pigment inks may flake off if rubbed or scratched Paper may stretch or shrink from changes in humidity or other environmental factors Allow ample time for the paper to adjust to the environment before use After use remove paper from the printer if environmental changes are expected and store it in the bag s s s Handling Paper 103 Paper Updating paper information You can update paper information in the Paper Reference Guide and on the printer by downloading
217. alog box is displayed Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility oO 436 Network Setting Network Setting Windows Specifying the frame type using the printer Control Panel 1 a WN N O 10 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Load Eject Power O Stop 1 Sec Press A or to select Interface Setup and then press the gt button Press A or to select NetWare and then press the gt button Press A or to select NetWare and then press the gt button Press A or W to select On and then press the OK button Return to the NetWare menu Press A or WV to select Frame Type and then press the gt button Press A or to select the frame type to use and then press the OK button Return to the NetWare menu Press A or to select Print Service and then press the gt button Press A or V to select the desired print service and then press the OK button Return to the NetWare menu Press the Online button to bring the printer online If any of the settings is changed a message for confirmation is displayed In this case press the OK button Important e Be sure to complete step 10 This will activate the values you have entered Q Note e f an error message is displayed check the settings and correct any invalid values e To cancel the setup process hold down the Stop button for a second or more Network Setting 437 Network S
218. alpmectianrentna ada kddeinedgeetopsidebldce sss denamedenebanwuecias 543 Cannel teed paper sasate Eae EEE NEE EEEE ERE SEEE EEEE 544 Cannot c t pape eerror aaea E aa A EE EE A EAEE 544 Endotpaper reede nten a a A 544 Borderless Priming NOt pOSSIDlIS sonriente nsien elins bie aa ianiai tas 545 Messages regarding MiKasssastrevcs vecnesnemsvecenneceeenas sannalnauntenneaveuesune snes yesteies 546 INK insufficient ereenn orna E E O ERA AEA AERAR e 546 No INK left siirsin ea EEEE RE EE EAT OEE ESEESE 546 Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly detected cccceeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeees 547 Ink Level CHECK aise torre cesstdcatinc ence cueded eoecedenneedanadenbndckauecensileuaedueetalcandecentvenuasdcvendeaeduetade cuneate 547 ING ink tank O AIG je cicicczehacsecivecetnascaranedoboreakaseahneteansorepenvanncore lasted veneantacevantacttensenbovagaauelemeatamcads 547 WK tank eron ccctes tue ccduadinntdennadqutvesuadedioetedeoveeca vad cape dualieen ty EEEE EEEN ES 547 The Display Screen indicates the system is filling with iMk 2 cccceeeeeeseeeereeeeeeeeneeeeeees 547 Messages regarding printing or adjUSMeN1 cece cece eee eeeeeeeeee teen tees 548 Use another Paper siccisacnsscccttnceetereanagaciandunanincaicaareadteausgadh anadenia aaa akaa aaa aaae aaa adaa 548 Cannot print as specified 2 0 ec cece cece cee eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeesaeeaeeaseeeaeeeeseeeaeaeaaaeaesaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeees
219. ancel Print 8 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 9 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 242 Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size 10 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard CSREES Page Setup N A Media Source Roll Paper Fey B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm I Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D v Enlarged Reduced Printing Bi Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O scaling 100 6 5 600 SIRS eet H C Borderless Printing fi Media Size Match Page Size By C Print Centered R C No Spaces at Top or Bottom z C Rotate Page 90 degrees M Cree Erren D 11 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 12 Confirm that the roll paper width matches the paper size Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in 254 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx in Presets Standard HJ Main Kj a m Set IDH Easy Settings Fe Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual
220. andscape orientation after matching the paper orientation based on the following example e Document An original in landscape orientation e Page size A4 210 0 x 297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFr0x Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support a Al Media Type RETIRES J Get Information la Advanced Settings ID Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEL_ViewSettnas e Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About _ Defautts 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPFx00m Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ag Page Size Menlarged Reduc
221. anually based on the resulting pattern gt P 455 Auto Band Adj Standard Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a band adjustment test pattern for automatic adjustment of the feed amount P 458 Advanced Adj Choose this option when using paper other than genuine Canon paper or paper for purposes other than checking output Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a band adjustment test pattern for automatic adjustment of the feed amount Note that this function takes more time and requires more ink than Standard Adj P 458 Manual Band Adj Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjusting the feed amount based on the paper type P 461 Adj Far Ed Feed Choose Yes for adjustment of the feed amount of the trailing edge Adjust Length i Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment relative to paper stretching or shrinkage after which you can enter the amount of adjustment P 464 60 Printer Parts Interface Setup EOP Timer TCP IP IP Mode Protocol DHCP BOOTP RARP IP Address Default G W Frame Type Ethernet Driver Auto Detect Ethernet Type Spanning Tree MAC Address Ext Interface Return Defaults La Control Panel Specify the timeout period before cancellation of print jobs that cannot be received by the printer Choose whether the printer IP address is configured automatically or a static IP address is entered manually Specify the protocol used to conf
222. aper Source supported by the printer as well as information about the loaded paper To update the Paper Source and media type settings in the printer driver select the desired Paper Source option and click OK Windows Software 363 Printer Driver ss Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Windows The Paper Detailed Settings dialog box offers the following settings For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help Media Detailed Settings Media Type Media Type JE Drying Time Plain Paper o Between Pages Plain Paper Plain Paper High Quality Plain Paper High Grade D Between Scans All Plain Paper_Conserve MBK Printer Default Coated Paper Recycled Coated Paper Roll Paper Margin for Safety High Resolution Paper Near End Margin Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Extra Heavyweight Coated Pape Premium Matte Paper G Cut Speed Matte Photo Paper Printer Default Colored Coated Paper Photo Paper Proofing Paper Printer Default Printer Default Glossy Photo Paper Semi Glossy Photo Paper a l d Mirror Heavyweight Glossy Photo Pape Heavywaht SemiGlos Photo Pap y gt OK Cancel Defaults Help Q Note e To display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box on the Main sheet click Settings by Media Type P 360 Setting Item Description O A Media Type Select the paper type For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper
223. aper Type Roll When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the type of paper as follows Important e For best printing results the printer fine tunes the feed amount for each type of paper That s why the margins and the size of printed images may vary depending on the type of paper used If printing results are not as you expected adjust the paper feed amount and Printhead height P 457 Q Note e After you load the roll the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the Display Screen unless a barcode has been printed on the roll or you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper Select the type of paper and then press the OK button If no barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper specify the roll length after the paper type P 111 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Load Eject Power 2 Press A or W to select Media Menu and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select Roll Media Type and then press the gt button 4 Press A or to select the type of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK button Q Note e For details on types of paper see the Paper Reference Guide P 101 By factory default Plain Paper is selected e Be sure to select the correct paper type If this setting does not match the loaded paper it may cause fe
224. aphics BC Printer a 2 C PDF Preview Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list click the type of paper that is loaded 8 Make your selection in the E Print Target list 290 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard E Page Setup BA Media Source Roll Paper DE JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm I Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D v Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 E O Scaling 100 3 5 600 Gy ete see H C Borderless Printing a Media Size Match Page Size By C Print Centered R C No Spaces at Top or Bottom a C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF Preview gt Cancel E Print 10 Click Roll Paper Banner in the A Paper Source list 11 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 Enhanced Printing Options 291 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet To conserve paper you can print several pages of the original on a single sheet by reducing the original and dividing the sheet into areas for each page Page Layout Specify a number of pages of the original to print on a single sheet in
225. are 401 Printer Driver Setting tem escription N Economy Printing When this mode is selected less ink is consumed than in regular printing but the quality is diminished Select this mode if you want to conserve ink when checking drawings for example Depending on the Media Type and Print Quality settings this mode may not be available L Printer Click to display the Printer dialog box which indicates the ink levels and gives other information about the printer 402 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver ss Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box Mac OS X On the Paper Information on Printer dialog box you can obtain information on the paper in the printer and configure printer driver media type setting The following media types are specified on the printer for these media sources By choosing a desired media source here you can automatically apply the selected media source and media type to the printer driver Note Other related settings may also be changed To change the details shown here use the printer control panel to adjust the settings Media Source O Paper Tray Feed Media Type Plain Paper Roll Paper Media Type Plain Paper Cancel GOD Q Note To display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box on the Main pane click Get Information by Media Type P 400 Setting Item Description O Shows the Paper Source supported by the printer as well as the type of A Paper Sour
226. are print server 0 254 T Click OK to display the Network page Network Setting 435 Network Setting Windows Specifying the Printer s Frame Type To enable communication between the printer and computers on your network specify the Ethernet frame type in your NetWare environment Follow the steps below to specify the frame type by using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility or the printer Control Panel QO Note e You can specify the frame type by using RemoteUl if the printer s IP address is configured O Important e Before specifying the frame type make sure the printer is on and connected to the network For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility see Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility P 390 Specifying the frame type using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Start imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility In the list of printers select the printer to configure Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu In the NetWare Frame Type list select the frame type Make sure ETHERNET Il is selected under Frame Type in TCP IP In IP Address enter the IP address assigned to the printer and then enter the subnet mask in Subnet Mask and the default gateway in Gateway Address Important aoa hah You must specify the IP address here to be able to configure NetWare protocol settings using RemoteuUl T Click Set Click OK after the Confirmation message di
227. as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Windows gt P 275 e Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Mac OS X P 279 274 Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Windows This topic describes two ways to print on non standard paper sizes e Printing by using Custom Size P 275 e Printing by using Custom Paper Size P 276 Printing by using Custom Size This section describes how to print using Custom Size based on the following example e Document Scanned image e Page size Square of non standard dimensions 430x430 mm 16 9 16 9 in e Paper Sheets Manual e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A square sheet 430x430 mm 16 9 16 9 in Load the square paper 430x430 mm 16 9 16 9 in in the Top Paper Feed Slot Choose Print in the source application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 kh OND Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFo0x Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support JA Media Type EEES Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing ai Suitable for printing norma
228. as to keep the print surface free of sweat and grease from hands This may affect the printing quality After printing allow ink to dry before handling After printing handle prints carefully and avoid touching the print surface Due to their nature pigment inks may flake off if rubbed or scratched Danar mav ctratnh ne chrink from chonac in hiwnidite nr nthar anvirnnmantal fantare Atlan amnia tima far tha nanar ta adiret tn the amiennmant hafa 1 My Computer 102 Handling Paper Paper e Mac OS X 1 Click the iPF Support icon in the Dock The online support window is displayed 2 Select Paper Reference Guide imagePROGRAF User s Manual l Visit the imagePROGRAF website for news and printing tips Visit the imagePROGRAF webpage i gt View the printer user s manual View information about paper that can be used with the printer Get the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool to make sure the guide includes information on newly added paper The Paper Reference Guide is displayed This paper reference guide describes the types of media printable with Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx Before using the printer and media read through this guide the instruction manual supplied with the media and the printer s User Manual for use in optimal conditions This guide includes information for paper sold in North or South America Some paper in the guide may not be av
229. at meet the following conditions are supported Outer diameter up to 150 mm 6 in e Inner diameter of paper core 2 or 3 inches enon a Pap 594 0 mm 23 39 in 515 0 mm 20 28 in 431 8 mm 17 00 in e Printing side out 420 0 mm 16 54 in 406 4 mm 16 00 in 355 6 mm 14 00 in 14 in Roll 355 6mm A3 Roll 329 0mm 329 0 mm 12 95 in 300 0 mm 11 81 in 300mm Roll 300 0mm 297 0 mm 11 69 in ISO A3 A4 Roll 297 0mm 257 0 mm 10 12 in JIS B4 Roll 257 0mm 254 0 mm 10 00 in 203 2 mm 8 00 in Custom Paper Size 203 2 mm 8 00 in 610 0 mm 24 02 in 1 For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 2 Requires the Spacer for Borderless Printing 106 Handling Paper Paper Sheets Sheets of the following sizes are supported A E C se o ooi romsa e sone TBH ODE MmTT ODHBAOI INO son o o o o oo oromon e sow o ooo oo oo pomas e so o o oi ooma o sosm o pomno e aooo o omo NO C o O ma oi promen INO ma omaan e Ee a C CCC meo e e wo emoon NOS ere US Photo 16 x20 406 4 x 508 0 mm 16 00 x 20 00 in _ Handling Paper 107 Paper Feeding from PaperSize Dimensions Cassette Poster 20 x30 508 0 x 762 0 mm 20 00 x 30 00 in Poster 300x900mm 300 0 x 900 0 mm 11 81 x 35 43 in Custom Paper Size Top Paper Feed Slot 203 2 x 279 0 mm 8 00 x 10 98 in 610 0 No x 1600 0 mm 24 0
230. atch in the printer menu Paper size not detected Messages regarding paper Printing resumes after the warning message is displayed However note that this error may cause paper jams and affect the printing quality Try printing again after adjusting the paper size as specified in the printer driver and the size specified on the printer so that they match Follow the steps below to ensure the paper size matches on the printer and in the printer driver 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Load paper of the same size as you have specified in the printer driver 3 Change the paper size in the printer driver and try printing again Press the Online button to resume printing However this may cause a paper jam or printing problem Corrective Action Paper has been loaded askew or warped paper has Reload paper straight in the correct position been loaded P 115 P 144 Error Message 539 Messages regarding paper Insufficient paper for job Corrective Action The printer has received a print job longer than the Follow the steps below to replace the roll amount of roll paper left 1 Remove the roll ppp P 117 P 118 P 119 2 Load a roll with enough paper left P 112 P 114 P 115 3 If no barcode was printed on the roll specify the paper type P 110 4 Select the paper length unless a barcode was printed on the ro
231. ate to the top level menu and press the A button again the display switches to the lowest level menu screen Items you select are highlighted mm Data ME Message Feeder Online Selection Load Eject Power OOo O The scroll bar at right indicates the current position in the overall menu e The lower level menus are available if is displayed at right To access these lower level menus select a menu and press P e The upper level menus are available if lt is displayed at left To access these upper level menus select a menu and press lt Feeder Online Selection Load Eject Power OOo Information Cleaning 3 Sec 38 Printer Parts Control Panel Specifying menu items Follow the steps below to specify menu items 1 Press A or W to access menus and then press the gt button Repeat these steps until the desired menu options are displayed 2 Press A or V to move to the setting item and then press the OK button The check box at left is selected and the setting is confirmed 4 Feed Priority Y Automatic Band Joint Print Length Feed Priority Automatic M Band Joint Print Length After two seconds the display reverts to the upper level menu 3 Press the Online button to bring the printer online O Note If a confirmation message is displayed regarding the setting you entered press the OK button The setting
232. ation MACINOS IN onnea 445 Configuring the Printer Driver Destination WINKOWS esse seccesectseneeedecebieceestenpengativee deceestt ancien aed 431 Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network SO LUMOS E E E A T 424 446 Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network SLE a E NNA E A E E E 425 434 Configuring the Printer s TCP IP Network SENGS enaa eee Nee 422 Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X 395 Checking a preview of the settings 395 Checking a print PreVieW sesser 396 Confirming Print Settings Windows 350 Checking a preview of the settings 350 Checking a print preview ceeeeeeeeeeeees 351 Conserving roll paper eeceeeteeeeeseeeeeeeeeesteeeeeees 312 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeenaees 318 No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper cc ccccccteeeseeeeetereeeseeeees 318 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Mac OS X 0 cee 321 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Windows 8 319 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 DOQICCS iinnsiececeneten aia edevinds niaaa inne 312 Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper 312 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Mac OS X ceceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 315 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating
233. ave PDF as PostScript Fax PDF Omp Encrypt PDF Mail PDF Save as PDF X OGRA ee la Canon imagePROGRAF Preview e PU Save PDF to iPhoto Save PDF to Web Receipts Folder Edit Menu 3 The Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window is displayed Canon imagePROGRAF Preview xxxx bmp SAA KR Al x Sj mEt x MQ eb 9 23 iv Print Enlarge Reduce Zoot m UERR BR a PAL S Fit to Width Fit Screen Actual Size Fane FANA Help Go to Page Page Setup Media Type Plain Paper 2 iy Easy Settings Print Target Default Settings rs Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Paper Source Roll Paper Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm g g Automatic Cutting Printer Default A uy copies 1 999 Copies Restore Defaults Update Printer Info rt eee Print p Printer Information Printer Status Online Feed Information M4 TO vA 4 Check the layout and adjust settings in the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window as desired 5 Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Q Note Preview menu For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions refer to Preview 328 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings Other useful settings Printing With Watermarks You can add watermarks backgro
234. awing ad Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About Defauts 350 Windows Software Printer Driver Checking a print preview You can check an image of the original just as it will be printed When you activate this feature imagePROGRAF Preview or PageComposer is started before printing Confirming how documents will be printed this way helps prevent printing errors For details on print previews see Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing P 324 Windows Software 351 Printer Driver Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Windows This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed amp Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Avec type Get Information ic Advanced Settings E Print Target Default Setting 564 4 Office Document Letter 8 5 11 Ee ee Poster Photos re z EARE Poster Text Illustrations SZ k F CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing nor
235. button 2 If Leave 70cm 28 space behind printer is displayed check the space behind the printer lift the four Front Tray Guides on the Ejection Guide and then press the OK button Q Note Sufficient space behind the printer is required when loading paper in the Front Paper Feed Slot For details on the space required for installation see Specifications P 76 146 Handling Paper Handling sheets 3 Open Upper Cover is displayed At this point open the Top Cover 4 With the sheet printing side up place the leading edge on the Front Tray Guides and keep it flat as you insert it into the Front Paper Feed Slot Dy caion e When loading paper in the Front Paper Feed Slot keep it flat as you insert it into the slot If you do not the printing surface may be damaged Handling Paper 147 Handling sheets 5 As you look inside the Top Cover insert the leading edge of the paper between the Platen and Paper Retainer a keeping it parallel to the Paper Retainer a and align the paper with the Paper Alignment Line b of the Front Tray Guides O Important e Never touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b This may stain your hands and damage the printer 148 Handling Paper Handling sheets 6 Close top cover is displayed At this point close the Top Cover and press the OK button The paper is held between the Platen and Back Cover as it is fed After the pa
236. button Instructions for feeding POP Board are shown on the Control Panel but instead of following them follow this procedure to remove the jammed paper Open the Top Cover Fold an A4 sheet lengthwise four times and insert it through the gap of the Back Cover Push the ou scrap out toward the Platen Remove the scrap when it is pushed out onto the Platen If any scraps remain inside the Paper Feed Slot repeat steps 6 and 7 Close the Top Cover Turn the printer off P 27 O O ON Handling Paper 123 Handling rolls Feeding Roll Paper Manually You can bring the printer offline by pressing the Online button When the printer is offline and roll paper is selected as the paper source you can advance or retract the roll by pressing A or V Press A to retract the roll manually Press W to advance the roll manually If you hold down the A or button for less than a second the roll paper will move about 1 mm 0 039 in If you hold down A or W for more than a second the paper will move until you release the button Release the button when the Display Screen indicates End of paper feed Cannot feed paper more 124 Handling Paper Handling rolls Detection of the Remaining Roll Paper If you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper when the roll is ejected a barcode with text is printed on the roll paper that identifies the type of paper and amount left If this function
237. c cape sensoeriectornoiavornisnoninaenstuesttactbbincdataadveceess 201 Choosing a Paper tor Printing sessirnar E E omeeimeuanhtbvas 201 Selecting th Paper Type ROM cis ccivercdcracesvaevehssinendcundad aavvedeaysncmaltuanhicenbue E E a E e 202 Selecting the Paper Type SNSet aacisascacccceatacuccnateencovadarcerwacussabeadyemeneerayiate EEEE NEEE 203 Specifying Paper In the Printer Driver jsccaccssidccrseesciodennsvebied cuavancbuedescntoundet e a 204 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows sssssseessserssssrrsnsernnresrnrsserrrnnernnnenrenennsnne 205 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X cceesesceeeeeecceceeeeseeeeeeesaeeeseeneeeeeteneaaeeee 207 Contents iii Contents Printing enlargements or reductions lt ayocccenenicntencesinnne cits annseeeesietiensieweregccuen 209 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size ececceeeecseeceeeeeeceeeeeesaeeeeeeseaeeeeteseeeeeeeeeaaeeees 209 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows sssssesssssnresssrrnnserrnenerrrerssrrrrsrrrrn 210 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X c cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeees 212 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width 20 0 0 ec ccceeesccseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeesaaeeeseeseeeeeeeeeaaeeees 215 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows c ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetaaeeees 216 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X ecceecceeee
238. can switch to other panes in this dialog box to complete settings for various methods of printing including enlarged and reduced printing borderless printing and so on Printer _ iPFxxxx Presets Standard B v Copies amp Pages Layout Scheduler Paper Handling Pages f ColorSync Cover Page Copies Page Setup 3 Addi oe PDF G eG I oe Additional Settings Sancet Cr Support Summary Mac OS X Software 399 Printer Driver Main Pane Mac OS X The following settings are available on the Main pane For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help O Note e On the Main pane choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the print target or switch to Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired Configuration using Easy Settings Printer _iPFxxxx FA Presets Standard B Main B H m images Size Almedia Type Plain Paper By D Easy Settings a E Print Target Default Settings 0 raft Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEC Viewset E Printer s PDF Preview Cancel Print Setting Item Description O A Media Type Select the paper type For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to t
239. cceeeeeee 158 Wrong paper feed slot for this paper type 542 Index Index 563 CANON INC 2008
240. cceeeeeeeeneeeeesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaaeeees 218 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling ValUe cceccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeesenneeees 221 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value WiNGOWS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeees 222 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Mac OS X c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeteaaeeees 224 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER ceeeeeees 227 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows 227 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X 229 Printing at TU SiZ ireas E E EAER EERE 231 Printing ON Oversized PADET soisessa A AEE E EA 231 Printing at Full Size WINdOWS sisrate arnoa e e E R eS 233 Printing at Full Size Mac OS A cs ccctsnccrocuavaceandacestieenccuntcvaduaveceensaccedente EEE E eas 235 Borderless Printing at Act al SIZE sisses ain E aE TRNAS 238 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeees 240 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X 00 0 eececcceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeseaaaeeeseeeneaeeeeeneaaeees 242 Borderless Printing serren aeee eeni ed E Eeri 245 Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent SiZ cccceccceeeecccceeeeeeeeeeesneeeeeteeeeeeeeeneaaeeees 245 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Wind
241. ce paper loaded To update the media type setting in the printer driver select the desired Paper Source option and click OK Mac OS X Software 403 Printer Driver Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Mac OS X The Paper Detailed Settings dialog box offers the following settings For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help Media Detailed Settings Media Type Plain Paper IB orina Time between Pages Printer Default E I between Scans Printer Default E3 IE ro Paper Margin for Safety IE near End Margin Printer Default J Gut Speed Printer Default ix MH Automatic Cutting Printer Default F Bi ld C Mirror Cancel Ean Q Note To display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box on the Main pane click Settings by Media Type P 400 Setting Item Description O A Media Type Select the paper type For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 B Drying Time Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry as needed The Drying Time setting is only valid for rolls P 126 C Between Pages Specify the time the printer waits after printing a page until ejecting the paper as needed a Between Scans Specify the time the printer waits after printing a line on the page until ee i the next line as needed E Roll Paper oe for You can specify the length of a margin on the leading edge of
242. cee 551 No maintenance Cartridge cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 551 No Roll Feed Unit cc ce eceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaes 541 554 O Optional accessories ccceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 74 Other Maintenance ccccceceeeeeeesceeseeeeeeesteeeeenes 500 Other Messages cccceseceeeeeteeeeeneeeeeeeeeeesaaeetenes 553 Other problem Srania 532 Other useful settings cceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 329 Output Stacker aca vinciin Hea seed 155 Output Stacker Precautions s s s 155 Pp Page Options Dialog Box Windows 005 377 Page Setup Pane Mac OS X n se 409 Page Setup Sheet Windows esceeeeeeeees 372 FADO ecane cnetet ee bigeee detest E 101 Paper Cannot De CUt ecceeceeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenees 514 Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box MaC OS X urinni oiha ah erai 403 Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box WINDOWS E E EE E TE 363 Paper is not cut straight eeeeeeeeeeennnnn 514 Ea e E A E E E TE S 543 Paper loaded askew cccceeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeees 543 Paper Mismatch ccccceceeseeeeeeeenneeeeeeeenaeeeeeneaaas 538 Paper rubs against the Printhead cee 518 Paper size not detected eceeecceeeessseeeeeeeeenees 539 Paper Size Options Dialog Box Windows 374 P per SIZES iiion eani paaa ana Eie Seeded ais 106 O A E A A 106 SNES ae iaaa aa aiaa canes eet a eN tae 107 Papr Size Mismatch
243. cing the Maintenance Cartridge see Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge P 487 Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge Compatible Maintenance Cartridge For information on the compatible Maintenance Cartridge see Maintenance Cartridge P 487 Precautions when handling the Maintenance Cartridge Take the following precautions when handling the Maintenance Cartridge A caion e For safety keep the Maintenance Cartridge out of the reach of children e If ink is accidentally ingested contact a physician immediately Important e Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge except to replace it To prevent ink from leaking from a used Maintenance Cartridge avoid dropping the cartridge or storing it at an angle Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains e Ink adheres to the top of the Maintenance Cartridge after it has been used Handle the Maintenance Cartridge carefully during replacement The ink may stain clothing Do not install a used Maintenance Cartridge in another printer Maintenance 487 Maintenance Cartridge Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge 1 Make sure no print jobs are in progress You can replace the Maintenance Cartridge if the Display Screen indicates the printer is Offline or if messages advise you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge Offline Glossy Photo ISO A2 Roll If a message prompts you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge press the OK button Steps 2 and 3 are u
244. cking to the cutter and keeps the cutter sharp if you use adhesive paper P 134 When printing manually choose the Paper Feed Slot Normally choose Top For heavyweight paper such as POP Board choose Front Specify a margin at the leading edge of sheets to ensure better printing quality at the leading edge Note that if you choose 3mm it may lower the printing quality at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy The printed surface may be scratched and ink may adhere to the leading edge Return Defaults Choose Yes to restore Paper Details to the factory default values 1 For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install the printer driver from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool See the Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh 58 Printer Parts Control Panel GL2 Settings Setting tem Description Instructions Print the last printed job still stored in the printer memory again Line Cap Choose the shape of the end point determined by Software or Rounded If you choose Software Operation is determined by the application If nothing is specified by the application the result is as shown in the figure If you ch
245. computer Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy 2 Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder After these settings are complete you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER Registering a hot folder on your computer Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy are called hot folders Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER You can specify printing conditions such as the image quality and paper size based on which originals transferred to the hot folder will be printed Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders 1 Display the printer driver dialog box P 358 2 Click the Utility tab to display the Utility sheet Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Maintenance Printhead cleaning and printhead adjustment etc can be performed B Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy aU Use this utility with the Color imageRUNNER MFC to print enlarged copies on imagePROGRAF large format printers OK Cancel J Apply J Help Enhanced Printing Options 227 Printing enlargements or reductions 3 Click B Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy to start the
246. cribes how to use PosterArtist to compose originals from multiple applications creating a poster layout for printing O Important e PosterArtist sold separately must be installed to use this function 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Meda Type Get Information ka Advanced Settings Jefault Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Moo A About So Help Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support v Page Layout B EI 2Pages Snest a IE conribentiat v E Edit Watermark Watermark B E 5 Hss ao Rotate 180 degrees No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper B Copies 1g 4p Reverse Order 1 999 Collate _ Page Options Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help 5 6
247. cuments that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set BCO me gt M Ca Cm Cane ED 9 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 10 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 11 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard Page Setup A Media Source Roll Paper E B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D v Enlarged Reduced Printing gt E Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width SP Alto scale 100 ma Scaling 100 51 5 600 Etere H C Borderless Printing jj Media Size Match Page Size WJ E C Print Centered R ial C No Spaces at Top or Bottom oo C Rotate Page 90 degrees M C ED 12 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 296 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 13 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard RJ H a Main zs mages Size lAlmedia Type Plain Paper i BC Get Information at BC Set
248. d Eject button and remove the crooked paper 2 Press the Load Eject button and reload the sheet P 144 l Note To disable this message if it is displayed repeatedly despite reloading paper for example choose Off or Loose in the Skew Check Lv setting of the printer menu However this may cause jams if paper is crooked when printed Also the Platen may become soiled which may soil the back of the next document when it is printed Cannot detect papr The paper has come out of the printer Remove the paper that has come out of the printer press the Load Eject button and reload the paper P 85 P 90 A paper jam occurred in the printer Remove the jammed paper press the Load Eject button and reload paper P 120 P 152 The roll cannot be correctly detected Rewind the roll manually until the paper caught in the rollers is completely out of the rollers Press the Load Eject button and reload the roll Error Message 543 Messages regarding paper Cannot feed paper The sheet cannot be fed correctly Reload the sheet straight in the correct position P 144 nnn Cannot cut paper Corrective Action There are sheets left on the Output Tray Remove the paper There is a foreign object by the Output Tray Remove the foreign object obstructing the Cutter Unit You are not using the printer under the recommended Use the printer only where the recommended environmental con
249. d Priority Specify exact paper feeding if desired Normally select Automatic Choose Print Length if you prefer to feed the paper an exact amount However note that choosing Print Length may result in slight banding in the direction of Carriage scanning Adjust Length Displayed if Feed Priority is Print Length Adjustment relative to the amount of stretching or shrinkage of the current paper Enter either the adjustment results from Print Pattern or the discrepancy that you measured as a percentage For paper that tends to stretch increase the feed amount by choosing a higher adjustment value For paper that tends to shrink decrease the feed amount by choosing a lower adjustment value Head Height Adjust the Printhead height P 457 Skew Check Lv If you print on Japanese paper washi or other handmade paper that has an irregular width choose Loose for a higher skew detection threshold or choose Off to disable skew detection However if paper is loaded askew when detection is Off note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur VacuumStrngth Specify the level of suction that holds paper against the Platen P 468 NearEnd RollMrgn Specify the minimum margin at the leading edge of roll paper to ensure better printing quality at the leading edge Note that if you choose 3mm it may lower the printing quality at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy The printed surface may be scratched and ink may adhere to the l
250. d amount 7 Examine test pattern C2 for adjustment After you determine the pattern in which streaks are least noticeable press the A or W to choose the pattern number and then press the OK button The printer now goes back online Q Note e If streaks seem least noticeable in two patterns but you cannot decide which one is better choose an intermediate value For example choose 17 if you cannot decide whether pattern 16 or 18 is better O x AVA x 2 14 16 18 20 22 10 1 E oe ee g EX O aX 2 16 10 1 20 22 EERE EE Adjustments for Better Print Quality 467 Adjusting the feed amount Adjusting the Vacuum Strength When printing on heavyweight paper or paper that curls or wrinkles easily if paper rubs against the printer or the edge is wrinkled from rubbing adjusting the level of suction against paper on the Platen may improve results 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Load Eject Power O Stop Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the button Press A or Y to select VacuumStrngth and then press the button Press A or to select the level of suction against paper on the Platen and then press the OK button Important e If you switch to another type of paper after printing reset the suction level on the Platen to Automatic a fk WN 468 Adjustments for Better Print Qual
251. d click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Information in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Information page af GN To display the relevant settings page click Edit in the upper right corner of Device Information or Security depending on what information you want to specify Refer to the table of settings for device information security and email notification as you complete these settings Device Information Settings TS Device Name Enter a device name blank 0 32 characters Location Enter the location where the device is installed blank 0 32 characters Administrator Enter the administrator s name blank 0 32 characters Enter the administrator s contact information blank 0 32 characters Comments E mail Enter any comments regarding the administrator blank 0 32 characters Security Settings Old Password Enter the current device password blank 0 14 characters New Password Enter the new password blank 0 14 characters Confirm Enter the new password again to confirm it blank 0 14 characters Besides entering a password you can specify other security related information such as IP address based SNMP or TCP usage restrictions MAC address based access restrictions or IPP and FTP authentication settings 7 Click OK to activate the settings Network Setting 427 Network Setting Configuring the Communication Mo
252. d click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page Click Edit in the upper right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol Settings page Make sure the Frame Type indicates the frame type used on the NetWare network To use burst mode choose On for NCP Burst Mode Q Note e Burst mode supports fast data transfer when printing in queue server mode Normally choose On In Print Application click the print service to be used Q Note Only one print service selected here will be enabled Multiple print services are not available at the same time For packet signature click If Requested by Server in Packet Signature Complete the following settings based on the selected service e If you have selected Bindery PServer Queue Server Mode Using a Bindery Print Server 1 In File Server Name enter the file server name 2 In Print Server Name enter the name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 438 3 In Print Server Password enter the password of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 438 4 In Polling Interval specify the interval at which the printer checks the NetWare print queue e If you have selected RPrinter Remote Printer Mode Using a Bindery Print Server 1 In Print Server Name enter the advertising name of t
253. d scanned originals to the hot folder It is easy to send scanned originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the Color imageRUNNER For instructions on assigning scanning settings and destinations to a Favorites button refer to the setting manual displayed by clicking Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Setup Manual button of Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility or refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual Scanning the original and print an enlargement Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer For detailed instructions refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual 1 Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER 2 Press Send to display the screen for transmission 3 Press Favorites and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder 4 Press Start on the control panel If you scan originals on the platen glass after scanning all originals press Done on the touch panel display Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you specified for the folder Q Note For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy refer to Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 182 Working With Various Print Jobs Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNE
254. de Manually This topic gives instructions for configuring the communication mode manually 1 ez a fh GO NY foe 10 11 12 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Interface Setup and then press P Press A or to select Ethernet Driver and then press P Press A or to select Auto Detect and then press gt Press A or to select Off and then press OK Return to the Ethernet Driver menu Press A or V to select Comm Mode and then press gt Press A or to select the communication mode and then press the OK button Return to the Ethernet Driver menu Press A or to select Ethernet Type and then press gt Press A or Y to select the Ethernet type and then press OK Return to the Ethernet Driver menu Press A or Y to select Spanning Tree and then press gt Press A or to enable or disable spanning tree support and then press OK Return to the Ethernet Driver menu Press the Online button After the confirmation message is displayed press OK The printer will now restart 428 Network Setting Network Setting Email Notification When Printing is Finished or Errors Occur The printer can notify you of the printer status by email Even when you are away from the printer you can know when printing is finished or if errors occur Receive notification via email on your mobile phone or at your computer Use the inagePROGRAF Statu
255. derless Printing 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size V Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width F O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 x i 8 50 inx11 00in E 2 Paper size Match Page Size 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JH Diientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in a Poat LAJ O Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Borderless Printing B Paper Source Roll Paper x I Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm x N Roll Paper Options Size Options __Defeuts _ OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 8 Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 9 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 10 Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box amp Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size J Borderless Printing Method ID O Fit Media Size JE Scale to fit Roll Paper width Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Borderless Roll Width 17 in Roll 431 8mm JH Grientation 17 00 in x 22 09 in m aj Portrait A Landscape om K j Rotate Page 90 degrees Conser
256. ding Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit Once a rollis in the Roll Holder follow these steps to load the roll in the Roll Feed Unit 1 Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover 2 With the edge of the roll facing up toward you insert the Roll Holder shaft into the guide grooves a of the Roll Holder Slot on both sides Make sure that the colors of the Roll Holder shaft ends b and the guide grooves match Dy caution Be careful not to pinch your fingers between the guide grooves a and the Roll Holder shaft b when loading rolls Q Note e If it is difficult to load rolls from the front load them from behind the printer At this point to advance the roll see Loading Rolls in the Printer P 115 114 Handling Paper Handling rolls Loading Rolls in the Printer Follow these steps to load rolls in the printer Q Note Remove any loaded paper that will not be used e Rolls gt P 117 e Sheets P 150 e If the Platen is dirty clean inside the Top Cover P 495 1 Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover 2 Insert the edge of the roll paper into the Paper Feed Slot a and feed it manually until you hear the paper feed tone Important e Be careful not to soil the printing surface of roll paper as you insert it in the slot This may affect the printing quality We recommend wearing clean cloth gloves when handling rolls to protect the printing surface e If the paper is
257. ditions for the paper environmental conditions for the paper are met Note that various environmental conditions are recommended for various types of paper For details on the recommended environmental conditions for paper see Types of Paper P 101 You are using paper that is not compatible with Cut the roll manually automatic cutting P 128 The Cutter Unit stops in the middle of cutting Move the Cutter Unit to the left and then remove the roll paper If the roll cannot be cut using the Cutter Unit cut the roll manually P 128 In other cases the Cutter Unit may be damaged Contact your Canon dealer for assistance End of paper feed You are pressing the A button on the Control Panel Release the A button and trying to rewind the roll to the edge 544 Error Message Check roll width and spacers Messages regarding paper Borderless printng not possible The paper is loaded askew The paper loaded is not compatible with borderless printing Because paper expands or contracts depending on the environment of use it may become narrower or wider than the supported width for borderless printing Check supported paper Insert the paper and Spacer for Borderless Printing firmly all the way into the printer When using A1 or A2 rolls attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing before loading the roll When using sizes other than A1 or A2 remove the Spacer for Borderless Printing befor
258. duction is smaller than the paper size the original is printed in the upper left corner In this case you can center originals by selecting the J Print Centered check box 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 226 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions u Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically For instructions on printing enlargements of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER refer to the following topic e Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows P 227 e Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X gt P 229 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a hot folder and printed automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy first complete these settings in the following order 1 Register a hot folder on your
259. dvance on the printer Display Screen Follow these steps e Selecting the Paper Type Sheet P 142 e Selecting the Paper Size Sheet P 143 Start printing Q Note e For details on supported sizes and types of the paper that can be loaded in the tray see Paper Sizes or the Paper Reference Guide P 106 P 101 Basic Printing Workflow 91 Printing procedure Printing from Windows Print from the application software menu Important e The Windows printer driver can be used in the following versions of Windows e Windows 2000 Professional or Server e Windows XP Home Edition or Professional e Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition e Windows Vista e We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing Running several applications while printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality 1 In the application software select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions 2 After confirming that the printer is selected in the dialog box click Print or OK to start printing Q Note e The appearance of the dialog box varies depending on the application software In most cases the dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer specify the range of pages number of copies and so on Example Print dialog box displayed by the application software General Select Printer z Add Printer
260. e Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation A t fe E scale 100 Cancel ER Select the printer in the B Format for list O N In the C Paper Size list choose a paper size supported for borderless printing Here click 10 x12 Borderless OQ Note e Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by Borderless 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size 6 Choose Print in the application menu 7 Access the Main pane Printer _iPFxxxx RA Presets Standard B H m Main H images Size Almedia Type Plain Paper HJ B Get Information i BC se IDH Easy Settings ns a Bri Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer _ sl 2 PDF v_ Preview Cancel Print 8 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 9 Select the print target in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 263 Borderless Printing 10 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard CSREES Page Setup N A Media Source Roll Paper Fey B Roll
261. e ink may leak and cause stains There may be ink around the ink holes of Ink Tank you remove Handle an Ink Tank carefully during replacement The ink may stain clothing We recommend using up an Ink Tank in the course of printing within six months after breaking the seal Using an old Ink Tank may affect the printing quality Do not remove the Ink Tank if the printer is not used for a long period a month or more Ink remaining in the printer may become clogged and cause of printing problems Coverage may be uneven if you replace the ink during a print job 470 Maintenance Ink Tanks Replacing an Ink Tank 1 Make sure no print jobs are in progress You can replace Ink Tank if the Display Screen indicates the printer is Online or Offline or if messages advise you to check the amount of ink left or replace the Ink Tank Online Glossy Photo ISO A2 Roll seu If a message prompts you to replace the Ink Tank press the OK button Steps 2 4 are unnecessary in this case Go to step 5 and remove the Ink Tank HH Ink tank is empty Press OK and replace ink tank THT c Do not remove an Ink Tank during initialization immediately after turning on the printer or during printing or printhead cleaning Q Note e Ink Tank replacement is possible even when print jobs are being canceled or if paper is being fed 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 3 Press A or Y to select Rep Ink
262. e full Replace the maintenance cartridge Maintenance 493 Cleaning the Printer Cleaning the Printer Cleaning the Printer Exterior Clean the printer regularly to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems About once a month clean the printer exterior 1 Turn the printer off P 27 2 Unplug the power cord from the outlet saion e Always turn off the printer and unplug the power cord before cleaning or maintenance Accidentally leaving the printer on poses a risk of injury if you touch moving parts inside the printer 3 Using a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely wipe the exterior surfaces of the printer Dry the surfaces with a dry cloth caion e Never use flammable solvents such as alcohol benzene or thinner If these substances come into contact with electrical components inside the printer there is a risk of fire or electrical shock Important If the Ejection Guide is dirty it may soil the edge of the paper when the paper is cut We recommend cleaning the Ejection Guide even if it does not appear dirty because it may actually be covered with paper dust 4 Plug the power cord into the outlet 494 Maintenance Cleaning the Printer Cleaning Inside the Top Cover Clean inside the Top Cover about once a month to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems Also clean inside the Top Cover in the following situations to ensure optimal o
263. e in landscape or portrait orientation portrait orientation automatically enlarged to fit the roll width This is an easy way to create vertical or horizontal banners gt Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing P 266 How do print on a custom You can specify custom sizes temporarily in the printer driver paper size Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes P 274 How do register custom paper You can add desired sizes Custom Media Sizes in the Size Options dialog box of the printer driver Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes P 274 How do print lines thicker By specifying Thicken Fine Lines in the printer driver you can print fine lines thicker to make them easier to see Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 193 How do modify how colors are You can adjust colors as desired in the printer driver before printing printed Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver gt P 185 How do use printer driver By saving settings information in a favorite you can apply the settings settings again in subsequent again before printing anytime as needed jobs gt Using Favorites P 338 How do use the printer in The printer can be used for automatic enlargement and printing of scanned combination with a Color originals from a Color imageRUNNER imageRUNNER Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER P 181 How do p
264. e loading the roll Load paper compatible with borderless printing and try printing again Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular widths For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 Use each type of paper only where the recommended environmental conditions are met For details on environmental conditions for various paper see the Paper Reference Guide P 101 The print job received specifies a type or width of paper that is not compatible with borderless printing Follow these steps to change the settings of the print job to enable borderless printing 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Make sure the correct printer driver for the printer is selected and try printing again For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 If you press the Online button and continue printing the document will be printed with a border Error Message 545 Messages regarding ink Messages regarding ink Ink insufficient The ink level is low so you cannot clean the Press the OK button and replace the Ink Tank that is Printhead low with a new Ink Tank P 470 The ink level is low so there may not be enough ink Press the OK button and replace the Ink Tank that is to finish
265. e name of the new print server the new printer and the queue Q Note e The print server name will be required when configuring the printer s protocol settings Write down the print server name for future reference 4 Specify the printer type 1 To use the printer in queue server mode choose Other Unknown in Type To use remote printer mode set Printer Type to Parallel and Position to Manual Load 2 Press the Esc key 3 After the confirmation message is displayed choose Yes and press the Enter key 5 Set a password 1 In Available Options select Print Servers and press the Enter key 2 Select the print server created in step 2 and press the Enter key 3 Select Password and press the Enter key to display the password input dialog box 4 Enter the password and press the Enter key 6 Press the Esc key several times to display the dialog box for confirming that PCONSOLE is finished 7 Click Yes to exit PCONSOLE 440 Network Setting Network Setting Windows Specifying NetWare Protocols Follow the steps below to configure NetWare protocol settings other than the frame type by using RemoteUI Q Note oa fk WN ep For details on RemoteUl see Using RemoteUI P 421 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUI page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxXx XXxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode an
266. e specified as genuine Canon media For other media please contact the respective media manufacturer after reading the instruction manuals supplied with the media Handling Paper 101 Paper Viewing the Paper Reference Guide You can access the Paper Reference Guide as follows Follow the steps for your particular operating system e Windows 1 Double click the iPFxxxx Support icon on the desktop Here iPFxxxx represents the printer model i iPFxxxx Support The online support window is displayed 2 Select Paper Reference Guide imagePROGRAF Support Information Windows Internet Explorer Ene z e L Ue de imagePROGRAF Support Information M Gl h o E page G Tools Canon W ImagePROGRAF _imagePROGRAF Support Information iPFxxxx Using Your imagePROGRAF Printer Stay Informed User s Manual Visit the imagePROGRAF website for news and printing tips amp View the printer user s manual Visite Mega ROGRAL webpeds View information about paper that can be used with the printer Get the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool to make sure the guide includes information on newly added paper _ nS Copyright CANON INC 2007 3 My Computer The Paper Reference Guide is displayed iPPoox Paper Reference Guide for North or South America Windows Internet Explorer 6 D Program Files Canon iPFPrinter iPFiccce Support paper_reference_guide html
267. e the Network window and save the settings Choose Utilities or Applications in the Go menu of Finder Click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in the Utilities folder If the printer name is not displayed in Printer List click Add Oo oa GOG eee Printer List 2 Add Nam Status Kind 448 Network Setting Network Setting Mac OS X 7 Select the printer from the list in the Printer Browser window and click Add e098 Printer Browser oO Q A a q i y Default Browser IP Printer Search Name Canon NB xxFB xxxxxx Location Local Zone Print Using imagePROGRAF B 9 More Printers C Add Network Setting 449 Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Destination for TCP IP Network Macintosh Follow the steps below to configure the destination if you will use the printer in a TCP IP network Important e If you will use the printer in a TCP IP network make sure the printer s IP address is configured correctly Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel P 419 Configuring the Destination Mac OS X Go Note e The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10 4 The method of configuring the destination varies depending on the version of Mac OS X If you use other versions refer to the help for the Printer Setup Utility or the Print Center 1 Choose Utilities or Applications in the Go menu of Finder 2 Click Printer
268. e used for printing When installing the printer driver choose Network Printer as the printer destination and then choose the print queue created from the NetWare print service settings 6 Follow these steps to configure the printer port This step is not necessary if you specified the printer destination during installation of the printer driver 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers window 2 Right click the printer icon and choose Properties 3 Click the Port or Advanced tab to display the Port or Advanced sheet 4 As the destination port specify the print queue created by configuring the NetWare print service settings Network Setting 443 Network Setting Windows Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Install imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the User Software CD ROM provided with the printer as follows Important e In Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista you must log on with administrative rights equivalent to the Administrator account 1 Insert the User Software CD ROM in the CD ROM drive 2 On the Setup Menu window click Install Individual Software 3 Click Install in imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 4 Follow the instructions on the screen to proceed with the installation ss Configuring the IP Address Using inagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility From a computer running Windows you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility provided with the printer to con
269. ea trne pe aciett ase Oia ude agtubete Rte Eaa ia sce ciels weed EE 34 Printer Menu QperatioriS nc ctciantc uct aces tnants dastaratneace are a ea ea a airon 36 Main Men Operations pitas csiecresecniocavsceredasansneehane Gandnenvedcenvocteevenedee E REE AEE 37 Menu StruUCtUre saienisi ae E wee EEEE R EEEO E E ERENER 41 Main Men Setting S sicesrccsasperserateaniccadscecneccudsnoctanddeer eucassdcenteeealepede EERE EE ONE 55 Main Menu Settings During Printing ii i aea AO 65 Submenu DISplay arse ssencceetsiccescumncocenidencidexasnbescwadientecebadeadioeunleccnsy REE E EEEE 66 Status Prnt ecinic iener a E E EEA E EE O EET EREE 68 Optional accessories iiss sacioscaccreisiisicntl dene ennedtenaebnannnctenaddsevdeleseweaadumenbeeennnenabankeninn 74 AANE eea Re ee CP Pe e apne SPCERTICCE eR TC a aree Ptr Meer ora ren 74 ER TO eee oe See cert seers anciaals a EE oud Aptiacteasende E E ee 75 IEEE 1394 Expansion Boar ei selec sccct op sez cecuaseatececSeecaantah ine catesenstetagecacaeeitanacpec cae weesebagpheieeetes 75 sla oie 2101 fore 116 4 caeReeeeeeenrer ce mene renee ea erat mean RRnRE Tee tee pnerne Te eee 7 meee 76 SS PSCITISAUOMS eee eer ds evs ch vin whee aE EE E E teen dectasetasegenns ate des 76 Basic Environmental PerformariCE s sisiii iiiaae anan eaae rea aE Ea eeann 80 UUM Ue A ieser aen S E EEE Sao heen se ies E ERE 81 Contents i Contents Basic Printing Workflow 83 Printing PROCSG ING 2 ccesscsvacnines lt ecctanniededde
270. eading edge It may also cause the Platen to become soiled Cut Speed Choose the cutting speed If you use adhesive paper choosing Slow helps prevent adhesive from sticking to the cutter and keeps the cutter sharp Trim Edge First If a roll is loaded the end of the paper will be cut Cutting Mode Specify whether or not to cut with the standard round bladed cutter Choose Automatic to have the roll cut automatically after printing If you choose Manual the paper will not be cut after printing Instead a line will be printed at the cut position Choose Eject if you prefer not to have documents dropped immediately after printing as when waiting for ink to dry Printer Parts 57 Control Panel The paper type is Bordless Margin displayed here 1 CutDustReduct Manual Feed NearEnd Sht Mrgn Adjust the margin during borderless printing Choose Automatic to have the printer automatically detect the paper width and configure the margin settings for borderless printing If margins are mistakenly created when Automatic is selected choose Fixed In this case the paper width is not detected automatically and the document is printed without borders using the margin settings required by the printer Choose On to reduce the amount of debris generated when cutting film and similar media by printing a line at the cut position This option reduces the amount of debris given off after cutting It also helps prevent adhesive from sti
271. easily Printed colors may appear uneven on the leading edge of paper that is susceptible to curling Increase the level of vacuum holding the paper against the Platen or specify a margin of 20 mm 0 79 in or more for the leading edge P 468 If you use Glossy Paper art paper or Coated Paper In Advanced Settings of the printer driver choose color shading may appear at the rear edges of the Highest or High in Print Quality paper P 193 Printed colors may be uneven if you set the Print Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the Quality too low Advanced Settings of the printer driver P 193 Color may be uneven between dark and light image Select Unidirectional Printing in the Advanced areas Settings of the printer driver When borderless printing is used the edge of the Specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver before paper is cut during printing Thus ink density may printing In this case the paper can be printed without be uneven at the edges borders on the left and right sides only Cut the printed document ejected from the printer then use scissors to cut away the edges on the top and bottom Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the Advanced Settings of the printer driver The Printhead is out of alignment Adjust the Printhead alignment Drying documents stacked on each other may cause To avoid uneven colors we recommend drying each uneven colors sheet separately If you are using
272. ecify the URI of the printer printer used for IPP printing using up to 252 characters When using a standard Windows port for IPP printing enter an URL less than 255 bytes for all characters for http IP address IPP URI RAW Printing Activate this setting to use Raw On Printing 422 Network Setting RAW Mode Bi direction SMTP Server Address Specify the SMTP server s IP address Primary DNS Server Address Specify the IP address of the primary DNS server Secondary DNS Server Address Specify the IP address of the secondary DNS server FTP Printing Activate this setting to use FTP Printing DNS Host Name DNS Domain Name Multicast DNS Service Name Network Setting Default Setting Activate this setting to use Raw mode bidirectional communication On 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Specify the printer host name NB 17FBXXXXXXXXXXXX up to 63 characters 1 63 characters Use single byte letters numbers and hyphens Do not use numbers or for the first character or for the last character Specify the printer domain name up to 63 characters Use single byte letters numbers hyphens and periods Do not use numbers or for the first character or or for the last character Specify the printer s Multicast DNS service name 1 63 characters This name will be displayed when Bonjour functions are used
273. ecomes jammed Paper jam is shown on the Display Screen of the Control Panel Remove the jammed paper as follows O Note e For instructions on removing a paper jam from a roll if the scrap of paper remains in the Paper Feed Slot see Clearing Jammed Paper Paper Feed Slot P 123 1 Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover Use a store bought cutter or the like to cut the paper of the loaded roll souio When cutting paper be careful to avoid injury and damaging the printer 2 Press Load Eject button 3 Remove the jammed paper e If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover 1 Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side 508 Troubleshooting Problems Regarding Paper 2 Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 3 Close the Top Cover O Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b e If paper from a roll is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot 1 Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover 2 Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot P 510 remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam Troubleshooting 509 Problems Regarding Paper e If the paper is jammed by the Ejection Guide Remove the ja
274. ect Oversize in Display Series to make all oversized versions of paper in the selected Display Series available for printing These sizes are displayed in the Page Size list in the format Oversize XXXXXX 234 Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size Printing at Full Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example Oversized Printing Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box Wi settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx BI Canon iPPoox 6 Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation T fe baj pl E scale 100 Cancel 0K Select the printer in the B Format for list In C Paper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 Oversize Q Note e For oversized printing choose paper identified by the regular paper name followed by Oversize O N A Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu oui Access the Main pane Printer _iPFxxxx HH Presets Standard B E Main i images Size media Type Plain Paper E B Get Information i BC Set D Easy Settings Ry es E Print Target Default Settings i Draft
275. ect the type of paper and then press the OK button If no barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper specify the roll length after the paper type P 111 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Load Eject Power 2 Press A or W to select Media Menu and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select Roll Media Type and then press the gt button 4 Press A or to select the type of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK button Q Note e For details on types of paper see the Paper Reference Guide P 101 By factory default Plain Paper is selected e Be sure to select the correct paper type If this setting does not match the loaded paper it may cause feed errors and affect the printing quality 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online Load Eject Power Feeder Selection tos mation ec Cleaning c 110 Handling Paper Handling rolls Specifying the Paper Length Roll When changing the length of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the length as follows Q Note e When you specify the roll length in the printer menu Chk Remain Roll must be set to On If it is Off the Roll Length Set menu is not shown e After you specify the roll type the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the roll length on the Display Screen if no barcode has been printed on the roll and y
276. ed Printing DO Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Rol Paper width Ho Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 m 8 50 in x 11 00 in E E Peper size Match Page Size A e 100 JH Orientation m aj Portrait aj O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Borderless Printing B Paper Source Roll Paper M Roll Paper Width 17 in Roll 431 8mm NC Lo S __ Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help Enhanced Printing Options 333 Other useful settings 7 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 8 In H Orientation click J Landscape 9 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 0 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 11 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 1 334 Enhanced Printing Options Orientation Mac OS X Other useful settings Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation based on the following example e Document An original in landscape orientation e Page size A4 210 0 x 297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type P
277. ed errors and affect the printing quality 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online Load Eject Power Feeder Selection i tos rmation ec Cleaning c 202 Enhanced Printing Options Choosing Paper for Printing Selecting the Paper Type Sheet When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the type of paper as follows Q Note e After you press the Feeder Selection button to illuminate the Cut Sheet lamp press the Load Eject button to display a screen for selection of the paper type Press A or Y to select the type of paper and then press the OK button to display a screen for selection of the paper size P 143 e If you have sent the print job from a computer beforehand the screen for paper type and size selection is not displayed Printing will start after the paper is advanced 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or W to select Media Menu and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select Manual PaperType and then press the gt button 4 Press A or to select the type of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK button Q Note Select POP Board when loading heavyweight paper e For details on paper types see the Paper Reference Guide P 101 Plain Paper is selected by factory default e Be sure to select the correct paper type If this setting does not match the loaded paper it may cause feed errors and
278. ed in the printer Q Note e The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install the Media Configuration Tool from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool See the Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh 164 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Photos and Images 8 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Photo in the E Print Target list Q Note e For information on settings optimized for printing photos and images see Printing Photos and Images P 160 You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard SRE SRE Page Setup A Media Source Roll Paper EJ JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm a Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D EA Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O scaling 100 131 5 600 eae H C Borderless Printing fil Media Size Match Page Size BA C Print Centered R C No Spaces at Top or Bottom C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDFw Preview Cancel Print 10 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is d
279. ed originals from the Color imageRUNNER You can specify printing conditions such as the image quality and paper size based on which originals transferred to the hot folder will be printed Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders 1 To display the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box either double click the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy app icon after navigating to Canon Utilities imagePROGRAF in the Applications folder or click C Set in the Utility pane Printer _iPFxxxx mA Presets Standard mw Utility i images Size jesi Size Perform printer maintenance Cy E k T Seta Start Printmonitor to display print job status and other information Letter 8 5 x11 B View Auto Scale 100 Letter 8 5 x11 Configure AutoLayout and Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Bi Sets PDF Preview Cancel E Print 2 In Enlarged Copy Settings click Add or Edit and either create or modify the hot folder For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders refer to the help file for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Enhanced Printing Options 229 Printing enlargements or reductions Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder It is easy to send scanned originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the Color ima
280. edenagilbedcseanttocanddsseats 480 Replacing the Printhead 0 cccceecceceeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeaaaaeeeeaaaaeeeseaaeseeeeesaaaeseaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeees 481 Maintenance Cartridge sssessseerrrerenernnrrnnnre nenen nern tnnnnnrnnn rnnr taneet eerrn et 487 Maintenance 2 a 46 0 seeen a a A A nee oe near rere 487 Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge sive retnspcst ciated devin ceeditesaseteded da eeteciaheeeieadinsian 487 Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge Capacity ccccceeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 492 When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge ccesccceeeessceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaeeeenees 493 Cl aning the PrNter cccenatoceuecnassss asiar eiia a E EEE Erei 494 Cleaning the Printer EXtGriOl scscczecciecantcccchaneatideeanancestexaenertasatainatecseneaviavacteuealabuetuanccteuiatateete 494 Cleaning Inside the Top GOVE czccccccecsit coensdcsuecceadsbacrseebantveanidentnacuadudeostavceredenmiixanacenaieeannitenre 495 Cleaning the Paper Retainer icc d ocivegerctedacesinsstencisk canseccasednadetekiveianedt cavceceeaedereceasatacigetnuiatonss 498 Cleaning the Printhead 20s odectensatdecnocnn tate cecgeseiedensddanseoseardeagadgecs atansacerg pcsadbeaacsctacimananceasateeeet 499 Other Maintenance ct gat eoeestdiie srcaseeecmnpsiennnnisdeniennndtdutermennesuunvoummennuteesensceeaes 500 Preparing to Transfer the Printer c cccecesceceeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeaaaaeeesssa
281. eds cleaning e Papr Size Mismatch e Papr Type Mismatch 34 Printer Parts Control Panel Printer Status When the Online Button is Pressed Menu mode Switches online and the Online lamp is lit Menu mode printing Switches online and the Online lamp is lit Printing is resumed Switching to Menu Mode Press the Menu button to display the main menu Feeder Online Selection Load Eject Power Stop Qe Depending on the status the printer switches to Menu mode as follows When the Menu Button is Pressed Offline when an error Not switch to Menu mode until the problem is solved message is displayed Press the Information button to display the submenus Press the Information button to display the Maintenance Cartridge capacity and remaining ink levels as well as information on the loaded paper and the printer Press the Information button repeatedly to change the information displayed P 66 Press any button other than the Information button to restore the previous mode After you display a submenu the printer will revert to the previous mode in about ten seconds if no print job is received or if you do not operate the printer Q Note You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more P 480 Printer Parts 35 Control Panel Printer Menu Operations For instructions on selecting menu items see Main Menu Operations
282. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeseeeeeneeneeees 343 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Mac OS X cccccccssseeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeenaaeeeseseaeeeteseeaeees 344 Windows Software 346 PTW FIV Oc osien eiae E a E aE eei 346 Printer Driver Settings Windows c ccceeeesceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaaeeseegeeaeeeeneaaeeteees 346 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows sssssseessseresssrrnnsrrnnnnsrnnresnrrnneennnnnrnnnneenne 348 Confirming Print Settings VV INAOWS cissvacacerveidrcgassinnbectacassanaasaivaninntasaicadadelienstbatieiadaeumsanGectanbs 350 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Windows ccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 352 Using Favorites Windows sa ciiscecicsssacesssnssorastcadacesnteiasusaeacmonscbinrdhaceie eoevancedndaaenecetnadsepedennanetennsiate 354 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows eeeeeeeeeeeees 356 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows 358 Main Sheet WN MONG ec as ae E teee sect ese e 360 Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box Windows wi csscsveccecasecsireerstserceetavetavcerderteteectecenst 363 Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Windows ccceeecsseeeeeeeceeeeeeaceeeeeenaaeeeeeessaeesteneeaeees 364 View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application WiNGOWS ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 365 Color Adjustment Sheet Col
283. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 324 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing cccccceesecceceeeeeneceeeeeseaeeseesseeeetenseaeeee 324 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Windows cceessseeeeeesseeeeteeeeeeees 326 Checking the Layout Before Printing Mac OS X cccesceccetveciudsseerceoteniediecehuyedtevausieeeoiemees 328 Other usetul Settings sionerien eea aa EEEa E EAS 329 Printing With WalernictkS cicccascattcnrassncatvesadieteaceuondneevatants i E EE EAN RSS 329 Printing with Watermarks COPY FILE COPY and so on Windows ssseesssssseeessseeessrrrrese 330 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation cccsseeceeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeees 332 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Windows esssseeesssereeeseeee 333 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Mac OS X ceceeeeeeeeees 335 Using FAVOMTES ics icdecncorsciocearabeancecanvaceedceutenecesradcenpieneledee obesdere evancavcecatenmeriyderaljenapduceaseentiueduae 338 Using Favorites WiINGOWS sai aeccictagsucdvrandahiweasubietvantadencainonschuunss E EARS 339 Using Favorites Mac OS BO disac5 tess satacd oonscesdtgectcecsadansctbaeeeSieas sag aienccadacdanmaaninsasedeudunteieadanamantes 341 Cutting Roll Paper After Prin ceccccedecsetsccatecsectntenrctegtas ctncescadstentecvanrsende dmvacncomtenisimaauetens 342 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing WiNGOWS cccce
284. eeeeeeeeeeeseeesseeees Specifying NetWare Print ServiCes cc ccccccececssseesneeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesssntaaees Specifying NetWare Protocols ccccccessssssceceeeeesssseseeeeeeseeessesseeeeeeeeeeeeeessesenaaaes Configuring NetWare Network SettingS cccccccessecceeseeeesessenenneeeeeeseeneeneesenees Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 0 eee ee eter eeeeteeeeeetee Configuring the IP Address Using inagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Network Setting Mac OS J ecsccassascctcoseceestetzcisvenaus iii ciaceaxateesthtedsssaens Configuring the Printer Driver Destination Macintosh Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings e seeseeeeseeseeeeeeeees Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Network Macintosh s s Configuring the Destination for TCP IP Network Macintosh eec Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network Macintosh eeeeeeees Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the PTIBUNC A is gccseeccnixssvertetenmneaneaiaanswrdueseanteninnsaidddenceeenes Correcting Print Misalignment siscsssccvcessstiinestencsceeeticcsancsertecatatenstaeeicieetaeanvecanracte Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeeeee Adjusting the Printhead Height ccccceccceceeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaaa
285. eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaes 246 Borderless printng not possible eee 545 Check roll width and spacers ccceeeeees 545 Check supported paper cceseceeeeeeeeeseeeees 545 C Canceling print jODS sssssesseesse eesse eeereeereeerreesrresnn 95 Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X ceeeeees 99 Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel 95 Canceling Print Jobs from Windows ccceee 97 Cannot adjust band cceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeees 548 549 Cannot adjust printhead ceeeeeeeeees 548 549 Cannot connect the printer to the network 526 Cannot Cut pap s tissi saceeelgieepeeess 544 Cannot detect Ppapr ececcecceseeeseseeeeeeeeesaeeeseeees 543 Cannot feed paper cccceeeeeeeeeteeeetteeeeeees 542 544 Cannot Load Sheets iiiaae 514 Cannot print as specified c sececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 548 Press Load Eject and replace paper with A4 LTR vertical Or larger cceceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneteaees 548 Press Load Eject and replace roll with 10 in wide or larger rOll c cccscseeeeeseeeceteeeteneeeeeees 548 Index 555 Index Cannot print over a NetWare network 068 527 Cannot print over a network 0 cccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 526 Cannot print over a TCP IP network cccceeees 526 Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks 527 Cartage scat tiie cc ee ee 18 Centering Original
286. eeeessaeeeeseaees Adjusting the feed amount ceceee ce eee cece cette eee eeeee eee aaa aaaaeaaes Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically ccceccceeeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeees Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually sisctetesscveesccschecesrsccestenctivbe adel weletecsenrenencece Adjusting the Measurement Scale for Better Accuracy cccceeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeeeeees Adjusting Color on the Trailing Edge of Sheets ccecescceeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees Adjusting the Vacuum Strength serenissime ii Contents Contents vii Contents Maintenance 469 MK TANKS eener E E E EE AE EEE a 469 NK TANKS vasseiuatnceik ince werscutcusnadennsweud deteaweeuact tea EA EAEE E TEARRE EE RNEER ERA 469 Replacing Ink Tanks sicsiciones iana a E Eo N aii 470 Checking Ink Tank Level Sissis e a Ea E AE iA 476 When to Replace Ink Tarik siisccccascdsicccats snina E OE E E i 477 Pe MRS AOS e E E E 478 oil 22 ee terra ere ae eee ers e E a EE A E ere tere eer 478 Checking the Print Quality os ce coreartece eccessissactiscnd sanceeeevatinc danse ceueaesecareecanehantiaietcrsecteemeeslancess 478 Improving the Print Quality siirsin saceasideane casneacmopeaioenmaedeccestedateSaeneaiacecatees 478 Checking for Nozzle Clogging ssseseeesssneesserresserrrrteerrntssrtrnstttrnrnttnnttsrnnrnstrn nutren nenene nsten rnent 479 Cleaning the Printhead scccscessscccnasccvecrceucnsanenaiue leneseadccesmaneecennthenneasieissettasgnt
287. eeesaeeeseeseeeeeeeneaaeeees 385 Digital Photo Front AccessS acc cossincrcqualiccecntysresyaneeeennateremysecaieeceneedeceenn 386 Digital Photo Fr n ACCESS ccs 2 occ occececcrncectie a cscs acatteccneebendsagdetchacuneradsSearoatsecetdgaubcetetengeduady 386 PosterAriStos r nee enai eE E E eE aE aae eaa 387 Using PosterArtist t Compose OrigiNalS sssciiiensssi nisreen n 387 Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals Windows ccesccceeeeesteeeeeesneeeeteneeeeeteeaaeeees 388 Device Setup UY esere siainen E A aaa i 390 imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility sencccacscencccesadscccevssscnecenescedescceadenceulievacyadenaccanteeeaiideensascent 390 Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility cece ceeseceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenees 390 Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility ee 391 Mac OS X Software 392 Printer Drivelan aa E E E Ea AiE 392 Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X ccccacccacsactccsaidecsspesac tecen2aiaevecenssiaceopenasuammndacccedesasscatedacaepeenss 392 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X ssssssssssssrrnsssrrnerrrrrerssrrrnsrrrnnntrrnnnssrrrrset 393 Confirming Print Settings MACOS A cides issenachanteesarsatstuoicmeesaamanaauniiedseneannmuisionstanetuantsuagumatentnl 395 Checking the Layout Before Printing Mac OS X eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaaeeeeeeneeeesenaees 397 Using Favorites Mac OS X ccvslrcvdsatscceacta cis caacteechamennsnscandimesseanat
288. eet on the Main sheet click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings and then click the Matching sheet P 360 Setting tem Ci escription A Matching Mode Select the color matching mode to use as desired Normally select Driver Matching Mode For color matching based on ICC profiles select ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode or Host ICM Mode depending on your color matching system If you prefer not to use the printer driver for color matching select No B Matching Method Select the color matching method that suits the document to be printed Various Matching Method options are available depending on your selection in Matching Q Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 185 368 Windows Software Printer Driver ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode and Host ICM Mode On the Matching sheet you can specify color matching to compensate for differences in the appearance of colors on various devices The following options are available when you select ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode or Host ICM Mode on the Matching Mode sheet Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching Al Matching Mode Driver Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode Host ICM Mode Off B Input Profile Settings V Use the Same Profile for All Objects Image Matching Method Perceptual Input Profile sRGB v3 0 Canon Graphics p Matching Method Perceptual Text ABCD Ma
289. eets insert them here d Front Paper Feed Slot Output Tray When loading heavyweight paper insert it here Also all printed documents are ejected from this slot e Front Tray Guides Lift all of the guides before printing on heavyweight paper When feeding heavyweight paper rest the sheet on these guides align it to the right and insert the leading edge up to the Paper Alignment Line f Paper Alignment Line When loading heavyweight paper ensure the paper edge is parallel to this line Printer Parts 17 Printer parts Roll Feed Unit Cover Inside a Roll Holder Load rolls on this holder b Holder Stopper Secure rolls on the Roll Holder with this part c Roll Holder Slot Slide the Roll Holder into this guide slot Carriage a Printhead Fixer Cover Holds the Printhead in place Do not open this part except during Printhead replacement b Printhead The printhead is equipped with ink nozzles It serves a key role in printing c Printhead Fixer Lever Locks the Printhead Fixer Cover Do not open this part except during Printhead replacement 18 Printer Parts Printer parts Ink Tank Cover Inside a Ink Tank Cartridges of ink in various colors b Ink Tank Lock Lever A lever that locks the Ink Tank in place and protects it Open or close the lever when replacing an Ink Tank c Ink Lamp Red Indicates the state of the Ink Tank as follows when the Ink Tank Cover is opened e On On The Ink Tan
290. efore feeding or printing and the trailing edge drops toward the front If a roll is loaded rewind the roll before this procedure P 138 1 If you send a print job specifying a paper other than POP Board from a computer beforehand the type and size of paper are shown on the Display Screen Press the Load Eject button OQ Note e If you will load paper before sending a print job press the Load Eject button After a menu for selection of the type of paper is shown on the Display Screen press A or W to select the type of paper and then press the OK button Next a menu for selection of the paper size is shown on the Display Screen Press A or Y to select the size of paper and then press the OK button 2 Open the Paper Tray Cover a and then open the Tray Extension b 144 Handling Paper Handling sheets 4 Load the paper in the Top Paper Feed Slot with the printing side face up Insert the paper until its edge touches the far end of the tray lightly saion e If you load A2 or larger in the printer the paper goes down on the back of the printer under its own weight Therefore place your hands on the paper till the paper is fed 5 Move the Width Guide a to match the size of paper loaded Set the Width Guide against the edge of the paper to prevent the paper from becoming crooked or wrinkled 6 Press the OK button to start feeding the paper After the paper is advanced and the printer goes online
291. ell as the operating system Colorimetric Color matching with adjustment to remove color from white area Colors in data are reproduced accurately Colorimetric No Color matching without white adjustment to reflect the Wht pnt Corr profile of original data Colors in data are reproduced accurately Without white adjustment colors are added to white areas Color matching optimized for graphics This option emphasizes color saturation O Note e Be sure to calibrate your monitor colors correctly if you adjust the colors for printing If monitor colors are not calibrated correctly you may not obtain the desired printing results For instructions on monitor calibration refer to the documentation for your monitor and operating system For instructions on color adjustment refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Windows P 187 e Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Mac OS X gt P 190 186 Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Windows You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets This topic describes how to fine tune the color tone of photos before printing 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Cano
292. ent Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics lt Mey IEC View set o E E Printer M PDF Preview Cancel Print 14 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 15 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Scanned Image in the E Print Target list 16 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx B Presets Standard Z Page Setup a A Media Source Roll Paper JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm E Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 B Al Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 a O Fit Roll Paper Width _ Auto Scale 100 a O Scaling 100 J 5 600 EPEE H C Borderless Printing i Media Size Match Page Size z BO o fd oO Print Centered No Spaces at Top or Bottom _ Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF Y Preview 17 Click Manual in the A Paper Source list M Cancel Print 18 In D Easy Settings make sure 430 430 is displayed as registered in Page Setup 19 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 280 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
293. entered Activate this setting to print document images in the center of the paper Printing Originals Centered on Rolls P 301 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets P 307 H Rotate 180 degrees Activate this option to rotate document images by 180 degrees before printing I No Spaces at Top or Activate this setting to print the next image skipping blank areas above and Bottom Conserve Paper below printable data in documents which enables you to conserve the paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Enter the number of copies to print in a range of 1 999 Activate this option to print pages in reverse order Collate Activate this option to print complete sets in the specified quantity Windows Software 375 Printer Driver Setting tem scription K Page Options Click to display the Page Options dialog box which enables you to complete settings for printing the user name date or page number in the header or footer M Special Settings If the printing results are not as you expected click this option to change how printing is processed S Defaults Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values 376 Windows Software Printer Driver Page Options Dialog Box Windows The Page Options dialog box offers the following settings Page Options Print Date JA Do Not Print Print User Name cS Do Not Print Print Page Number BD Do Not Pri
294. er iPFxxxx Presets Standard gg f Page Setup Media Source Roll Paper By Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm I Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D Al Enlarged Reduced Printing _ _________ Fit Media size Letter 8 5 x11 a O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O Scaling 100 3 5 600 BASEN H C Borderless Printing fl Media Size Match Page Size BA at Print Centered R ne No Spaces at Top or Bottom LA LE eo Rotate Page 90 degrees M C ED 11 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 250 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing 12 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in 254 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer _ iPFxxxx B Presets Standard RJ Main i Aedia Type Plain Paper is IDH Easy Settings E rrin Target Default Settings 0 raft Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics E Printer View set EC PDFv Preview Cancel Print 13 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size a
295. er a PARTS STATUS Utilization status of replacement parts that require servicing he ll COUNTER A V 72 Printer Parts Control Panel COUNTER Utilization status of the cutter media and other items indicating how MEDIA MEDIA1 7 ol CUTSHEET AFTER INSTALLATION CUTTER much they have been used Printer Parts 73 Optional accessories Optional accessories Stand The printer can be mounted on the following Stand e Printer Stand ST 25 Q Note e For details on assembling the Stand refer to the instructions provided with the Stand 74 Printer Parts Optional accessories u Roll Holder Set A set of parts including a Roll Holder Holder Stopper for 2 and 3 inch paper cores 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment and Spacer for Borderless Printing used for both 2 and 3 inch paper cores To load a roll with a 3 inch paper core insert the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment on the Roll Holder and attach the Holder Stopper for 3 inch paper cores If you use an A1 594 mm 23 4 in roll or A2 420 mm 16 5 in roll for borderless printing insert the Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder e Roll Holder Set RH2 24 e Roll Holder e 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment Spacer for Borderless Printing For instructions on installing these parts see Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder P 136 IEEE 1394 Expansion Board An interface board to add an IEEE 1394 also called FireWire po
296. er Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFro0x Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ai Media Type EEES Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing ad Letter 8 5 x11 i Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEL_ViewSettnas e Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About _Detauts 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click CAD Line Drawing in the E Print Target list Q Note You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings 330 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size F Enarged Reduced Printing ID O
297. er Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About L Defauits 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing F Enarged Reduced Printing ID O Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IFO Scaling f 1G E Peper size Match Page Size JH Diientation i A Portrait a AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Paper Source Roll Paper v 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options __ Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help 6 Inthe A Page Size list select the size of the original as specified in the application 7 In the L Paper Source list select how paper is supplied Enhanced Printing Options 205 Choosing Paper for Printing 8 If you have selected Roll Paper in L Paper Source select the width of the loaded roll in M Roll Paper Width Q Note e A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printi
298. er information cannot be obtained Thus Document Name only indicates Unknown and the User Name information is identified as RPRINTER NPRINTER 442 Network Setting Network Setting Windows Configuring NetWare Network Settings To print over a NetWare network configure the network environment as follows Important To configure network settings you must be logged in with administrative rights such as Administrator account We recommend that your network administrator configure the network settings 1 Specify the Ethernet frame type for communication between the printer and computers For instructions see Specifying the Printer s Frame Type P 436 2 Specify the NetWare print services including the print server and queue For instructions see Specifying NetWare Print Services P 438 3 Specify NetWare protocol details besides the frame type For instructions see Specifying NetWare Protocols P 441 After you have completed the steps above configure each computer for printing over the NetWare network 4 Connect to the NetWare network Install NetWare client software on each computer to be used for printing over the network and log in to the NetWare server or tree For instructions on connection refer to the NetWare and operating system documentation 5 Install the printer driver Follow the instructions of your network administrator to install the printer driver on each computer to b
299. er press the OK button P 138 e You cannot switch the paper source in the following situations e When the Message lamp is flashing Check the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary P 535 e When the Data lamp is flashing Select the paper source after printing is finished e When a printer menu operation is in progress Wait until the operation is finished before selecting the paper source e When in the process of loading paper Finish loading the paper before selecting the paper source e When in the process of replacing ink tanks Finish replacing the Ink Tank before selecting the paper source e When the Top Cover is open Close the Top Cover before selecting the paper source Handling Paper 109 Handling rolls Selecting the Paper Type Roll When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the type of paper as follows Important e For best printing results the printer fine tunes the feed amount for each type of paper That s why the margins and the size of printed images may vary depending on the type of paper used If printing results are not as you expected adjust the paper feed amount and Printhead height P 457 Q Note e After you load the roll the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the Display Screen unless a barcode has been printed on the roll or you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper Sel
300. er Default Mirror OK Cancel ia Defaults 126 Handling Paper Handling rolls Mac OS X 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the Main pane and click C Settings in A Media Type Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard EJ H E 8 images size WAlmedia type Plain Paper S Set D Easy Settings E Print Target Wes Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image a POP v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Ss hey AC _Viewset E Printer n PDFwv Preview Cancel E Print 3 In the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box displayed next select the desired settings values in C Between Pages and D Between Scans in B Drying Time and then click OK P 404 Media Detailed Settings edia Type Plain Paper Bovina Time setween Pages Printer Default i ID setween Scans Printer Default E JE Roll Paper Margin for Safety IF near End Margin Printer Default E Gur Speed Printer Default i H Automatic Cutting Printer Default E et Wid Omiror Revert C Cancel GOK Note e By factory default Drying Time is deactivated Off for all paper types To have the printer wait for ink to dry immediately after printing without releasing paper set
301. er driver by adjusting the original size to match the paper size Borderless printing is not supported on sheets Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size P 245 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 252 Borderless Printing at Actual Size P 238 How do print an A4 original In the printer driver you can adjust the original image to match the paper enlarged on A2 paper size or width or you can specify enlargement or reduction before printing as desired Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size P 209 gt Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 215 gt Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value P 221 Troubleshooting 505 Frequently Asked Questions C auon Answer How do I print without wasting To conserve paper you can specify in the printer driver to rotate originals 90 degrees or to print without top and bottom margins gt Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees P 312 gt Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins P 318 How do print without wasting By specifying to rotate originals 90 degrees in the printer driver you can all the blank space on the right print at A4 size to fill the width of A3 paper side when printing an A4 sized gt Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees P 312 original at A3 size How do print in landscape or You can print originals that ar
302. er help Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Favorites B Settings Details o p Default Settings Default Settings a jain Media Type Plain Paper Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On 5 Page Setup Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 v e Comment Automatically selects the best mode for documents that contain a K 5 mixture of text photos and graphics m2 a G l Apply Favorite Add m v Application Settings Priority OK Cancel l Apply Help Setting ltem Ci escription O A Favorites Printing favorites you have created are listed with Default Settings favorites Using Favorites P 338 B Settings Details Displays details of the favorite selected in the A Favorites Displays notes registered in the favorite D Apply Favorite Click to change the current print settings to those of the favorite selected in the A Favorites E Application Settings Priority Activate this setting to use settings values specified in the source application in preference to favorite settings selected in the A Favorites when clicking D Apply Favorite For details on the settings items used in preference refer to the printer driver help F Delete Click to delete the selected favorite from the A Favorites list G Edit Click to display the Edit dialog box wh
303. er window Q Note e You can also display this window by double clicking the printer icon in the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder accessible through the Windows start menu 2 Right click the job to cancel and select Cancel amp Canon iPFxxxx Printer Document View Help Document Name Status a Printing Pause Owner Pages Size XXXXXXXX xx xxx MB xx xMB 8 55 Restart lt Properties Cancels the selected documents Q Note e The print job is displayed on the printer screen during the transmission of print data from the computer When the transmission is finished the job is not displayed even during printing To cancel print jobs from the Control Panel follow these steps 1 If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data lamp continues flashing hold down the Stop Eject button for a second or more to stop printing Do the following if no print jobs are shown in the printer window because they have already been sent to the printer 1 Double click the taskbar icon to access the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Basic Printing Workflow 97 Canceling print jobs 2 On the Printer Status sheet click Cancel Job Canon iPFxxxx Option Help Printing Now printing sample Notepad M MBK MBK BK Maintenance cartridge free space 80 Job Information Owner user Document Name sample Notepad Feed Information
304. erless Printing on the Roll Holder P 136 If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing Document Any type e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 Create the original in the source application 3 mm 0 12 in larger on each side than 254 0x304 8 mm 10 x 12 in that is 260 0 310 8 mm 10 2 x 12 2 in Q Note e If you can specify the margin as in Microsoft Word set the margin at 0 mm For instructions on specifying the margin refer to the software documentation The extra 3 mm 0 12 in on each side will not be printed Create the original so that it fits inside the paper area to be printed on Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 A ON Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support JA Media Type EEES Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEI viewSetns Open Preview When Print Job Start
305. es 7 Click H Color Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box Color Adjustment Matching High High a ABCDEF rs M High 1234567 Warm Black IA Sample Type is Standard v sae we B View Color Pattern A Brightness w W iC Apply to Sample a Light Hh contest a High a Saturation Om High Object Adjustment Defauts OK Cancel Help 8 On the Color Adjustment sheet adjust the color tones brightness and so on as desired Description Fine tune color tones by adjusting the levels of Cyan Magenta and Yellow G Gray Tone Adjust the gray tone to suit the images of monochrome photos Choose cool black tinged with blue pure black neutral warm black tinged with red and so on Select the color tone in the color region or from the list H Brightness Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and lightest portions intact I Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contrast J Saturation Adjust the level of color saturation in a range from subdued to vivid 9 Close the Color Settings dialog box 10 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPFo0x Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ag Page Size Bi D Borderless Printing
306. es dialog box Page Attributes B iPFxxxx B Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm Te tal e 100 Select the printer in the B Format for list In C Paper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to fit the roll width 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size 6 Choose Print in the application menu 7 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx ry Presets Standard w a m Main Fs images Size Wmeaia Type Plain Paper By iS B Get Information Bi Set D Easy Settings F IE print Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics View set Printer Preview 256 Enhanced Printing Options Cancel Borderless Printing 8 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 9 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 10 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard S EE _ Page Setup ages Size aa t Media Source Roll Paper JB Roll Paper Width 17 i
307. es tora a aeaa EEEE EEE Configuring the IP Address on the Printer ccccccccsceseeccceeeeeeescecneeseeeneeeneseceeeenee Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel s s Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING Commands 0 0eeeeeeee Using Remote Nessin E Configuring the Printer s TCP IP Network Settings cccccsssssccceeeeeesssssnaeees Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings seeseeeseeeseeeseeeeee Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network SettingS essseesseeseeeseeeeeeeee Specifying Printer Related Information cccccccccsssssseeceeeeesseseeeseeeeeeeeeessseseaaees Configuring the Communication Mode Manually Email Notification When Printing is Finished or Errors Occur 2 ceeeeees Initializing the Network Settings cccccceesccceeeessceeeeeeseeeeeteseeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeesaeeeennes Network Setting Windows ciccccssssiccccceecoettectetccessus veuseeiivececaccecessssuens Configuring the Printer Driver Destination WiNGOWS eceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeenneees Sharing the Printer in WindOWS cceeeccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeensaaeeeeeeaees Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network SettingS s seeseeeseeeseeeeeeeee Specifying the Printer s Frame TyP 0 eeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeee
308. esaiee 554 Multi SINS ONE SN ste er ce Sas eaaa jn oo ens cease aad ee a a E eee 554 Roll teedUnit Er remonstrar a E a E EEEa Er Ere RA EEA 554 N RoliFeed UMi ceniracna nonan a a R 554 Contents xi Contents xii Contents How to use this manual Introduction How to use this manual m About This User Manual Symbols The following symbols are used in this User Manual to indicate safety information and explanations on restrictions or precautions in use Important Indicates important information that must be followed when using the printer Be sure to read this information to prevent printer damage or operating errors Caution Indicates caution items for which operating error poses a risk of injury or damage to equipment or property To ensure safe use always follow these precautions Note Indicates helpful reference information and supplemental information on particular topics Button names and user interface elements Key and button names on the control panel and user interface elements in software such as menus and buttons are indicated as follows in this User Manual Control panel buttons Example Press the OK button Control panel messages Example Head Example Head Cleaning is displayed is displayed Software interface items elses Click OK Menus and Buttons Keyboard keys Example Press the Tab Example Press the Tab key e Part names Names of printer parts are indicated as follows
309. ess the button To continue you must release ink level detection o Troubleshooting 533 Other problems 5 10 Press A or Y to select Yes and then press the OK button 4 Release Check the message and press the gt button Release ink level detection after confirming that ink is in ink tank Check the message and press the gt button Canon is not liable for damages due to ink tank filling o Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button lt 4 Agree A confirmation message about updating ink information is shown on the Display Screen After checking the message press the gt button Release ink level detection Perform after use of ink tank was registered gt Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button lt 4 Agree Ink level detection is now disabled and the printer goes online 534 Troubleshooting Responding to Messages Error Message Responding to Messages Responding to Messages Error messages Check the message and take the appropriate action P 536 Other Messages These messages do not prevent printer operation Check the information on the Display Screen and take action as necessary Messages requiring special attention are as follows Q Note e Messages are also displayed in imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh
310. estination for Bonjour Network Macintosh In Mac OS X 10 2 8 and later use Bonjour functions to easily connect the printer to the network Follow the steps below to configure the destination if you use the printer on TCP IP network Important e Bonjour and IP Print Auto do not support printing to a printer on other network groups that require a router for connection Make sure the computer and printer are on the same network For information about network settings ask your network administrator By default Bonjour is activated on the printer The printer name as displayed in Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in Mac OS X is predefined as the Multicast DNS Service Name You can activate or deactivate the Bonjour function or change the printer name by using RemoteUl For instructions on changing it see Using RemoteUl P 421 Choose Utilities or Applications in the Go menu of Finder Click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in the Utilities folder If the printer name is not displayed in Printer List click Add ON MoM Printer List Status Kind 4 Select the printer from the list in the Printer Browser window and click Add ee8 Printer Browser a t A A a z my Default Browser IP Printer Search riore Nam LConnectio Canon IPFXXXX xxxxxx Bonjour Name Canon iPFxxxx Location Print Using imagePROGRAF B More Printers Add 452 Network Sett
311. etails gt oom oy a Adjust Printer gt Error Online Printing MAIN MENU Printing H ink tank is empty crore Printing Menu Durng Prtng Press OK and Papet londest Head Cleaning replace ink tank Glossy Phala Fine Band Adj p AERA a Information Error no Online key paper loaded Glossy Photo ISO A2 Roll Online key Power Saving Please Wait a Menu key to the previous mode 2 3 30 Printer Parts Sleep mode Information key 1 Submenu mode Maint cart Capacity 100 T 1 5 When submenus are displayed you can press any button other than the Information button to return The printer automatically enters Sleep mode if it is idle for a specific period by factory default five minutes that is if no print jobs are received or buttons are pressed while all covers are closed However it does not enter Sleep mode while error messages are displayed In Sleep mode the printer can be restored to the previous state by pressing any button Sleep mode is also terminated if a print job is received or a command is issued from RemoteUl Control Panel Online and state of the Control Panel a Printing in progress receiving or Online Printing Glossy Photo Glossy Photo ISO A2 Roll ISO A2 Roll sane c Ba B K k k Display Screen e Top Level of the Display Screen The printer status i
312. etting Windows u Specifying NetWare Print Services Before printing in a NetWare network you must configure print services such as print servers print queues and so on You can configure the print service settings from a computer using any of the following software e NWADMIN PCONSOLE from Novell provided with NetWare Important If you use NWADMIN to configure the print service settings Novell Client the Novell NetWare client software must be installed as the client software application e NetWare networking is unsupported in Windows Vista This topic gives instructions for configuring NetWare print services The order of this procedure may vary depending on the environment Choosing the type of print services Before completing print service settings choose the type of print service Refer to the following descriptions as needed G Note In NetWare 5 1 or 6 0 NDPS may also be used as the print service If you use NDPS use the Novell printer gateway included with NetWare For details on configuring NDPS refer to the NetWare documentation e NDS Novell Directory Service and bindery NDS and bindery are both supported Use the mode that is compatible with your network environment e Queue server mode and remote printer mode Queue server mode and remote printer mode are both supported Queue server mode When using queue server mode all print server functions are supported so there is no need for other print se
313. ettings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPFoox Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation To fe E scale 100 13 Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X P 392 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 174 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing CAD Drawings HP GL 2 Printing This printer supports the original Canon GARO printer control language as well as HP GL 2 and HP RTL 1 emulation 2 When printing from applications that support HP GL 2 output specify HP GL 2 in the application s plotter output settings 0 Note e For instructions on configuring these settings refer to the software documentation The printer automatically switches to the corresponding processing depending on whether a GARO HP GL 2 or HP RTL job is received Configure the optional settings for HP GL 2 emulation on the printer control panel P 55 This printer can emulate the following printers using HP GL 2 emulation Emulated Printers Canon W3000 and W3050 3 Hewlett Packard Designjet 450c Designjet 750c Plus and Designjet 750c 1 HP GL 2 Hewlett Packard Graphics Language 2 HP RTL Hewlett Packard Raster Transfer Language 2 It may not be poss
314. etup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing 7 Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IFO Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 i i ter 8 5 x11 E E 4 Paper Size Match Page Size A 8 50 inx11 00in _ Aj rotrat WI LAJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm z N Roll Paper Options SizeOptions _Defauts OK Cancel J Apply J Help 12 Confirm the settings of A Page Size L Paper Source and so on 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 Enhanced Printing Options 197 Adjusting Images Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Mac OS X You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets As an example this topic describes how to print CAD drawings as clearly as possible with sharp lines and text 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA settings Page Attributes iz B Format for _ iPFxxxx mw Canon iPFrooc I Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 is 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I gt Ie ID Orientation scale 100 Cancel E Select the printer in
315. etwork page 424 Network Setting Network Setting Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the NetWare network settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page oa Ff GQ N Click Edit in the upper right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol Settings page ep Refer to the NetWare Settings Items table to complete the settings NetWare Settings Items OOOO im o o Dos o Defaut Sting Frame Type Specify the type of frame to Disabled use in NetWare NCP Burst Mode Activate this setting to use NCP Burst Mode This mode supports fast data transfer when printing in queue server mode Normally leave Print Application Choose the print service NDS PServer Bindery PServer e RPrinter e NDS PServer NPrinter Packet Signature Select If Requested by Server If Requested by Server to use packet signature Bindery File Server Name Specify the name of a file PServer server that has a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Print Server Name Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 charac
316. feed amount adjustment 464 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the feed amount 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Load Eject Power O Stol 1 Sec AN 3 Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Adjust Length and then press the gt button 5 Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button A test pattern is printed for adjustment based on the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage The scale bar shows Millimeter in 50 mm units and Inch in 1 inch units Millimeter TTTTTTTTT S 6 Measure the length of the adjustment pattern Calculate the difference between the measured length and actual length Enter it as a percentage and press the OK button You can adjust the value in 0 02 Oncrements Press A to increase the value and to decrease it If the scale is printed shorter than actual size set the value toward the positive side if it is printed longer set the value toward the negative side Q Note You can also specify the adjustment value by selecting Paper Details Adjust Length Adjustments for Better Print Quality 465 Adjusting the feed amount ss Adjusting Color on the Trailing Edge of Sheets If printed sheets are affected by banding in different colors toward the end of the sheet about 20 30 mm from the edge try adjusting the feed amount of the trailing edge of sheets tp
317. figure the printer s IP address This topic describes how to configure the IP address using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Important To configure network settings you must be logged in with administrative rights such as Administrator account We recommend that your network administrator configure the network settings For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility see Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility P 444 Start inagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu In the Product Name list displayed select the printer to configure Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu In the Setting IP Address list choose Manual Enter the IP address assigned to the printer and click the Set button Click OK after the Confirmation message dialog box is displayed Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Q Note To configure the IP address automatically choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select DHCP BOOTP or RARP You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway NO oh WD 444 Network Setting Network Setting Mac OS X Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Printer Driver Destination Macintosh Specify the printer driver destination as follows if the printer s IP address is changed or if you will use the printer over a network connection instead of via USB connection e If you switch to printing in an AppleTalk
318. flow seerscisnsesranso nia 83 Borderless Prin ngrerenicnenedeaninenin 245 Borderless Printing at Actual Size 238 259 Borderless Printing cccccccceseteeeeees 238 259 Borderless Printing Method 06 238 259 Print Image with Actual Size 239 260 Borderless Printing at Actual Size MaC OS X oot lecececciteasyees aden undani iiia 242 263 Borderless Printing at Actual Size WINGOWS sarriena nans iipasi ieaie genaai 240 261 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the PROM Width aesan vidpced cece elahd ce cadens tseeneetedtiwa tenets 252 Borderless Printing cceesseceeeeeeeeeees 252 Borderless Printing Method eee 252 Scale to fit Roll Paper Width cee 253 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X ccccccceesceeesseeeseeeeeeseeeeees 256 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width WindOWS 0 ccceeeceeeesteeeeteeeeeeaeeeeees 254 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X ceeeceeeseeeeeteeeeseeeeees 249 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size WiNdOWS c cceeeteeeeeteeeeees 247 Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size 245 Borderless Printing cccssesssceeeeceeeeeeeeees 245 Borderless Printing Method cceceeeeeees 245 Fit Paper SiZ ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene
319. for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics HEL_Veewsetings e Open Preview When Print Job Starts S Status Monitor About HI Defaults E Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Pase Layout B E 2Pages Sheet L o Els DA Watermark JE conribentian x E Edit Watermark Bi A a5 Rotate 180 degrees 33 I igi No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper W copies 180 99 Vi Reverse Order Collate K M S Page Options JI Special Settings f Defaults OK Cancel J Apply Help 5 Select the A Page Layout check box 6 Click Free Layout in the B Page Layout list Enhanced Printing Options 283 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 7 When you attempt to print the imagePROGRAF Free Layout window is displayed At this point the document will not be printed yet g imagePROGRAF Free Layout Canon iP Poox Ce File Edit Yiew Object Help Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm Unitstinch Number of Objects 4 8 Edit and rearrange the image in the inmagePROGRAF Free Layout window as desired O Important e Without closing the imagePROGRAF Free Layout window repeat steps 1 7 to arrange originals from multiple applications on the same page Q Note e For in
320. from this slot Follow the steps below to load and print on sheets in the paper feed slot Q Note e Ifa roll is loaded rewind the roll before this procedure P 138 1 Turn the printer on P 27 Feeder lection Online Sel Information Cleaning 3 Sec 2 Complete settings in the printer driver for the type and size of paper and other details e Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows P 205 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X P 207 Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Media Type RETIREES v Get Information Advanced Settings Advanced Settings v Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard 600dpi Letter 8 5 x11 Color Mode Color 0 in x 11 00 in Ac Color Settings Letter s 8 50 in x 11 00 in Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing n Ay Sharpen Text i Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About __ Defauits _ ok cancel App Help 90 Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure 3 Send the print job Printing from Windows P 92 e Printing from Mac OS X gt P 93 4 Load sheets manually gt P 144 Top Paper Feed Slot Front Paper Feed Slot Q Note e If you will load a sheet before sending a print job you must select the type and size of paper in a
321. g procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets The printer supports both rolls and sheets Take advantage of each type of paper for a wide range of printing applications Rolls and Sheets Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes Sheets are loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot Heavyweight paper is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot Paper Size Page Size The size of the image to be printed as specified in the application Paper Size also called Media Size e Internet 4 Clear the topics you will not print and click the Apply button iP Frooxx User Manual Windows Internet Explorer DAR Ge E x tr x Live Searc er File Edit View Favorites Tools Help E b Page G Toos v w amp PF xx User Manual a Contents __Index_ APF 2000 Instruction Manual aa Basic Printing Workflow 1 Basic Printing Workflow 1 1 Printing procedure Canceling print jobs Working With Various Print Jobs Windows Software Handling Paper jing and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot Printer Parts i Printing from Mac OSX E Network Setting bpecifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows
322. g the printer on poses a risk of injury if you touch moving parts inside the printer 3 Remove the Roll Feed Unit P 139 4 Fold a sheet of Plain Paper two or three times a and insert it under the Paper Retainer b behind the printer to wipe the entire surface of the Paper Retainer clean 5 Reinstall the Roll Feed Unit P 140 6 Plug the power cord into the outlet 498 Maintenance Cleaning the Printer Cleaning the Printhead Cleaning the Printhead may help clear nozzles that are clogged Q Note e You can specify a number of pages in the printer s Noz Check Freq menu for automatic nozzle checking and cleaning every time you finish printing that quantity P 55 You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more e Printhead cleaning is not possible if POP Board 1 5 mm 0 06 in thick is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot Remove the paper before cleaning Cleaning the Printhead 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or Y to select Head Cleaning and then press the gt button 3 Press A or to select the type of cleaning and then press the OK button Head Cleaning A Use Head Cleaning A if printing is faint or contains foreign substances This method of cleaning consumes the least amount of ink It takes about four minutes to complete e Head Cleaning B Use Head Cleaning B if no ink comes out of the printhead or if Head C
323. ge for replacement is displayed No Maintenance Cartridge capacity The Maintenance Cartridge cannot absorb enough After confirming that the printer has stopped ink for Printhead cleaning or other operation operating replace the Maintenance Cartridge P 487 3 Maintenance cartridge full The Maintenance Cartridge is full After confirming that the printer has stopped operating replace the Maintenance Cartridge P 487 s Maintenance cartridge problem An incompatible or used Maintenance Cartridge has Install a Maintenance Cartridge specified for use with been installed the printer P 487 Error Message 551 Messages regarding HP GL 2 Messages regarding HP GL 2 This type of paper is not compatible with HP GL 2 The printer has received a HP GL 2 print job that Replace the paper with a type compatible with cannot be printed on the paper that has been HP GL 2 For details on paper compatible with advanced HP GL 2 refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 The printer may continue printing but the printing quality may be affected Check the printing results There is no data The data was lost because of replotting Data for replotting is lost after the following operations In this case send the print job again The memory buffer was cleared from the Control Panel e The printer was turned off The printer received a new print job s GL2 Wxxxx
324. ge size A4 210 0 x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A4 210 0x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx BI Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation A t fe E scale 100 H Cancel 0K 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 Cut Sheet 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets Standard Z H m Main a f images Size media Type Plain Paper HJ a LN D Easy Settings H Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set ic Printer aa So M PDF wv Preview Cancel Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Office Document in the E Print Target list Q Note e You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicki
325. geRUNNER For instructions on assigning scanning and sending settings to the Favorites button refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual Scanning the original and print an enlargement Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer For detailed instructions refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual 1 Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER 2 Press Send to display the screen for transmission 3 Press Favorites and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder 4 Press Start on the control panel If you scan originals on the platen glass after scanning all originals press Done on the touch panel display Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you specified for the folder Q Note For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 230 Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size Printing at full size Printing on Oversized Paper Except in borderless printing the actual printing area corresponds to your selected paper size minus the space for a margin P 81 To print documents or images you prepare without a margin at actual size use an oversized paper size For example to print a A4 sized original without a margin at A4 size print it on paper larger than A4 size and cut away the excess margin
326. ger window Right click Other Devices icon and choose Properties On the Driver sheet click Update Driver to start the Hardware Update Wizard or the Upgrade Device Driver Wizard Follow the instructions on the screen When the window is displayed to choose the source for driver installation select the CD ROM drive Insert the User Software CD ROM provided with the printer and follow the instructions on the screen The device interface driver is installed The device is detected and the New Hardware Wizard or Add New Hardware Wizard is started Follow the instructions on the screen When the window is displayed to choose the source for driver installation select the printer driver folder Choose the CD ROM drive gt Driver gt WinXP_2K gt Driver and click OK For Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Follow the instructions on the screen The printer driver is installed 528 Troubleshooting Installation problems Removing Installed Printer Drivers Follow these steps to remove installed printer drivers and utilities Removing printer drivers Windows Remove the printer driver as follows Q Note 2 3 4 e In Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista Windows Server 2008 you must log on with administrative rights such as those of the Administrator account From the Windows start menu select Programs gt Canon Printer Uninstaller gt imagePROGRAF Pr
327. gs ccccceeseeececeeeeeceeeeeeeeessseeneees 160 Print Targeta aeia aaa e 160 Print targets for photos and images 160 560 Index Printing Photos and Images Mac OS X a a 164 Printing Photos and Images Windows 158 162 Easy Settings Senacie 158 Print Target 2ciietieteist i den eect neti 158 Print targets for photos and images 04 158 Printing Posters in Sections 0 escceceeeeeeeeeeeee 298 Page LAyOUL ecccccceceeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeenenes 298 Printing PrOC CUIG cceceeccceeeeeseceeeteeeeeneeeeeeeeneees 83 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing serasi 266 Fit Roll Paper Width 0 ccccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 266 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Mac OS X 271 Print the DANNel eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeenee 272 Register a Custom Page Size eeeeees 271 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Windows 0 cee 267 Creating the banner in the application 268 Printing the Danner eeina 268 Registering a Custom Paper Size 0 267 Printing With Watermarks ccccsseeeeteeeeeeeeees 329 WNR ear R 329 Printing with Watermarks COPY FILE COPY and SOOM WINDOWS heien a a 330 PrnmonkO osason A pepe beawen eaeks 414 Problem with Printhead ssssssiisisioisnns 549 Problems Regarding Paper esseere 507 Problems with the print
328. h the Paper Size Mac OS X ensisi aaea 127 baie PI N E E E T NTT 210 WG IAG Bisccerct crs acvtetes eaves veces aniersantenahes 126 i ae a ous vaste LE A E I T deat 535 Specifying the Paper Length RoI cccsccssccsssssee 111 fror MESSAGES aiins ia aaisa 535 Specifying the Printer s Frame Ty sccccccssssssseee 436 Other Me SSQQES escceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeteeeeeees 535 P l i Specifying the frame type using Roll Feed Unit Cover Inside c ceeeeeeeeeerees 18 imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 436 Roll feed unit OID E A nara andaiek chore cies 541 554 Specifying the frame type using the printer Roll Hold r S t isc sceaesivernivatiien deendiek 75 135 Control Panaliten iaeiae 437 Roll Paper Cannot be Inserted into the Paper Feed Standa eE a a Es 74 Slot L E E E L E T 514 Status Monitor R a 385 Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded 541 Status Primt c cccessssscssecsecstecsseesseesseeeseeeseeesneestseesees 68 Roll pimtingis selected sisisi 540 Checking the information in the Status Print Roller marks are left across the trailing edge of ODOM sriirrnsaiispn as Sasainn iaae enaiis 68 paper L E L E ET T 514 520 Printing Status Print Reports EPO Ten TEME E TEE 68 Index 561 Index T Submenu Display isss sesrrnisieariiai tde nissai 66 GL2 Settings aenieei EEE ae 67 Information of the loaded paper s es 66 Printer information agrios 66 Remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and MK ASVEISS 5
329. he Online button to bring the printer online If any of the settings are changed a message for confirmation is displayed In this case press the OK button O Important e Be sure to complete step 9 This will activate the values you have entered You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway on the Control Panel Q Note e Ifan error message is displayed check the settings and correct any invalid values e To cancel the setup process hold down the Stop button for a second or more Network Setting 419 Network Setting Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING Commands This topic describes how to configure the IP address using ARP and PING commands To use the ARP and PING commands you will need to know the printer s MAC address You can confirm the MAC address on the Control Panel 1 Check the printer s MAC address You can confirm the MAC address on the Control Panel as follows 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or Y to select Interface Setup and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select Ethernet Driver and then press the gt button 4 Press A or W to select MAC Address and then press the gt button Note e You can investigate the MAC address by printing a Status Print report P 68 2 In Windows open a command prompt or in Mac OS X start Terminal 3 Execute the following command to add entries to the ARP table for managing IP addresses
330. he Paper Reference Guide P 101 B Get Information Click to display the Get Information dialog box which shows media types specified on the printer for each media source When you select a media source your selection is applied to the printer driver settings for the media source and media type C Set Click to display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time and other detailed settings based on the paper type E Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Printing Photos and Images P 160 Printing Line Drawings and Text P 169 Printing Office Documents P 176 F View set Click to display the View settings dialog box which enables you to confirm the settings for the selected item from the E Print Target list or change the order of items listed in E Print Target L Printer Click to display the Printer dialog box which indicates the ink levels and gives other information about the printer 400 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver a a Configuration using Advanced Settings Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard B Main i IBC Get information E Set D Advanced Settings R emaner E Print Priority Image HJ US Letter ka Print Quality Draft 300dpi J Actual Size US Letter H Color Mode Color By i if Set A Media Type B Get Information E Print Priority F Print Quality H Color Mode J Unidirectional Printing
331. he print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 438 2 In Printer Number enter the same printer number specified in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 438 Network Setting 441 Network Setting Windows e If you have selected NDS PServer Queue Server Mode Using an NDS Print Server 1 In Tree Name and Context Name enter the tree and context name of the print server 2 In Print Server Name enter the name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 438 3 In Print Server Password enter the password of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 438 4 In Polling Interval specify the interval at which the printer checks the NetWare print queue e If you have selected NPrinter Remote Printer Mode Using a NDS Print Server 1 In Print Server Name enter the advertising name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 438 Usually the advertising name is the same as the name of the print server 2 In Printer Number enter the same printer number specified in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 438 11 Click OK to display the Network page 12 Click Reset to activate the settings For a list of NetWare protocol settings items see Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network Settings P 425 Q Note e If you use RemoteUl to display the print log in RPrinter or NPrinter mode the document and us
332. he steps below to save the current print settings as a favorite 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Complete the print settings 4 Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Favorites B Settings Details e B Default Settings Default Settings a Main Media Type Plain Paper Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On Page Setup Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 v Comment Automatically selects the best mode for documents that contain a K 5 mixture of text photos and graphics Bal a GE Apply Favorite c Add m v Application Settings Priority OK Cancel JI Apply Help 5 Click H Add to display the Add dialog box 6 Complete the following settings in the Add dialog box e Enter a desired name in Name such as Photos for Presentations or Monthly Report Choose a fitting icon for these print settings in the Icon list e In Comment enter a description of the favorite to be added as desired 7 Click OK to close the Add dialog box The favorite you have added is now displayed in A Favorites Q Note To save a favorite as a file click J Export and
333. heavyweight sheets or similar paper For heavyweight sheets or similar paper execute Adj colors may be uneven on the trailing edge in some Far Ed Feed with the Front Tray Guides raised Also cases even after you execute Adj Far Ed Feed keep the Front Tray Guides raised during printing Before printing on paper other than heavyweight sheets lower the Front Tray Guides Troubleshooting 523 Problems with the printing quality lmage Edges are Blurred or White Banding Occurs The Platen suction is too strong Set VacuumStrngth to Weakest P 468 The Printhead is set too high Lower the Printhead P 457 s The contrast becomes uneven during printing The paper feed amount is out of adjustment Adjust the feed amount P 458 Execute Fine Band Adj during printing P 458 ann The length of printed images is inaccurate In the printer menu Band Joint is specified in Feed To ensure the feed amount matches the paper size select Print Length in Feed Priority in the printer menu and enter the amount for adjustment in Adjust Length You can adjust the feed amount in 0 02 Oncrements Documents are printed crooked Corrective Action Skew Skew Check Lv has been set to Loose or Off Choose Standard in Skew Check Lv Width Detection has been set to Off Choose On in Width Detection Documents are printed in monochrome In the Advanced Settings of the printer driver In the Advanced Sett
334. heck box after you enter a value in either Width or Height the other value will be automatically applied based on the original aspect ratio Enhanced Printing Options 277 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 10 Click Add to register 430 mm Square 11 Click OK to close the Paper Size Options dialog box 12 Click Manual in the L Paper Source list 13 In the A Page Size list click the size you added 430 mm Square 14 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 278 Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Mac OS X This topic describes how to print after registering Custom Media Size based on the following example Here you will register a non standard paper size named 430 430 in Custom Media Size e Document Scanned image e Page size A square sheet 430x430 mm 16 9x16 9 in e Paper Sheets Manual e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A square sheet 430x430 mm 16 9 16 9 in Note 1 2 3 0 A 11 12 e The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10 4 The method of setting up non standard paper sizes varies depending on the version of Mac OS X Create the document in the application Load the square paper 430x430 mm 16 9x16 9 in in the Top Paper Feed
335. his case ISO A3 A4 297 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard iS a ELL B Set IDH Easy Settings lE rrin Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 rian J Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer M Preview Cancel E Print 316 Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper 11 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 Ai settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPFoox Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation To fe E scale 100 12 Select the L Rotate Page 90 degrees check box 13 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 Enhanced Printing Options 317 Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins You can conserve roll paper by specifying particular settings a
336. ible to print jobs with excessively large amounts of data correctly 3 Layout templates are not supported Working With Various Print Jobs 175 Printing Office Documents Printing Office Documents Printing Office Documents Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print Easy Settings Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Print targets for office documents Office Document Settings optimized for clear printing of office documents such as handouts Q Note You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings e You can also fine tune these values as needed Advanced Settings For details on Advanced Settings see Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 193 For instructions on printing office documents refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Office Documents Windows P 177 e Printing Office Documents Mac OS X P 179 176 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Office Documents nnn m Printing Office Documents Windows This topic describes how to print office documents based on the following example e Document Office document created using word processing software or spreadsheet programs e Page size A4 210 0x297
337. ibutes E B Format for iPFxxxx BI Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation A t fe E scale 100 H Cancel 0K 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A3 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets Standard Z H m Main a f images Size Amedia Type Plain Paper HJ T D Easy Settings H Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Bc Printer a So M Q PDF wv Preview Cancel Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click CAD Line Drawing or CAD Monochrome Line Drawing in the E Print Target list Q Note e You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set 172 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing CAD Drawings 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard E Page Setup BA Media Source Roll Paper DE B Roll Paper
338. ich enables you to change the name and icon for the favorite selected in the A Favorites list H Add Click to display the Add dialog box which enables you to add the current print settings as a favorite By ss5ePeB lt gt Comment OK Cancel Help I Import Click to display the Open dialog box which enables you to import favorite settings saved as a file J Export Click to display the Save As dialog box which enables you to save the favorite settings as a file Windows Software 379 Printer Driver Setting item Cescription O Click to move the selected favorite up in the A Favorites list Click to move the selected favorite down in the A Favorites list 380 Windows Software Printer Driver Ena age m Utility Sheet Windows The following settings are available on the Utility sheet For details on the utilities refer to the relevant utility help Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Maintenance Printhead cleaning and printhead adjustment etc can be performed Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Use this utility with the Color imageRUNNER MFC to print enlarged copies on imagePROGRAF large format printers OK Cancel l Apply Help Baton Corresponding Utility A Maintenance Click to start the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor which offers the following maintenance for the printer e Nozzle ink ejecting
339. ick the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 3 Click F OK to close the dialog box 4 In the application software menu choose Print 5 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx Es Presets Standard B H m Main i images Size Almedia Type Plain Paper ins aC os IDH Easy Settings is E Print Target Default Settings a Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document b Poster Graphic Image POP 7 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer E l E 2 C PDFY Preview Cancel E Print 6 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper T Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 310 Enhanced Printing Options Centering originals 8 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _ iPFxxxx Presets Standard eee s Page Setup z A Media Source Roll Paper Fey JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D v Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 E O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 E O Scaling 100 131 5 600 PROTEASE H C Borderless Printing Jj Media Size Match Page Size By ai Print Centered n pa ial _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom sE ie Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF wv Preview
340. ides a remove the cartridge Important e Never touch the metal contacts a This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge Maintenance 489 Maintenance Cartridge 9 Keeping the used Maintenance Cartridge level put it in the plastic bag that was in the box as shown 11 Put the used Maintenance Cartridge and packaging material in the box for storage just like the new Maintenance Cartridge was keeping it level Important e Always put the used Maintenance Cartridge back in the box and store the box on a flat surface Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains In accordance with its active and ongoing policy to protect the environment Canon collects used Maintenance Cartridge Follow the instructions provided with the new Maintenance Cartridge that describe how to process the used Maintenance Cartridge 490 Maintenance Maintenance Cartridge 12 Holding the handles on both sides of the new Maintenance Cartridge a insert it completely keeping it level 13 Hold the Ejection Guide on both sides by the near end Aligning the Ejection Guide with the guides a insert it into the printer until it locks in place 14 Press the OK button The printer returns to the mode before replacement of the Maintenance Cartridge If a message is displayed advising you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge printing is not possible Make sure that the Maintenance Cartridge is installed correctly If a print
341. ify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to If an original comprises images graphics and text you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to Object Adjustment Graphics ABC 123456 V Text OK Cancel f Defaults Help O Note e To display the Object Adjustment dialog box click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment sheet Setting tem i escription A Image Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas such as photos C Text Select this option to apply color adjustment to text B Graphics Select this option to apply color adjustment to graphics such as lines and circles Windows Software 371 Printer Driver Page Setup Sheet Windows The following settings are available on the Page Setup sheet For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ag Page Size 7 Enlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IFO Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 3 50 in x 11 00 in E E Paper size Match Page Size Auto 6 5 je 100 H Orientation WM A Oroa AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Borderless Printing E Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm x T S __ Size Options Defauts Ook Cancel J l App
342. igh Version Firm 00 00 Boot 00 00 MIT 00 00 s n XXXXXXXXXX Color Mode Color Print Qual Std Input Reso 600 dpi Media Source Roll Line Cap Software Smoothing Software Line Width 4 dots ThicknFineLine Off NearEndMrgn 20mm MAG 000085xxxxxx Band Joint IP Conserve Paper Off Adj Faint Lines On XXX XXX XXX XXX Press the Information button to display this information one after another the Maintenance Cartridge capacity and remaining ink levels paper information printer information and GL2 settings information P 66 Printer Parts 33 Control Panel Switching Modes Switching the Printer Online Offline Press the Online button to switch the printer online or offline Load Eject Power Feeder election Cleaning ec The Online lamp is off in Offline mode When the Online Button is Pressed emer Sains printer switches offline and the Online lamp goes off Switches offline and printing is paused When printing is paused the Printing menu is available Offline when an error In the case of error messages other than those shown below or if paper is not message is displayed loaded the printer remains offline until you solve the problem The Online lamp remains off If the following error messages are displayed the printer switches online and printing is resumed However you may not be able to obtain the desired printing results e Insufficient paper for job e PHead ne
343. igure the IP address automatically Specify the printer network information when using a static IP address Enter the IP address assigned to the printer as well as the network subnet mask and default gateway Specify the NetWare protocol To apply your changes choose Register Setting Specify the frame type to use Choose the print service Specify whether to use the AppleTalk protocol To apply your changes choose Register Setting Specify the communication method To apply your changes choose Register Setting Choose On for automatic configuration of the LAN communication protocol Choose Off to use settings values of Comm Mode and Ethernet Type Choose the LAN communication method Choose the LAN transfer rate Choose whether spanning tree packets are supported over the LAN Displays the MAC address Choose the expansion interface Return Defaults Execute is displayed if you press the W button Choose OK to restore the network settings to the default values Printer Parts 61 Control Panel Maintenance Settingltem Description Instructions Repl maint cart When replacing the Maintenance Cartridge choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen P 487 Replace P head Not displayed during a warning message that the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low When replacing the Printhead choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen P 481 Move Printer Not displayed dur
344. in printed images are UNSVEN sjaraciedesisoneicacacavieadantesiiorstaccadnstncpeoeadecdaruddcedenneadoenceentadanniss 523 Image Edges are Blurred or White Banding Occurs cccceeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeetaeeeeeeaes 524 The contrast becomes uneven during printing sssesesssrereoerrnnrrreerresetrnsrerrnnrrrnnnrsrnnrsseren nnee 524 The length of printed images is iNACCUrAtC eee eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeenaaaeeeeeaes 524 Documents are printed Crooked sssusa anosir iei EE EE E NOIRE 524 Documents are printed in MOMOCKTOME ssgercevcrccectsavsacededasedarsecanitcentecedivoeesbadeevenubsceessecceseeesen 524 Line thickness is not uniform Windows sash iausiccteduesranceteendcietaanaiebcedtwcsentneanvacesbammsnoteceemalencens 525 LINES are misalligied sssrricsecnaniereiai a E E E ERA 525 Thin lines are not printed after switching to Economy Printing Mode c eeeeeeereeeeeeeees 525 Problems with the printing quality caused by the type Of paper ssssssssresssrrrnsersrresrrrressrernsne 525 Cannot print over a NeEtWOrK s ssseerrerrrnrrrnrrrntrnnnrnnnrnnnnn nrnna nenn nnnan enneren eet 526 Cannot connect the printer to the network ss sssssessssesresssrrrrsstrrnnrrrnnttstttrssetttnnetnnnnnnnnen nnne 526 Cannot print over a TCP IP Metwork eecccceeeeeccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeaaaeeeesaaaeeeseeceeestenneeees 526 Cannot print over a NetWare network cccceesscceeecec
345. in this User Manual Printer part names Example Open the Top Cover e Cross reference Other pages or manuals that provide related information are indicated as follows in this User Manual Cross reference in the same User Manual Example see Turning the Printer On and Off Cross reference in related manuals Example See the Paper Reference Guide Other cross reference Example See the printer driver help Introduction 1 How to use this manual e Figures and software screens e Figures in this User Manual may be different from the actual appearance of the printer in some cases Screens depicted in this User Manual for the printer driver or other software may be different from the actual screens because of subsequent updates e Windows XP screens are used in explanations of Windows operations in this User Manual Trademarks Canon the Canon logo and imagePROGRAF are trademarks or registered trademarks of Canon Inc Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Macintosh is a registered trademark of Apple Inc in the United States and other countries e Other company and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners Copyright 2008 Canon Inc e Unauthorized reproduction of this User Manual in whole or part is prohibited May we request Thank you for understanding the following points The information in thi
346. information on the Mac OS X printer driver settings refer to the following topics e Main Pane Mac OS X P 400 You can specify the media type color processing print quality print preview and other settings Choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing application or Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired e Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Mac OS X P 404 e View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application Mac OS X P 405 Color Settings Pane Color Mac OS X P 406 e Color Settings Pane Monochrome Mac OS X P 408 e Page Setup Pane Mac OS X P 409 You can specify the page size of the original borderless printing enlargement or reduction the orientation the paper size and source and automatic cutting Utility Pane Mac OS X P 411 You can specify settings related to maintenance for the Printhead and feed amount as well as settings for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Additional Settings Pane Mac OS X P 412 You can specify settings for how print jobs are sent to the printer Support Pane Mac OS X P 413 You can view support information and the user s manual With the imagePROGRAF Free Layout feature you can arrange originals from various source applications on a single page before printing For details see Free Layout With the imagePROGRAF Preview feature you can check the layout before printing and adjust layout or size
347. ing Adjusting the Printhead Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the Printhead Correcting Print Misalignment If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment adjust the Printhead alignment Adjust the Printhead alignment automatically or manually by using a printed test pattern For instructions on automatic adjustment see Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically P 453 For instructions on manual adjustment see Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually P 455 Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment adjust the Printhead alignment Adjust the Printhead alignment automatically or manually by printing and reading a test pattern There are two modes for automatic adjustment Standard Adj and Advanced Adj Standard Adj will fix most slight image distortion or color misalignment but if not try Advanced Adj If using special media or printing does not improve even after performing automatic adjustment using advanced adjustment try manual adjustment For instructions on manual adjustment see Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually P 455 Follow these steps for standard automatic adjustment of the Printhead z 1 When using sheets have an unused sheet A4 Letter sized or larger ready when Standard Adj is selected or 5 when Advanced Adj is selected When using a roll load a roll 1
348. ing Sheets Manually P 144 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Test Print and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Nozzle Check and then press the button O Aa Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button The printer goes online and prints a test pattern 6 Check the printing results If the horizontal lines are not faint or incomplete the nozzles are clear If some sections of the horizontal lines are faint or incomplete the nozzles for those colors are clogged If horizontal lines are faint or incomplete follow the steps below and check again for nozzle clogging 1 Clean the Printhead P 480 2 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles O Note e If you repeat these steps several times but the horizontal lines are still faint or incomplete contact your Canon dealer Maintenance 479 Printheads Cleaning the Printhead Cleaning the Printhead may help clear nozzles that are clogged Q Note e You can specify a number of pages in the printer s Noz Check Freq menu for automatic nozzle checking and cleaning every time you finish printing that quantity P 55 You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more e Printhead cleaning is not possible if POP Board 1 5 mm 0 06 in thick is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot Remove the paper before cleaning Cleaning the
349. ing a warning message that the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low When transferring the printer to another location choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen P 500 Clean Platen Use this function to clean inside the Top Cover After you select Yes the Carriage is moved in preparation for Platen cleaning P 495 System Setup Setting em Description Instructions Set the buzzer Choose On for the buzzer to sound once for warnings and three times for errors Detect Mismatch Choose Warning for notification display of a warning message during printing if the paper type specified in the printer menu does not match the paper type in the printer driver Choose None to continue to print without notification Choose Pause to have printing paused under these circumstances In this case you can continue printing by pressing the Online button Keep Media Size Choose On to use the paper size setting as the basis for printing instead of other settings The margin setting of the printer menu will be used instead of the margin setting of the printer driver if the latter is smaller which may prevent text or images in the margin from being printed S LE s LE gt Choose Off to use the printer driver settings instead Even if the margin setting of the printer driver is smaller than that of the printer driver text or images will not be cut off However this
350. ing quality eee 517 Problems with the printing quality caused by the type Of Paper essene ink ceases 525 R Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls ceeee 134 Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly COC CLOO MEE S E E E 547 Removing Heavyweight Paper from the Front Paper Feed Slotermeer ienai aae aune anneni aE EN AES 151 Removing Installed Printer Drivers 529 Removing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility VVINGOWS osregi a T 529 Removing imagePROGRAF Status Monitor ONIO OWS ocus tanisi S cameuhawcecetankes 529 Removing printer drivers Windows 529 Removing printer drivers and imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 529 Removing Rolls from the Roll Feed Unit 118 Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder 4 119 Removing Sheets from the Top Paper Feed Slot 150 Removing the Roll Feed Unit n 139 Index Removing the Roll from the Printer c08 117 S Replacing Ink Tanks rsnuciiruiieai iana 470 Compatible Ink Tank ccccccsscessseeessteeeeeeeees 470 Searching TOPICS emerserit 3 Precautions when handling an Ink Tank 470 Selecting the Paper Size Sheet 0 0 0 143 Replacing an Ink Tank cccseeeeeseeeesteeeeeeees 471 Selecting the Paper Source 109 141 Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge 0 487 Selecting the Paper Type Roll 008 110 202 Compatible Maintenance Cartridge
351. ings of the printer driver Monochrome Monochrome BK ink or specify Color in Color Mode and try printing again Monochrome Bitmap is specified in Color Mode The Printhead nozzles are clogged Print a test pattern to check the color ink nozzles and see if they are clogged P 479 524 Troubleshooting Problems with the printing quality Line thickness is not uniform Windows Corrective Action In the Special Settings dialog box of the Windows Open the printer driver s Properties dialog box from printer driver Fast Graphic Process is selected Print in the application software s File menu and try printing following the steps below 1 Remove the check from Open Preview When Print Job Starts in the Main sheet 2 Remove the check from Page Layout in the Layout sheet 3 Click the Special Settings button in the Layout sheet to open the Special Settings dialog box and remove the check from Fast Graphic Process Lines are misaligned The Printhead alignment is not adjusted Adjust the Printhead alignment Thin lines are not printed after switching to Economy Printing mode You have selected Economy Printing in the printer Clear the Economy Printing check box in the printer driver before printing driver and try printing again Problems with the printing quality caused by the type of paper For paper specific troubleshooting tips to improve the printing quality refer to the Paper Reference Guide
352. ings that correspond to banners Registering a Custom Paper Size This example describes how to register a paper size that is horizontally elongated and suitable for banners in either horizontal or vertical format 1 Display the printer driver dialog box P 358 2 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing 7 Enlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper size JE O Fit Roll Paper width Ho Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 z ee nuon EA Peper size Match Page Size WA O Landscape 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JH Biientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in I AJ O Portat Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Paper Source Roll Paper v 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm v INI Rol Paper Options Size Options __Defauts _ OK Cancel J Apply Help Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list Click O Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box a fk O amp O Enter a desired paper name in Custom Paper Size Name My Horizontal Banner is used in this example In Units click mm Under Paper Size enter 100 in Width and 500 in Height Click Add to add the paper size of My Horizontal Banner Oo ON Click OK to close the Paper Size Options dialog box Enhanced Printing Option
353. inis eie 176 Print targets for office documents 176 Printing Office Documents Mac OS X 179 Printing Office Documents Windows 177 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes 44 274 Registering non standard paper size in the printer OrVel esisiini 274 Specifying custom paper sizes for temporary USO onenera a i 274 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes MIC OS Xiana 279 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes VVINGOWS Freirs s ois i oE ES E AGTA 275 Printing by using Custom Paper Size 276 Printing by using Custom Size eeeeeee 275 Printing on Oversized Paper cceeeeeeeseeeees 231 OVGISIZG ainn T a a eee 231 Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets 83 Roll pining sessncecceeesenteesseed hes cvenis aed coversiieeeeeetieces 83 Sheet printinge serene beeen 84 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls 0 08 301 Print Centered w c0ciienerinnciianievianwents 301 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Mac OS X 304 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Windows 302 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets 5 307 Print Centered 0 ccceeesceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeteaes 307 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Mac OS X ivcgicctebecdedesnveses cuaetaaseeeesstedesthvinteneteetee 310 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets WINGOWS 2 3 ccreceeci codes as ete iaeoa a 308 Printing Photos and Images cseeeeeeees 158 160 Easy Settin
354. intenance for optimal printing results You can also set up automatic email notification of any printer problems or errors to email addresses you designate in advance oO Note e For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help Windows Software 385 Digital Photo Front Access Digital Photo Front Access Digital Photo Front Access Digital Photo Front Access is an application that links photos from Canon digital cameras and other image files on your computer with various other applications IB Digital Photo Front Access File Edit View Associations Help ao gt REBOE S E Desktop Ee HY My Computer Sg My Network Places S J My Documents My Music My Pictures 1611 KB 1697 KB 1974 KB Date Modified 2 6 2007 Date Modified 2 6 2007 Date Modified 11 10 2 img_002 jpg img_004 jpg img_022 jpg 5 gt TRSY 2009 KB 2011 KB 2124 KB 2308 KB Date Modified 2 6 2007 Date Modified 1171072 Date Modified 2 6 2007 Date Modified 2 6 2007 img_014 jpg img_012 jpg img_005 jpg img_001 jpg ZE Number of Images 13 Number of Images Selected 1 Printer Name Canon iPFxxxx Simply select an image and click the icon of the application you want to start to launch the application You can also print from Digital Photo Front Access In short Digital Photo Front Access can help you manage images in many ways from editing to printing as an effective way to work with other applications Digital Photo Fr
355. intenance Cartridge Replace or prepare to replace the Maintenance Cartridge in the following situations If a message for checking the Maintenance Cartridge is shown on the Display Screen When the Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low the Message lamp is lit and Prepare for maint cart replacement is displayed You can continue to print but check the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and prepare to replace the Maintenance Cartridge with a new one P 492 Online Prepare for maint cart replacement COND B K B K k When much of the Maintenance Cartridge capacity is depleted Printhead cleaning Printhead replacement and preparations to transfer the printer deplete much of the Maintenance Cartridge capacity In particular preparing to move the printer depletes a lot of the capacity To check the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity press the Information button Replace the Maintenance Cartridge and perform related maintenance as needed H ink 1 5 Maint cart I Capacity 100 e B KOK OK If a message for the Maintenance Cartridge replacement is shown on the Display Screen When the Maintenance Cartridge is full the Message lamp flashes and a message to replace the Maintenance Cartridge is shown on the Display Screen Printing is disabled and you cannot replace the Printhead or transfer the printer Replace the Maintenance Cartridge with a new one H Maintenance cartridg
356. inter Driver Uninstaller to display the Delete Printer window Select the printer in the list and click Delete Click Yes after the Warning message is displayed Make sure that the printer has been removed from the list and then click Exit Removing printer drivers and imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh Remove the printer driver or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor as follows 1 2 3 4 Insert the User Software CD ROM provided with the printer in the CD ROM drive Start the printer driver installer included in the User Software CD ROM Open the OS X folder and double click iPF Driver Installer X In the upper left menu choose Uninstall and then click Uninstall Follow the instructions on the screen to remove the printer driver or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Removing imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows Remove imagePROGRAF Status Monitor as follows 1 2 3 From the Windows start menu select Programs gt imagePROGRAF Status Monitor gt Uninstaller imagePROGRAF Status Monitor to start the wizard In the wizard window click Delete and then click Next Follow the instructions on the screen to remove imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Removing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Windows Remove imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility as follows 1 2 3 Follow the instructions on the screen to remove imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility From the Windows start menu select Programs gt imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility
357. inter is damaged Contact your Canon dealer for assistance The printer stops when printing a HP GL 2 job the carriage stops moving The printer is analyzing the print job Either wait a while for printing to resume or on the printer Control Panel set Input Resolution to 300dpi 516 Troubleshooting Problems with the printing quality Problems with the printing quality nnn Printing is faint Corrective Action You may be printing on the wrong side of the paper Print on the printing surface The Printhead nozzles are clogged Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and see if they are clogged P 479 Because the printer was left without Ink Tanks After the Ink Tank has been installed for 24 hours installed for some time ink has become clogged in run Head Cleaning B the ink supply system P 480 Paper is jammed inside the Top Cover Follow the steps below to remove the jammed piece of paper inside the Top Cover 1 Press the Online button to bring the printer offline 2 Open the Top Cover and make sure the Carriage is not over the Platen 3 Remove any scraps of paper inside the Top Cover 4 Close the Top Cover For tips on clearing paper jams refer to the following topics Clearing Jammed Roll Paper P 120 Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray P 152 During borderless printing the ink was not dry Specify a longer drying period in the printer menu in enough before cutting
358. inting Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width P O Scaling i Letter 8 5 x11 m 8 50 in x 11 00 in E E Paper size Match Page Size 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JH Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in i A Portrait a AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options o E __ Size Options Defaults OK Cancel lI Apply Help Working With Various Print Jobs 177 Printing Office Documents 7 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 8 Select sheets in the L Paper Source list 9 Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 346 10 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Ay souio e Depending on the Media Type setting some Print Target options may not be available Q Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 178 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Office Documents Printing Office Documents Mac OS X This topic describes how to print office documents based on the following example e Document Office document created using word processing or spreadsheet programs e Pa
359. inting which prevents printer damage P 469 This function will not work correctly if you use refill ink tanks As a result printing stops Thus before using refill ink tanks you must cancel the ink level detection Printing with the ink level detection canceled may lead to printer damage and printing problems Canon Inc is not liable for any damage that may occur as a result of refilling ink Ay cover e After ink level detection has been disabled this function cannot be reactivated for the currently loaded Ink Tank To use ink level detection again replace the Ink Tank with a new ink tank specified for use with the printer e Repeatedly removing and inserting an Ink Tank may damage the connection between the Ink Tank and the printer which may cause ink leakage from the Ink Tank and damage the printer Disabling ink level detection 1 On the Display Screen a message indicates that the ink level cannot be detected After checking the message press the gt button Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly detected Check ink tank gt 2 Press A or YW to select Information and then press the OK button 4 Please check L Check Information 3 A confirmation message is shown on the Display Screen about disabling ink level detection After checking the message press the gt button Tank once emptied is used Printing stopped due to ink level unknown 4 After checking the message pr
360. ious Print Jobs Enhanced Printing Options Basic Printing Workdlow ee z is Printing on sheets Windows Software on S and soon Roll paper Working With Various Printing Photos and Images Sheets 5 Print Jobs Printing CAD Drawings 2nd soon Output Stacker and soon R Adjusting the Printhead and reduction Adjustments br Better a Enhanced Printis derless printing Print Quality Adjusting the feed amount ore ping on Non Sad Paper Sizes CAE AES Conserving paper and soon Control Panel Printer Driver Main Menu Print Plug In int Plug In for Word Windows Sofware Status Monitor Netw i Free Layout Network Setting Windows and soon Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Preview and soon Hard Disk Optional accessories and soon Printer Driver Print Plug In Pri z Eree Color i UNNER Preview andsoon Mac OS X Software How to use this manual Introduction 7 How to use this manual 2 Under Basic Printing Workflow click Printing Procedure iPPooo User Manual Windows Internet Explorer 7N e ae mese ae File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ww Z PF rox User Manual gt Gl mh Pae Gtoos Contents Index iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Search E Home Hoze gt Basic Printing Woddiow Fem emi oat Access to the HTML for printing gt Printi 3 Click Access to the HTML for printing in the title area iP Fooocx User Manual Windows Internet Explorer E File Edit View Favorites Tools
361. is activated and barcodes are printed on the roll paper the type of paper and amount left are automatically detected when you load a roll The barcode will be cut off after it has been read 8 88 a iI PA k 8 8 88 a a ate Q Note Only the text message is printed if the document is not cut but kept in the printer or if you are printing on clear film Important e Ifthe barcode on the roll is not detected enter the type and length of paper on the Control Panel Follow these steps to activate detection of the remaining roll paper 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Load Eject Power 2 Press A or W to select Media Menu and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select Chk Remain Roll and then press the gt button 4 Press A or to select the desired setting option and then press the OK button Handling Paper 125 Handling rolls Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere if the Cutter touches printed surfaces that are still wet it may damage the paper or cause rough cut edges Also ink may be transferred onto the paper surface during ejection soiling it You can prevent problems by adjusting the drying time after printing before the paper is cut Windows 1 Display the printer driver dialog box P 358 2 Select the Main sheet and click C Advanced Settings in A Media Type Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences
362. is crooked or warped it may cause an error message or printing problems In this case set Trim Edge First to Automatic or On on the Control Panel to have the printer cut the leading edge to make the edge straight after you load a roll Trim Edge First offers the following options e Automatic If the left and right side of the leading edge of the roll a and b are uneven by 3 mm 0 12 in or more when you load the roll the edge is cut an amount relative to the slant to ensure a straight edge and scraps are removed The edge is not cut if the unevenness is less than 3 mm Off The edge is not cut and scraps are not removed This setting is Off for most types of paper by default For more information see the Paper Reference Guide P 101 On The leading edge is cut off when you load a roll and scraps are removed The amount of paper cut off from the leading edge varies depending on the paper type For more information see the Paper Reference Guide P 101 O Note e If you print on paper that has an irregular width set Skew Check Lv to Loose for a higher skew detection threshold or to Off to disable skew detection However if paper is loaded askew when detection is Off note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur Follow these steps to change the Trim Edge First setting 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU oa fk WN Load Eject Power Press A or Y to select Paper Detail
363. is displayed as registered in Page Setup 9 Select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 10 Click F Fit Roll Paper Width 11 Confirm the print settings and click M Print to start printing QO Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 Enhanced Printing Options 273 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes By specifying the paper size you can print on non standard sizes of paper There are two ways to print on non standard paper sizes as follows Registering non standard paper size in the printer driver After you register non standard paper sizes they are listed with standard sizes so that you can choose them anytime as needed Q Note e These non standard paper sizes you register in the printer driver are called Custom Paper Sizes in Windows and Custom Sizes in Mac OS X Specifying custom paper sizes for temporary use Because these are sizes you specify temporarily in the printer driver the sizes will not be available after you exit the application If you want to set up a non standard paper size so that it will always be available we recommend registering the paper size in the printer driver Q Note These temporary paper sizes you register on the printer are called Custom Sizes in Windows For instructions on specifying non standard paper sizes for printing refer to the following topics
364. is fed P 461 Important e Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing e To apply the results of adjusting the measurement scale for better accuracy in printing you must first set Feed Priority to Print Length Note that if you select Automatic the results of adjustment will only be applied in printing if you set Print Priority in the printer driver to Line Drawing Text P 193 Follow these steps to change the Feed Priority setting 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or to select Paper Details and then press the gt button 3 Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Feed Priority and then press the button 5 Press A or Y to select Print Length or Automatic and then press the OK button Follow these steps to adjust the scale for better accuracy 1 When using sheets load one unused sheet A4 Letter sized or larger When using a roll load a roll 10 inches 254 mm or wider e Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 112 e Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit P 114 e Loading Rolls in the Printer gt P 115 e Loading Sheets Manually P 144 OQ Note e When loading paper specify the correct paper type When the paper type is not specified the printing quality may be affected without the correct adjustment of the feeding We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for
365. is mode offers exceptional printing quality Standard Choose this setting to print at standard resolution when quality Image and speed are both important Line Drawing Text Printing takes less time than in Highest or High mode Office Document Draft Choose this setting to print faster Image Printing in draft mode can help you work more efficiently when checking layouts Line Drawing Text 1 Options suitable for the selected Print Priority are listed under Print Quality Color settings Setting Item Options Ci escription Color Mode 1 Color Choose whether to print in color or monochrome Monochrome P 185 Color CAD Color CAD Light Monochrome BK ink Monochrome Bitmap Color Adjustment Color Matching Modes Color Matching Method 2 Cyan Magenta Yellow Gray Tone Brightness Contrast Saturation Driver Matching Mode ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode Host ICM Mode Off Auto Perceptual Colorimetric Saturation other You can adjust the levels of cyan magenta and yellow as well as the brightness contrast saturation and gray tones If you choose Monochrome or Monochrome BK ink in Color Mode only Brightness and Contrast can be adjusted Image Graphics and Text are available as Object Adjustment options In Windows and Mac OS X 10 5 only Choose the color matching mode Other color matching modes may be provided by the computer operating system such as ICM and Col
366. is now ready to advance the paper e If you have sent the print job from a computer beforehand the screen for paper type and size selection is not displayed Printing will start after the paper is advanced 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or YV to select Media Menu and then press the gt button Press A or to select Manual PaperSize and then press the gt button Press A or to select the size of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK button QO Note e For details on paper sizes see Paper Sizes P 106 AON 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online Handling Paper 143 Handling sheets ss Loading Sheets Manually When using the tray load the paper in the Top Paper Feed Slot P 144 However if you have specified POP Board insert the sheet in the Front Paper Feed Slot P 146 Loading paper in the Top Paper Feed Slot Q Note e You can load only one sheet in the Top Paper Feed Slot Do not load more than one sheet at a time This may cause paper jams e Store unused paper in the original package away from high temperature humidity and direct sunlight Paper that is wrinkled or warped may jam If necessary straighten the paper and reload it e Load the paper straight Loading paper askew will cause an error Before feeding paper or printing make sure the sheet is flat against the Paper Tray Cover The sheet may jam if it curls b
367. isplayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in 254 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx k Presets Standard HJ Main H Le Type Plain Paper EJ cet information Seti D Easy Settings 5 E E rrin Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B s Printer E PDFw Preview Cancel E Print Working With Various Print Jobs 165 Printing Photos and Images 12 Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case 10 x12 JA settings Page Attributes 3 B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPFoox Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation To fe E scale 100 13 Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X P 392 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Set
368. ist select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Glossy Paper 5 Click Poster Photos or Poster Text Illustrations in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IFO Scaing E 4 Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in 00 Fh Orientation Letter 8 5 x11 850inx11 00in Paper Source 1 Rol Paper width i A Portrait Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Match Page Size AJ O Landscape Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm N Car Lo S __ Size Options _ Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 7 In A Page Size click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A2 Enhanced Printing Options 299 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 8 Click Manual in the L Paper Source list 9 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A v Page Layout B E 2 Pages Sheet Set DA watermark JE conribentian Letter 8 5 x11 Sson ooi E E F Edit Watermark Actual Size i
369. it AppleTalk Protocol Settings page af GN ep Refer to the AppleTalk Settings Items table to complete the settings AppleTalk Settings Items Phase Type Specify whether to use AppleTalk Disabled If you will use AppleTalk choose Phase 2 If you will not use AppleTalk choose Disabled Name 1 Specify the object name used by Canon NB 17FB xxxxxx AppleTalk in up to 31 single byte or 15 double byte characters However do not use the following single byte characters Zone 2 Specify the printer zone name up to 31 single byte characters However do not use the following single byte characters Also avoid using which represents the default zone in the middle of a string 1 The object name you have specified in Name is displayed in Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in Mac OS X If you use multiple printers in the same zone assign a unique name to each printer By default the network interface name is Canon NB 17FB xxxxxx Here xxxxxx is the last six digits of the printer s MAC address 2 If zones have been created on the network enter the name of the printer s zone If there are no zones leave the asterisk entry for the default zone as it is If you enter a network zone name that does not match created zones the printer will not be detected by Macintosh computers Consult your network administrator for information on zone names T Click OK to display the N
370. it Watermark Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Size Letter 8 5 x11 7 No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 1 0 999 Reverse Order Collate _ Page Options Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 Enhanced Printing Options 223 Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Mac OS X This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value based on the following example e Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in Important e In borderless printing you cannot resize originals by entering a scaling value 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box Wi settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPFxxxx I Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 iz 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID Orientation cl a IE scale 1100 1 CD CD 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In C Paper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 Click F OK to close the
371. ity Ink Tanks Maintenance DLEE Ink Tanks An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer is labeled with a white letter A in a black circle on the side When purchasing Ink Tank make sure an A is printed on the label along with the following Ink Tank part numbers BK Ink Tank PFl 102BK e MBK Ink Tank PFI 102MBK e C Ink Tank PFI 102C M Ink Tank PFI 102M e Y Ink Tank PFI 102Y 130 ml per color A Q Note e For instructions on replacing Ink Tank see Replacing Ink Tanks P 470 Maintenance 469 Ink Tanks s Replacing Ink Tanks Compatible Ink Tank An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer is labeled with a white letter A in a black circle on the side Request an Ink Tank with the same label when you purchase a new Ink Tank For more information see Ink Tanks P 469 Precautions when handling an Ink Tank Take the following precautions when handling an Ink Tank A caion For safety keep an Ink Tank out of the reach of children If ink is accidentally ingested contact a physician immediately O Important Before removing an Ink Tank from the pouch for installation shake it gently seven or eight times If you do not shake the Ink Tank the ink may sediment which may affect printing quality Do not remove and shake an Ink Tank that has already been installed in the printer Ink may leak out Avoid dropping the Ink Tank after removing it from the pouch Otherwis
372. k is installed correctly e Off Off No Ink Tank is installed or the ink level detection function is disabled e Flashing Slowly Not much ink is left Flashing Rapidly There is no more ink to o M a Ink Color Label Load an Ink Tank corresponding to the color and name on these labels b Ink Set An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer is labeled with a white letter A in a black circle on the side When purchasing an Ink Tank make sure an A is printed on the label gt P 469 Printer Parts 19 Printer parts Vents The vents are on top 1 on the right 2 and on the bottom on the right 3 and 4 cuir e Do not block these vents when the printer is on e Avoid setting paper or other light objects near the vents 20 Printer Parts Printer parts Control Panel rua eeder ee ion Load Eject Power a Data lamp Green e Flashin During a the Data lamp flashes when the printer is receiving or processing print jobs Otherwise this lamp flashes when the printer is paused or updating the firmware e Off There are no active print jobs when the Data lamp is off b Message lamp Orange On A warning message is displayed e Flashing An error message is displayed Off The printer is off or is operating normally c Pa
373. l documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics BMC e Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About _ Detauts J 5 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 6 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Scanned Image in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 275 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing 7 Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IFO Scaling GZS Peper size Match Page Size H Orientation E ry Portrait a lajo Landscape 7 IREE C Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Paper Source Roll Paper v 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm v N Car Ss Size Options __Detauts _ OK l Cancel j Apply Help 8 Click Manual in the L Paper Source list 9 Click Custom Size in the A Page Size list to display the Custom Size Settings dialog box 10 Complete the following settings in the Custom Size Settings dialog box 1 Select mm or inch in Units 2 Enter 430 16 9 in in both Width and Height 11 Click OK to close the Custom Size Settings dialog box 12
374. labels indicate the Ink Tank colors and names The labels correspond to the ink levels on the Display Screen 24 Printer Parts Control Panel Online Button Switches the printer online and offline P 34 On Green The printer is online Flashing The printer is recovering from Sleep mode Off The printer is offline Feeder Selection Button Switches the paper source Each time you press this button the paper source switches between roll feed when the paper source is a roll and sheet feed when the paper source is the Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot The corresponding lamp in the paper source section is lit Menu Button Displays the main menu of the printer P 55 Information Button Displays printer submenus Press this key to display information about ink paper and so on P 66 You can also hold down this button for three seconds to clean the Printhead Head Cleaning A lt Button Menu mode Press this button to display the menu one level higher When you are entering numbers the button moves the cursor to the next digit The instructions can be paused when lt Pause is displayed When lt Back is displayed you can access the previous instruction screen A Button Offline mode Press this button to rewind rolls manually gt P 124 Menu mode Press this button to display the previous menu item or setting value gt Button Menu mode Press this button to display the menu one le
375. lain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA settings Page Attributes EJ B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFxxxx 6 Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 iz 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm F 5 I Orientation fo la E scale 100 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 in D Orientation click the icon of the document in landscape orientation 5 Click F OK to close the dialog box 6 Choose Print in the application menu T Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx RA Presets Standard Bi H ry Main zs images Size Wedia Type Plain Paper ey B Get Information a Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 L D Easy Settings H E Print Target Set Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document l s Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FIC View set i Printer Q PDFw Preview Cancel 8 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 9 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 335 Other useful settings 10 Access the Page Setup pane Printer
376. largement Copy app icon after navigating to Canon Utilities imagePROGRAF in the Applications folder or click C Set in the Utility pane Printer _iPFxxxx mA Presets Standard mw Utility i images Size jesi Size Perform printer maintenance Cy E k T Seta Start Printmonitor to display print job status and other information Letter 8 5 x11 B View Auto Scale 100 Letter 8 5 x11 Configure AutoLayout and Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Bi Sets PDF Preview Cancel E Print 2 In Enlarged Copy Settings click Add or Edit and either create or modify the hot folder For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders refer to the help file for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Working With Various Print Jobs 183 Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder It is easy to send scanned originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the Color imageRUNNER For instructions on assigning scanning and sending settings to the Favorites button refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual Scanning the original and print an enlargement Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer For detailed instructions refer to the Color imageRU
377. lay Screen and printing is disabled Replace the Ink Tank at this point H Ink tank is empty Replace the ink tank Tre B B k k K Maintenance 477 Printheads Printheads Printhead Printhead PF 03 Q Note For instructions on replacing the Printhead see Replacing the Printhead P 481 Checking the Print Quality If printing is faint or streaked in different colors make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing a test pattern to check the nozzles For instructions see Checking for Nozzle Clogging P 479 Improving the Print Quality If printing is faint or streaked in different colors make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing a test pattern to check the nozzles Clean the Printhead if the printed test pattern was faint For instructions on cleaning the Printhead see Cleaning the Printhead P 480 478 Maintenance Printheads Checking for Nozzle Clogging If printing is faint or streaked in different colors make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing a test pattern to check the nozzles Q Note e You can specify a number of pages in the printer s Noz Check Freq menu for automatic nozzle checking every time you finish printing that quantity P 55 1 Load unused paper e Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 112 e Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit gt P 114 e Loading Rolls in the Printer P 115 e Load
378. leaning A does not solve the problem It takes about five minutes to complete The printhead is cleaned and the printer goes online 4 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and determine whether cleaning has cleared the nozzles P 479 Q Note If printing does not improve after Head Cleaning A try Head Cleaning B If this does not solve the problem repeat Head Cleaning B two or three times If this still does not improve printing the Printhead may have reached the end of its useful life Contact your Canon dealer My caion Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge or Ink Tanks during cleaning Maintenance 499 Other Maintenance Other Maintenance Preparing to Transfer the Printer To protect the internal parts in transit always follow the steps below before transferring the printer to a new location Refer to the Quick Start Guide for details on packing the printer and installing it after transfer i Note e It is not possible to prepare the printer for transfer if the Display Screen prompts you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge or check the remaining capacity Replace the Maintenance Cartridge before transfer preparations P 487 Do not tilt the printer in transit Ink inside the printer may leak and cause stains If it is necessary to stand the printer up or tilt it contact your Canon dealer 1 Remove the paper Rolls gt P 117 P 118 gt P 119 Sheet P 150 gt P 151 2 Pre
379. links in the answer column Question Answer How do print on a roll When printing on rolls after loading the roll specify the paper type and length both on the Control Panel and in the printer driver Loading and Printing on Rolls P 85 How do print manually When printing manually specify the paper type and size in the printer driver and then load the paper Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot P 90 How do switch between Press the Feeder Selection button to switch the paper source between printing on a roll and printing the roll and a sheet manually Selecting the Paper Source P 109 How do change the paper type Specify the type and size of paper both on the Control Panel and in the or size printer driver Specifying it in the Printer Driver gt Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver P 204 Specifying it on the Control Panel Selecting the paper type Selecting the Paper Type Roll P 110 gt Selecting the Paper Type Sheet P 142 Selecting the Paper Size Specifying the Paper Length Roll gt P 111 Selecting the Paper Size Sheet P 143 How do cut the roll paper after You can wait until ink dries before cutting the roll and you can cut rolls printing at a desired position Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls gt P 128 How do print without borders Borderless printing is possible on rolls You can also specify borderless printing in the print
380. lity Adjusting the feed amount Adjusting the feed amount during printing If during printing the contrast is uneven sideways across the paper or banding in different colors appears every 40 mm 1 6 in or so try adjusting the feed amount as follows The results of adjustment are applied to printing in progress enabling you to check the results immediately However note that because printing is paused colors may be slightly different 1 Press the Online button to pause printing Load Eject Power Load Eject Power Stop 1 Sec 3 Press A or Y to select Fine Band Adj and then press the OK button 4 Press A or Y to change the value and then press the OK button Note e The supported range is 5 to 5 5 Press the Online button to resume printing Q Note The Fine Band Adj adjustment value set during printing is also applied to the next print job However the value is reset to 0 if you execute Auto Band Adj Manual Band Adj or Adjust Length Adjustments for Better Print Quality 463 Adjusting the feed amount Adjusting the Measurement Scale for Better Accuracy To adjust the measurement scale and ensure accuracy so that lines in CAD drawings are printed at exactly the right length for example specify the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage when adjusting the feed amount f Note If printed images are affected by banding in different colors adjust the amount that paper
381. lity Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing V Enlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width P O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 I a 8 50 in x 11 00 in E 24 Paper size Match Page Size 2 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JH Diientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in i Aj Portrait a AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Paper Source Roll Paper Mi Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options __ Size Options __Defauts OK Cancel J Apply J Help 7 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 210 Enhanced Printing Options 10 11 12 13 Printing enlargements or reductions Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case Click ISO A4 Select the C Enlarged Reduced Printing check box Select the D Fit Paper Size check box Click ISO A3 in the G Paper Size list Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 Enhanced Printing Options 211 Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the paper size based
382. ll and you have deactivated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper P 111 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing Press the Online button to resume printing However the roll paper may run out during the print job and you may not be able to print all of the document u This paper cannot be used Check supported paper sizes Corrective Action Load paper of the correct size Load paper of the correct size Roll printing is selected Corrective Action You have attempted to print a test print sheet or Load a roll and try printing again other printer status information on a roll but no roll To oration a sheet instead hold he Stop bution tar more than a second to cancel printing load a sheet and then print is loaded 540 Error Message Messages regarding paper Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded A print job for rolls was received when a sheet is Press the OK button and remove the sheet loaded P 150 LEG Load a roll and try printing again P 115 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing The roll is empty Follow these steps below to replace the used roll with a new roll of the same type and size 1 Remove the roll P 117 P 118 P 119 2 Load the new roll P 112 P 114 P 115 3 If no barcode was printed on the roll specify the type of paper P 110 4 f no barcode was
383. ls on configuring printer settings for networks refer to the following topics e Configuring the Printer s TCP IP Network Settings P 422 Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings P 424 e Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network Settings P 425 e Specifying Printer Related Information P 427 Q Note e RemoteUl also offers many other features You can display the ink levels check error messages and other status information and cancel print jobs e By factory default the English screen is displayed To change the display language select the desired language under Language before logging on in administrator mode Important e Use Netscape Navigator 6 0 or later Internet Explorer 5 01 or later or Firefox 1 5 or later as a web browser In Mac OS X you can also use Safari 1 32 or later or Safari 2 03 or later e Access is not possible via a proxy server In environments where a proxy server is used add the printer s IP address to Exceptions addresses accessed without a proxy server in the web browser proxy server settings Settings may vary depending on the network environment e Enable JavaScript and cookies in the web browser e If you access Remoteul with the printer name instead of its IP address make sure the DNS settings are correctly configured Network Setting 421 Network Setting Configuring the Printer s TCP IP Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the TCP IP
384. lt Settings Draft yer Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 a 11 00 Poster Photos pies uu Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing A Letter 8 5 x11 CAD Fast 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About _ Detauts Display Area Information Displayed P Top illustrations Illustrations indicate the orientation page layout borderless printing selection color mode and other settings information Q Middle bordered area The page size paper size and method and percentage of enlargement or reduction are indicated R Bottom illustrations Illustrations indicate the feed source orientation borderless printing selection and other settings information Q Note To confirm the Print Target specified in Easy Settings click F View Settings on the Main sheet to display the View Settings dialog box Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support F Ai Mecia type Get Information c Advanced Settings ID Easy Settings v JE Print Target Default Settings Draft ae Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 a Pimat Poster Photos inx in Poster Text Illustrations Actual Size CAD Line Drawing 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Dr
385. lume object that is the object representing the physical volume on the network where the print queue will be created Click the button at right to choose from a list 7 Complete other settings as needed and click OK G Note e The print server name will be required when configuring the printer s protocol settings Write down the print server name for future reference e When running Quick Setup the printer is assigned printer number 0 When using the printer in queue server mode do not change the printer number from 0 3 Set a password 1 Right click the print server created in step 2 and choose Details 2 Click Change Password to open the password input dialog box Enter the password 3 Click OK to close the password input dialog box 4 Click OK or Cancel to close the details dialog box 4 To use the printer in remote printer mode start the print server To use the NetWare file server as the print server enter LOAD PSERVER NLM at the file server and press the Enter key Q Note e This procedure is not required when using queue server mode Network Setting 439 Network Setting Windows Use PCONSOLE to set up the print server if bindery queue server mode or remote printer mode is used 1 Log into NetWare as Supervisor and start PCONSOLE 2 Switch to bindery mode 3 If the print server has not been created create it 1 In Available Options select Quick Setup and press the Enter key 2 Enter th
386. ly l Help Setting item escription A Page Size Select the page size as specified in the source application For details on available page sizes see Paper Sizes P 106 B Borderless Printing Borderless printing is available if Roll Paper is selected in the L Paper ia tg Ay og E Source list Choose from the following options when this setting is ID O Fi Paper size activated MO eenaa Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size P 245 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 252 Borderless Printing at Actual Size P 238 D Fit D Fit Paper Size Size Scales the document image to match the paper size the document i Scales the document image to match the paper size to match the paper size anret Scale to fit Roll Paper Scales the document image to match the roll width Width F Print Image with Actual Prints documents at their actual size This function is available when Size you have selected the size same as the width of Roll Paper for either length or width of the document from the A Page Size list G Paper Size Choose the size of the paper you will print on Available when Fit Paper For details on available paper sizes see Paper Sizes P 106 Size is selected Paper sizes compatible with borderless printing are shown in the list C Enlarged Reduced Printing Choose from the following options when this setting is activated
387. m 30 30 E N Magenta Green S Magenta e30 30 E En 1 Blue _ Yellow fm t e30 30 E 8 B Original Dark S Light e30 30 Ye ty G30 W oe Low lt High PEE 0 30 30 o O 0 Saturation Low High tT 1 amp 0 e30 30 4 6 I cray Tone Cool Black i i Warm Black 0 30 30 Revert C Gre D gt Enhanced Printing Options 191 Adjusting Images 11 On the Color Adjustment pane adjust the color tones brightness and so on as desired Adjustment Hem D Cyan Fine tune color tones by adjusting the levels of Cyan Magenta and Yellow E Magenta F Yellow G Gray Tone Adjust the gray tone to suit the images of monochrome photos Choose cool black tinged with blue pure black neutral warm black tinged with red and so on Select the color tone in the color region or from the list H Brightness Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and lightest portions intact I Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contrast J Saturation Adjust the level of color saturation in a range from subdued to vivid 12 Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box 13 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx i Presets Standard wy Page Setup is images Size a A Media Source Roll Paper
388. m borderless printing Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size O Note e If you can specify the margin as in Microsoft Word set the margin at 0 mm For instructions on specifying the margin refer to the software documentation Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed AON Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences z z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EEES B Get Information jc Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 0 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing w Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics EL e Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Status Monitor About Defauts 5 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 6 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 254 Enhanced Printing Options Bor
389. mal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics JE View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Mar A About 4 Select the L Open Preview When Print Job Starts check box 5 After you click OK when you print a job the imagePROGRAF Preview window will be displayed E Canon imagePROGRAF Preview Canon iP Poox File View Options Help Fitto Width yy PP PC pA Gees Paper Source Roll Paper Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mm Layout Selection 8 C Center Originals Across Roll Painter Information Printer Status Online iS Feed Information Roll 1 Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mm Paper Type Plain Paper Paper Remaining 3280ft 10in Update Printer Infomation Status Monitor _ Output Size 16 5in x 11 7in Note If PageComposer is running access the Special Settings dialog box from the Layout sheet and clear Enable Preview Switching 352 Windows Software Printer Driver 6 On the main window you can check the layout and change settings as needed T To print click Start Printing in the File menu Q Note e For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions see Preview Windows Software 353 Printer Driver Using Favorites Windows This topic describes how to register favorites and print using favorite settings Registering a favorite Follow t
390. matically if jobs cannot be processed such as if errors occur Menu mode Menus are displayed on the printer and you can select set or execute menu items Any jobs sent from the computer are held without being printed Submenu mode Submenus are displayed regarding ink and paper information Jobs can be received and printing is possible while submenus are displayed and the printer is online In other modes any jobs sent from the computer are held without being printed while submenus are displayed Sleep mode The printer is in power saving mode The printer automatically enters Sleep mode to conserve power if it is idle for a specific period by factory default five minutes that is if no print jobs are received or buttons are pressed while all covers are closed You can specify the period before the printer enters Sleep mode in the Sleep Timer menu P 55 If any print jobs are received when the printer is in Sleep mode after it was originally online the printer goes online and prints the jobs Printer Parts 29 Control Panel Mode transition The printer mode transitions are as follows 4 Menu key Offline mode Online mode Menu mode Offline Online MAIN MENU Offline Online GN MAIN MENU Online key Menu key Paper Cutting gt Glossy Photo Glossy Photo Rep Ink Tank gt ISO A2 Roll ISO A2 Roll Head Cleaning gt Online key Online key Media Menu gt fal Paper D
391. ment that protrude by the triangular label a of the Roll Holder as shown and remove the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment r 136 Handling Paper Handling rolls Attaching the Spacer for Borderless Printing If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder Insert the protrusions b of the Spacer for Borderless Printing a into the holes c of the Roll Holder as shown Removing the Spacer for Borderless Printing Pull out the Spacer for Borderless Printing from the Roll Holder as shown Handling Paper 137 Handling rolls Feeding Paper from the Roll Feed Unit The Paper Feed Slot used to feed roll paper is the same as the Paper Feed Slot used for the Top Paper Feed Slot so both methods of feeding paper cannot be used at the same time NG FF Thus if a roll has been advanced when you wish to print from the Top Paper Feed Slot or Front Paper Feed Slot change the paper source 1 Select sheets as the paper source P 109 2 After Remove roll is displayed press the OK button The roll is rewound automatically i a Similarly if a sheet is in the Top Paper Feed Slot or Front Paper Feed Slot when you wish to print on a roll you will need to remove the sheet from the slot and reinsert the roll paper which has been rewound in the Paper Feed Slot 1 Select the roll as the paper source P 109 2 After
392. ments ecoecccecnecletesasvawareerreenternnsisnenacansicooeeateaseuadiasdevenss 176 Printing Office DOCUMISTIS iiis an a a E A E ia 176 Printing Office Documents VWVINGOWS ise mencstsvrcestniceceasedaud dante caaicendoceladiieteleardecabiunteaseaieecdis 177 Printing Office Documents Mac OS X aesiicrsuoarsisn nannan 179 Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER sssssssssssssesseesseesseesserrrsersrernnee 181 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER sssssssessseeesseress 181 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows 181 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X 183 Enhanced Printing Options 185 Adjusting MINS Store ences nenane recesses ees veey eet eseo setae cence 185 Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver scscci ie cacercseccestoctietidee a adiad ttaedaoecier ionamin 185 Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Windows cccceeessceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeestaeeeeeea 187 Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Mac OS X cccsscceeeessseeeeeeeneeeeeteeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeas 190 Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing eeeeeeeeeeneeees 193 Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions WiNdOWS cceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeees 196 Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Mac OS X cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 198 Choosing Paper tor F MMNNG sssscc
393. ments that you want to emphasize for printing Print Priority 7 A setting for posters or other documents made up mainly of photos or images or for emphasizing photos or images in printed documents Line Drawing Text Choose this setting for CAD drawings made up mainly of intricate lines or wall newspapers and other notices with a large amount of text Suitable for emphasizing detailed text in printed documents However the quality may not be sufficient when printing photos or images that require a lot of color coverage In this case choose Image instead Office Document Choose this setting for better legibility of documents combining text and graphics such as documents and presentation material created with typical office applications 1 Options suitable for the selected type of paper are listed under Print Priority Enhanced Printing Options 193 Adjusting Images Print Quality Choose the print quality The printing mode is determined by a combination of the print quality and resolution Print Quality 1 Print Priority A setting for printing at the highest resolution when quality is most important Printing takes longer and consumes more Image ink than in other modes but this mode offers superior printing quality Line Drawing Text Choose this setting to print at high resolution when quality is most important Printing takes longer and consumes more ink than in Standard or Draft modes but th
394. mer General printer settings C fem oo fie zone o ose Famer O poe fea System information and an error log Op Oe 70 Printer Parts Network RemoteUl Update Primary DNS Server Address Secondary DNS Server Address DNS Host Name DNS Domain Name SMTP Server Address Multicast DNS Service Name Current network settings used by RemoteUl Blank if the status has been saved by using Status Monitor Frame Type IPX External Network Number Node Number Print Service Current NetWare settings Control Panel Depending on the NetWare print service settings information on one of the following four items is printed Printer Parts 71 Control Panel Bindery PServer Values set when NetWare gt Print Service gt Bindery PServer is selected File Server Name Print Server Name Print Server Password Polling Interval RPrinter o Values set when NetWare gt Print Service gt RPrinter is selected Print Server Name Printer Number Values set when NetWare gt Print Service gt NDS PServer is selected Name Print Server Password Values set when NetWare gt Print Service gt NPrinter is selected Print Server Name Printer Number Blank if the status has been saved by using Status Monitor AppleTalk Current AppleTalk settings O peme o OO he seein ee Blank if the status has been saved by using Status Monitor Printhead lot numb
395. mmed paper from the Output Tray After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 4 Press OK If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam as follows 1 Turn off the printer and remove the Roll Feed Unit from the printer gt P 139 2 Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 3 Install the Roll Feed Unit on the printer again P 140 510 Troubleshooting Problems Regarding Paper Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray If a sheet loaded manually becomes jammed Paper jam is shown on the Display Screen of the Control Panel Remove the jammed paper as follows 1 Press Load Eject Load Eject Power Information 2 Remove the jammed paper e If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover 1 Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side manually 2 Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 3 Close the Top Cover Troubleshooting 511 Problems Regarding Paper Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b e If paper is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot of the Top Paper Feed Slot Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot After removing the paper make sure there are no othe
396. n 431 8mm a Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D v Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 a O Scaling 100 3 5 600 JORG here ale H C Borderless Printing fil Media Size Match Page Size i a _ Print Centered R C No Spaces at Top or Bottom C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF wv Preview Cancel E Print 11 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 12 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list here 10 in 254 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx he Presets Standard H H m Main K images Size Mueaia Type Plain Paper E Bi Get Information Set B Easy Settings F _ lE rrin Target E Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image 4 POP 7 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Bc Printer PDF v Preview Cancel E Print Enhanced Printing Options 257 Borderless Printing 13 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box
397. n and the Paper Retainer e Enlarged reduced printing You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing originals before printing P 209 P 215 P 221 e Free Layout function Print multiple documents from multiple applications such as word processing programs spreadsheet programs and so on next to each other P 281 84 Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure Loading and Printing on Rolls These are the basic steps for loading and printing on rolls Follow the steps below to switch to a new roll or a roll of a different type or width before printing Q Note e Ifa sheet is loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot remove it before this procedure P 138 e Before printing banners or other long documents spread a clean cloth or paper on the floor or use the Output Stacker to prevent the printed surface from becoming dirty from the floor after printing e If you will wait for the ink to dry after printing and simply eject the document you can deactivate automatic cutting and print a cut line instead P 128 1 Turn the printer on P 27 3 Sec Feeder nline Selection Load Eject Power gt 3 Sec Basic Printing Workflow 85 Printing procedure 3 Load a roll on the Roll Holder P 112 Note e When switching rolls first remove the current roll from the Roll Holder P 119 4 Load the roll in the Roll Feed Unit P 114
398. n at 3 mm images in the bottom margin may be distorted In this case choose Manual in Paper Source to set the bottom margin at 23 mm Printer Parts 81 Printer Specifications Rolls Printable Area Recommended Print Area 0 3 mm 20 mm 0 3 mm 5mm 5mm 0 3 mm 5mm e Printable Area A margin of 3 mm 0 12 in on all sides is required During borderless printing the margin on all sides is 0 mm For information on paper compatible with borderless printing see the Paper Reference Guide P 101 e Recommended print area A margin of 20 mm 0 79 in on top 5 mm 0 20 in on bottom and 5 mm 0 20 in on left and right sides is required tp Note e Printable area The area that can be printed e Guaranteed Print Area We recommend printing within this area To print so that your original matches the print area exactly use an oversized paper size that includes the required margin P 231 82 Printer Parts Printing procedure Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure m Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets The printer supports both rolls and sheets This section introduces the main features of each as well as the main printing methods available Select rolls or sheets to suit your particular printing application Q Note e For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 A variety of other ways to print are available besides those introduced here Cho
399. n for the printer driver S Defaults Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values Configuration using Advanced Settings amp Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type Get Information he Advanced Settings ID Advanced Settings x E Print Priority Line Drawing Text JE Print Quatty Draft 300dpi Letter 8 5 11 G Color Mode Color 8 50 in x 11 00 in Actual Size H Color Settings Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Economy Printing Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About Defauts J OK Cancel Apply l Help Setting item scription O A Media Type B Get Information C Advanced Settings E Print Priority F Print Quality G Color Mode H Color Settings Select the type of paper For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 Click to display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box which shows the types and sizes of paper specified on the printer for each feed source When you select a feed source your selection is applied to the printer driver settings for the feed source type of paper and roll width Click to display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time and o
400. n iP Pox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EMES z Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings v E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics BO rine Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Ss Status Monitor About Defauts are 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences pu Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support _ A Media Type l B Get Information e Advanced Settings Advanced Settings x E Print Priority Line Drawing T ext JE Print Quatiy Draft 300dpi Kej Color Mode Color F ta H Color Settings Letter 3 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Economy Printing Open Preview When Print Job Starts M N Ss L Defautts Status Monitor JI OK l Cancel J Apply J Help 6 Click Color in the G Color Mode list Enhanced Printing Options 187 Adjusting Imag
401. ncel E Print 322 Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper 11 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 Ai settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPFoox Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation To fe E scale 100 12 Select the K No Spaces at Top or Bottom check box 13 Confirm the print settings and click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 Enhanced Printing Options 323 Checking Images Before Printing Checking Images Before Printing Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing You can check the print layout on the preview screen Open Preview When Print Job Starts Windows While viewing the preview screen you can also adjust orientation or other settings and your changes will be instantly applied on the preview screen E Canon imagePROGRAF Preview Canon iPFxxxx File View Options Help BR Zoom Fittowidth v fo 25 ao pa po 50 60 poj ed po woj yoj go goj yo so geoj yoj 380 po 30H 310 gaa ZO Monte Plain Paper Paper Source Roll Paper Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mm Layout Selection m 48 C Center Originals Across Roll Start Printing Stop Printing Printer Information
402. ndicated color in the Load or reload the Ink Tank P 470 There is a problem with the Ink Tank Replace it with a new Ink Tank P 470 Ink tank error The Ink Tank in the printer is incompatible Load an Ink Tank specified for use with the printer P 470 The Display Screen indicates the system is filling with ink When the printer was turned off previously some Wait until the system has been filled with ink This cleaning operation was terminated process may take about ten minutes Error Message 547 Messages regarding printing or adjusment Messages regarding printing or adjusment Use another paper The Printhead and feed amount cannot be adjusted For automatic Printhead adjustment we recommend when highly transparent film is loaded using a type of paper that you often use other than film P 453 Adjust the feed amount manually P 461 Cannot print as specified Press Load Eject and replace paper with A4 LTR vertical or larger Paper has been loaded that is too small to Press the Load Eject button and switch to paper A4 Letter print the test pattern for printhead adjustment vertical or larger or nozzle checking Press Load Eject and replace roll with 10 in wide or larger roll Paper has been loaded that is too small to Press the Load Eject button and load a roll at least 10 print the test pattern for printhead adjustment inches 254 mm wide or nozzle
403. neeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeesnaaaeeeseeseeeseenseeees 527 Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks ssssesssseresssrrnnsrrnnrrsnnressrrrnsrennnnnrnnennenne 527 Installation problemS ces ectcc ete ce cepa cere parmesan Senet dacileed pea de eeeeobeweueassa 528 The IEEE 1394 Driver Cannot Be Installed Correctly sccccccccsavissci sess ecctiecsacceevates devises tenneeness 528 Removing Installed Printer Driv Crs ceisia e acetal EEE ERa TEE 529 HP GL 2 problem S serisine ise se e EEEa AERE 530 With HP GL 2 printing 1S MISAlGQNGOcisdcccosnes sssrcersedcecdeedien sasiaren aieia 530 Lines or images are missing in the HP GL 2 data that was printed sssssessssseeeesreeessrrrnsne 530 Lines Are Printed Too Thick or Thin During HP GL 2 Printing eeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeees 530 HP GL 2 jobs are printed in monochrome or color cceceeescceeeceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteneeeeeeeetaeeeeeees 530 Printed Colors in Line Drawings are Inaccurate During HP GL 2 Printing eeeeeee 530 HP GL 2 printing takes a long time acsccececsccscerescctercrssesedenskcnctetcsttcanttestieessniacoeseneasteenewcscuieecs 531 Replotting with HP GL 2 jobs is not possible s ssessssessssernsesrnneennensrrrrssrtrnnnernnnresrernseren ennt 531 The printer stops when printing a HP GL 2 job the carriage stops MOVING c eeeee 531 Other problems erse E gee acne ents EE EREE 532 The printer does MOT gO OM wi snsaicsect
404. network settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page Click Edit in the upper right corner of the TCP IP group to display the Edit TCP IP Protocol Settings page Refer to the TCP IP Settings Items table to complete the settings oa Ff GQ N TCP IP SS Items Default Default Setting eon DHCP s this setting to use DHCP Off for configuring the IP address Use BOOTP Activate this setting to use BOOTP for configuring the IP address Use RARP Activate this setting to use RARP Off for configuring the IP address Enable DNS Dynamic Update Activate this setting to perform DNS server registration automatically Use Zeroconf Function Activate this setting to use On Bonjour IP O R Specify the printer s IP address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask Specify the printer s subnet mask Specify the printer s subnet mask printer s subnet mask 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Gateway Address Specify the printer s default E 0 0 0 gateway LPD Printing Activate this setting to use LDP On Printing IPP Printing Activate this setting to use IPP On Printing IPP Printer URI Sp
405. network settings you must be logged in with administrative rights such as Administrator account We recommend that your network administrator configure the network settings For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility see Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility P 390 Start inagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu In the Product Name list displayed select the printer to configure Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu In the Setting IP Address list choose Manual Enter the IP address assigned to the printer and click the Set button Click OK after the Confirmation message dialog box is displayed Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Q Note e To configure the IP address automatically choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select DHCP BOOTP or RARP You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway Noah WN Windows Software 391 Printer Driver Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X For instructions on accessing the Mac OS X printer driver refer to the following topics e Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Mac OS X P 399 Printer iPFxxxx cB Presets Standard i v Copies amp Pages im Layout Output Options Scheduler Paper Handling glorSvn Copies Pages Page Setup G N Utility Additional Settings Support Summary For
406. ng P 460 Adjustments for Better Print Quality 459 Adjusting the feed amount Adjusting the feed amount during printing If during printing the contrast is uneven sideways across the paper or banding in different colors appears every 40 mm 1 6 in or so try adjusting the feed amount as follows However note that because printing is paused colors may be slightly different 1 Press the Online button to pause printing Load Eject Power 3 Press A or YW to select Fine Band Adj and then press the OK button 4 Press A or W to change the value and then press the OK button Q Note e The supported range is 5 to 5 5 Press the Online button to resume printing Q Note The Fine Band Adj value set during printing is also applied to the next print job However the value is reset to 0 if you execute Auto Band Adj Manual Band Adj or Adjust Length 460 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the feed amount m Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually If printed images are affected by banding in different colors adjust the amount that paper is fed This topic describes how to adjust the feed amount manually When using highly transparent media for which automatic adjustment is not supported adjust the feed amount manually We recommend automatic adjustment for other types of media For instructions on automatic adjustment see Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically P 458 2 Note
407. ng F View set Working With Various Print Jobs 179 Printing Office Documents 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _ iPFxxxx Presets Standard S gg s Page Setup E Media Source Roll Paper Fey JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D v Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 S OSaaling 100 5 5 600 PROTEASE H C Borderless Printing Jj Media Size Match Page Size By m C Print Centered li M PDFw Preview Cancel E Print 10 Select sheets in the A Paper Source list 11 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 Wi settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPFxxxx lt Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 in 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation icy E scale 100 H Cancel 0K 12 Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X P 392 13 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 180 Working With Various Print Jobs Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER
408. ng Mode Driver ICM Mode and Host ICM Mode cccccccesccecesseeteeeeeseseeeeess 369 Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Mac OS X 404 Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Windows 364 Menu Structure ccceccccceccsseceeeecsseeeeeeseseeeeeesaaes 41 Maim MENU aeiesaeenondnir hasian ndana 41 Main menu during printing 54 SUDMENUS wecssicssssescsedseesecatecsacsansedesesaneedeeecennteees 53 Messages advising to check the maintenance Cartridge are not Cleared ecccceeeeeeeeeeteeesteeeeeees 532 Messages regarding HP GL 2 eeeceeeeeteeeeeeee 552 Messages regarding nk sesser 546 Messages regarding Ppapet eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenee 538 Messages regarding printheads cceeeeee 549 Messages regarding printing or adjusment 548 Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge 551 Multi S NSOFr error 2 02 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeea 554 N Network Environment 0 ccccccceessseeeeeeessneeeeeeees 415 Network environment ccccccceceeeceeeeeeeetteeeees 416 System requirement cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 415 Network Setting eceecesceeesseeeseseeeeseeeeeeeeeeseneees 415 Network Setting Mac OS X 445 Network Setting Windows 431 INO AIA TEIN sce ascents sinais teavevat aasinieithacgeaas inept 546 No ink tank loaded c ceseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenened 547 No Maintenance Cartridge capacity 0
409. ng applications For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 346 206 Enhanced Printing Options Choosing Paper for Printing ss Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X If you have replaced the paper you must complete the following settings in the printer driver 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA settings Page Attributes zs B Format for _ iPFxxxx B Canon iPFxxxx Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation f fa E scale 100 E Cancel ox 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _iPFxxxx i Presets Standard E3 Main B images Size _ MWuveaia Type Plain Paper By B Get Information aw Set D Easy Settings B el E rrin Target Letter 8 5 x11 Default Settings 0 Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image POP 7 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IF__View set mC Printer PDFv Preview Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded Enhanced Printing
410. ng heavyweight paper from the Front Paper Feed Slot the printer will stop advancing the paper while the trailing edge is still in the rollers to prevent the sheet from dropping In this case remove the paper as follows 1 Press the Load Eject button ject Power OQ Note e If you load paper from the Front Paper Feed Slot but press the Load Eject button without printing the printer will eject the paper and stop advancing it momentarily while the trailing edge is still in the rollers to prevent the sheet from dropping Press the Load Eject button again when you are ready to remove the paper 2 Remove the sheet by pulling it forward keeping it flat Ay caion If you do not remove POP Board by pulling it straight forward and keeping it flat the printed surface may become scratched 3 Press the OK button Dy saion e Always remove the sheet before pressing the OK button If you do not remove the sheet before step 3 the sheet may go back inside the printer leaving roller marks across the trailing edge of the sheet Handling Paper 151 Handling sheets Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray If a sheet loaded manually becomes jammed Paper jam is shown on the Display Screen of the Control Panel Remove the jammed paper as follows 1 Press Load Eject Load Eject Power Information 2 Remove the jammed paper e If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover 1 Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to
411. ng version If you are prompted to choose the location of the printer driver file insert the provided User Software CD ROM in the CD ROM drive and specify the folder where the printer driver is located 5 Click OK Important e When installing the printer driver on client computers select Network Printer on the connection type screen in the printer wizard and then select the printer shared from the computer set up as the print server Network Setting 433 Network Setting Windows Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the NetWare network settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page oa Ff GQ N Click Edit in the upper right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol Settings page ep Refer to the NetWare Settings Items table to complete the settings NetWare Settings Items OOOO im o o Dos o Defaut Sting Frame Type Specify the type of frame to Disabled use in NetWare NCP Burst Mode Activate this setting to use NCP Burst Mode This mode supports fast data transfer when printing in que
412. nk level if ink is low x if no ink is left and if you have deactivated ink level detection The remaining ink level is indicated as shown below Full I m J None Remaining ink levels If the Display Screen indicates to replace the Ink Tank replace the Ink Tank If a message is displayed indicating to check the remaining ink levels or after tasks that consume a lot of ink such as large format printing or head cleaning check the remaining levels and replace Ink Tank as needed P 470 476 Maintenance Ink Tanks When to Replace Ink Tanks Replace or prepare to replace Ink Tank in the following situations If a message for checking the ink is shown on the Display Screen When there is little ink left the Message lamp is lit and Ink Level Check is shown on the Display Screen You can continue to print but prepare to replace the Ink Tank P 476 Online H Ink Level Check Before print jobs and maintenance that consume a lot of ink If little ink is left there may not be enough for large format printing head cleaning and maintenance which require a lot of ink In this case replace or prepare to replace the Ink Tank before maintenance ink insufficient Press OK and replace ink tank Pobos B B k k k If a message for ink replacement is shown on the Display Screen When ink runs out the Message lamp flashes a message regarding Ink Tank replacement is shown on the Disp
413. nnecessary in this case Go to step 4 and remove the Maintenance Cartridge H Maintenance cartridge full Replace the maintenance cartridge Do not replace the Maintenance Cartridge during initialization immediately after turning on the printer during Printhead cleaning or while ink is being filled If you pause printing to replace the Maintenance Cartridge it may cause the printed images to be blurry 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Maintenance and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Repl maint cart and then press the button Press A or W to select Yes and then press the OK button Remove the Ejection Guide oO a amp 488 Maintenance Maintenance Cartridge 7 Hold the handle a of the used Maintenance Cartridge and pull out the cartridge Grasp the handles on both sides b and keep the cartridge level as you remove it Important e Used Maintenance Cartridge is heavy Always grasp the cartridge handles on both sides firmly and keep the cartridge level during removal and storage If you drop a used Maintenance Cartridge or store it at an angle ink may leak and cause stains The remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is recorded on each printer Do not install a used Maintenance Cartridge in another printer 8 Open the plastic bag of the new Maintenance Cartridge and remove the packaging material Holding the handles on both s
414. nnot be used acre ag se Peer cde ese sas eciecea dace yensteten eens cane caabaceetetia see eceaietaaieteees 540 Roll printing is selected 2 0 2 eececceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeesaaaeeeeaaaaeeeseaaeaeeeeesaaeesegeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeess 540 Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded cccccecccsesenceceeeeeeeeeecenneeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeseeeeeess 541 The roll iS EMP eesrinnal AEE eani ANRE aAA E ISAE aAA SA RAR 541 Roll feed unit erf cca taictra dace dicttac ican dteae Spceunatucienddeli ote iete cae bcalaapebeceadtanc goad eaedicuada desde neren Ennen Ennen nEn 541 NO Roll Feed UNI ictcc dcacsnsanescnenlsietdeseameicsnnineegectnctieat deans vacnanatsoreesmievbetteneinetianstierdatsqdtnigannthendie 541 Sheet printing is selected 2 0 2 2 eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeaaaaeesaaaeeeeeseeaaeeseeneeeeteneeeees 542 Manual printing is selected but a roll is loaded 00 eeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeteceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeees 542 Wrong paper feed slot for this paper type ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeteeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseaaeeeenea 542 Cannot feed paper siccisaracssnsacansadacvecensucssanenaiws tangheancethensleereandhsloeaanstsaettesansecmmmbeurcanagetecemaigeense 542 Paper Nice cen ics alse aia a E T E a a tanec 543 Paper loaded askew ccccccccceeceseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaaeeeesaaaeeensaaaeeeseeaaeaeeeeaaeeesesneeeeeeeeaaeeeeees 543 Cannot detect AION ais wae cidade tee ee ete ches d
415. nt BL toni OK J Cancel Defaults Help Q Note e To display the Page Options dialog box on the Layout sheet click Page Options P 375 Setting Item Description O A Print Date Select where the date is printed as desired To print the time as well select B Print Time Also C Print User Name Select where the user name is printed as desired D Print Page Number Select where the page number is printed as desired E Format Settings Click to display the Format Settings dialog box which enables you to complete format related settings Format Settings Arial v Regular v 11 3 Points 1 72 H Black OK _ _ Cancel __Defauts Help Q Note e If you specify the same position for multiple items the items are printed from left to right in this order date user name and page number e When you print multiple pages per sheet using Page Layout Printing or similar functions these items will be printed for each page Windows Software 377 Printer Driver Special Settings Dialog Box Windows If the printing results are not as you expected you can change how printing is processed in the Special Settings dialog box Special Settings FineZoom Settings JA Application Color Matching Priority B Enable Preview Switching E V Fast Graphic Process D v Reduce Print Unevenness E v Adjust faint lines FI OK Cancel Defaults Help
416. nt Area 27 mm Printable Area Printing from the Top Paper Feed Slot requires a margin of 3 mm 0 12 in on all sides A bottom margin of 23 mm 0 9 in may sometimes be required The bottom margin is 23 mm for some types of paper For more information see the Paper Reference Guide P 101 When printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot a margin of 23 mm 0 9 in on all sides is required e Recommended print area A margin of 20 mm 0 79 in on top 27 mm 1 06 in on bottom and 5 mm 0 20 in on left and right sides is required G Note e Printable area The area that can be printed Guaranteed Print Area We recommend printing within this area To print so that your original matches the print area exactly use an oversized paper size that includes the required margin P 231 e You can choose a bottom margin of 3 mm or 23 mm when printing from the Top Paper Feed Slot In the printer driver choosing Manual in Paper Source sets the bottom margin at 23 mm On the other hand choosing Manual 3mm margins in Paper Source sets the bottom margin at 3 mm which provides a larger area for printing However the option Manual 3mm margins is not available with the following paper e Fine Art Photo Paper e Fine Art Heavyweight Photo Paper e Fine Art Textured Paper e The types of paper listed above may be updated in some cases For details on paper types see the Paper Reference Guide P 101 If you set the bottom margi
417. nt as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 oe Roll paper will be automatically cut after printing Enhanced Printing Options 343 Other useful settings Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Mac OS X This topic describes how to cut roll paper automatically using the auto cut function after printing as well as how to print a cut line to cut the paper manually Note e The auto cut function is activated on the printer by factory default and when the printer driver is installed Follow the steps below to reactivate the function once disabled or select the setting for printing a cut guideline instead 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A settings Page Attributes B B Format for iPFxxxx mw Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 z 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID Orientation f fa E scale 100 il Cancel E 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx mw Presets Standard B Page Setup a se A Media Source Roll Paper i JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm J Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D EA Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Media Size Letter 8
418. nting Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Large Posters Windows You can enlarge an original to print it in sections on several sheets By assembling the printed sheets you can create a poster larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer This topic describes how to enlarge an A2 original for printing it in sections on four sheets based on the following example e Document Poster e Page size A2 420 0x594 0 mm 16 5 x 23 4 in e Paper Sheets Manual e Paper Type Glossy Paper e Paper size A2 420 0x594 0 mm 16 5 x 23 4 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EEES v ID Easy Settings E Print Target 8 50 in x 11 00 in e a ze 8 50 in x 11 00 in Get Information la Advanced Settings Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About L Defauts 4 Inthe A Media Type l
419. nting Workflow Printing procedure 9 Send the print job Printing from Windows P 92 e Printing from Mac OS X gt P 93 Start printing G Note Steps 6 and 7 are not required if a barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper The paper type and amount of paper left are automatically detected Keeping a roll in the printer for a long time without printing on it may leave a depression on the leading edge When printing quality is most important we recommend setting TrimEdge Reload to On or Automatic so that the paper edge is automatically cut before printing For details on supported sizes and types of the roll that can be loaded see Paper Sizes or the Paper Reference Guide P 106 P 101 Clean the platen after you have used up a roll P 495 When a roll has been advanced do not pull it out by force This will prevent the paper from being advanced P 117 If you accidentally pull out the paper see Roll Paper Cannot be Inserted into the Paper Feed Slot P 514 When printing on rolls after printing on sheets if the lit paper selection lamp does not switch from the Cut Sheet lamp to the Roll Media lamp press the Feeder Selection button Basic Printing Workflow 89 Printing procedure Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot These are the basic steps for loading sheets in the paper feed slot and then printing
420. ntroduction e Macintosh How to use this manual On a Macintosh computer click anywhere in the explanation area except on a figure or a link while holding the Ctrl key In the shortcut menu click Print Frame to display the Print dialog box 000 _iPFxxxx User Manual Lell lella _Contents_ Index 7 PF xxx Instruction Manual Search P Basic Printing Workflow 1 Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure 1 1 Printing procedure Canscling print jobs Display selected topics pea 7 i M Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Enhanced Printin Hars 2 M Loading and Printing on Rolls Mingo Sarwar 3 M Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot Mac OS X Software 4 M Printing from Windows Handling Paper 5 M Printing from Mac OSX Adjustments for Better Print 6 M Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows Quality K M Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X aKa coore Home Back Reload Open in Dashboard Open Frame in New Window Open Frame in New Tab View Frame Source Save Frame As Printer Parts Network Setting P WINGOW Maintenance 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt TO ubleshooti A EF Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Appendix The printer supports both rolls and sheets Take advantage of each type of paper for a wide range of printing applications Rolls and Sheets e Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media
421. o set up and then configure the basic settings from your computer such as the printer s IP address and the network frame type e You can see which printers are online in the network by checking the printer list Communication between your computer and these printers is possible Note e We recommend that your network or printer administrator complete the setup work using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility e For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility help Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Install imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the User Software CD ROM provided with the printer as follows Important e In Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista you must log on with administrative rights equivalent to the Administrator account Insert the User Software CD ROM in the CD ROM drive On the Setup Menu window click Install Individual Software Click Install in imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Follow the instructions on the screen to proceed with the installation kh OND 390 Windows Software Device Setup Utility Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility From a computer running Windows you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility provided with the printer to configure the printer s IP address This topic describes how to configure the IP address using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Important To configure
422. ode in Advanced Settings P 360 Setting item SC escription O A Sample Type Choose a sample image from Standard Portrait Landscape or Graphics B View Color Pattern Clicking to select this check box will display the color pattern C Apply to Sample Clicking to select this check box will apply the revised settings to the sample image Fine tune color tones by adjusting the levels of each color E Magenta F Yellow G Gray Tone Adjust the color tone of grays as desired Choose Cool Black tinged with blue or Warm Black tinged with red H Brightness Adjust the overall image brightness as desired You can adjust the brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image that is the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it appears on the computer screen I Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other as desired Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper and reducing the Contrast softens images J Saturation Adjust the color intensity as desired Increasing the Saturation setting makes colors more vivid and reducing the Saturation makes colors more subdued 366 Windows Software Printer Driver Setting tem scription K Object Adjustment Select this option to display the Object Adjustment dialog box in which you can specify objects subject to color adjustment S Defaults Click to restore all settings on the sheet
423. oes not light Up c ceecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeenees 515 The Printer Does Not Respond Even if Print Jobs are Sent ssssesssseeseserrserrrnrerrenresrrrreeee 515 The Display Screen indicates the system is filling with iMk 2 2 cccccseseessseceeeeeeeeeeeeecees 515 viii Contents Contents The printer stops during a print OD entice scsseiecessnseaiastvaseateeeneiicweidusduaumessen xacuesbvedas 516 An error message is shown on the Display Screen se ssssseeseessreresrrresrrrnrertnntrerrrrnserer nnet 516 The printer ejects blank unprinted paper ceeecceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeenaaeeeeeeaaes 516 The printer stops when printing a HP GL 2 job the carriage stops MOVING cceeeeee 516 Problems with the printing quality cc ccecnennaccrnceesvvoscnencesiaviiueesesnanessameeseeawwesee 517 MUR AVS IAM a eee ee E E E aedeaeeacets 517 Paper rubs against the PrimhNead ecrire iiaeiai aa iaa enna eiee E E 518 The edges Ol AG paper are diny arinean e ae EEEE E eels 519 The surfaceotthe paper 1S CUNY merere aea e ee EE Ea e lee Neda ees 520 The backside of the paper VS UY ance i adit aca aaiae i 520 Roller marks are left across the trailing edge Of paper ssessssssssseessrrrresrrrrrerrrnrrsnrrnssrrnnnet 520 Printed SONOS re PUG FU i odie ice ee Soccer needa peered EE ENEE EE EAEE 521 Banding in different Colors OGG UNS secere eaea aeea EA Enae ERE ea ented 522 Colors
424. om Page Size Banners tend to be in non standard sizes so register a Custom Page Size in Page Setup In this example 100x500 mm 3 9x19 7 in is registered 3 Print the banner using the settings that correspond to banners QG Note e The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10 4 The method of setting up non standard paper sizes varies depending on the version of Mac OS X Register a Custom Page Size This example describes how to register and print using a page size that is horizontally elongated and suitable for banners in either horizontal or vertical format 1 Create the document in the application 2 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes B B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPPoox Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 5 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation Th To fe E scale 100 2 E Cancel 0K 3 Select the printer in the B Format for list 4 Click Manage Custom Sizes in the C Paper Size list to display the Custom Page Sizes dialog box 5 Double click Untitled in the list at left and then enter a name for the page size you want to register Here enter 100 500 If the Untitled size is not listed at left click below the list 6 Under Page Size enter 10 in Width and 50 in Height Here measurements are entered in centimeters T Specify the margins by entering 0 3 in Printe
425. on Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button A test pattern is printed for printhead adjustment After reading the pattern the printer automatically adjusts the Printhead alignment Q Note e If paper is fed automatically and no roll is loaded select the media source and click the OK button 454 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the Printhead Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment adjust the Printhead alignment Adjust the Printhead alignment automatically or manually by using a printed test pattern You can adjust the Printhead alignment automatically or manually Normally choose automatic adjustment If using special media or printing does not improve even after performing automatic adjustment using advanced adjustment try manual adjustment For instructions on automatic adjustment see Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically P 453 Follow these steps for standard manual adjustment of the Printhead Q Note If Manual Head Adj is unusable although displayed in the menu choose Advanced Adj in Auto Head Adj Manual Head Adj is available in the menu after you try Auto Head Adj once x 1 When using sheets have an unused sheet A4 sized or larger ready When using a roll load a roll 10 inches 254 mm or wider e Loading Sheets Manually P 144 e Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 112 e Loading
426. on specifying the print quality and color settings before printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Windows P 196 Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Mac OS X P 198 Enhanced Printing Options 195 Adjusting Images Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Windows You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets As an example this topic describes how to print CAD drawings as clearly as possible with sharp lines and text 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Pox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type ETRE Get Information la Advanced Settings v I Easy Settings E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in a ze Letter 8 5 x11 850inx11 00in Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N 5S Status Monitor About __Defauts
427. on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0 x 297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx EJ Canon iPPoox 6 Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 5 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm EA A I Orientation fe Coy li E scale 100 Cr E Select the printer in the B Format for list In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu ou kh amp NY Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets Standard Bi Main B E E images size WAimedia Type Plain Paper ___ W pone B Get Information E B Set D Easy Settings H SE E Print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image PoP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set BC Printer z E M 2 PDF yw Preview Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 212
428. on to 300dpi Replotting with HP GL 2 jobs is not possible The data was lost because of replotting Data for replotting is lost after the following operations In this case send the print job again The memory buffer was cleared from the Control Panel e The printer was turned off e The printer has received a new HP GL 2 print job Printing has been canceled The printer stops when printing a HP GL 2 job the carriage stops moving The printer is analyzing the print job Either wait a while for printing to resume or on the printer Control Panel set Input Resolution to 300dpi P 55 Troubleshooting 531 Other problems Other problems The printer does not go on The printer is unplugged Plug the power cord into the outlet and then turn on the printer The specified voltage is not supplied Check the voltage of the outlet and breaker If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound The following sounds do not indicate a problem with the printer e There is a sound of vacuum from the Platen To prevent paper from rising paper is held against the Platen by suction from Vacuum holes under it Roll paper makes a fluttering sound during printing There may be a fluttering sound when large paper is advanced e If you suddenly hear the tone for cleaning operations At regular intervals for printer maintenance cleaning operations will begin automatically even if the printer is in Sleep mode In othe
429. ont Access also enables image retouching For automatic retouching select an image for retouching and click Image Adjustment Because this application automates the workflow from retouching to display for all of your images it can save time and work in retouching Q Note e For details refer to the Digital Photo Front Access help 386 Windows Software PosterArtist PosterArtist Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals You can print a variety of source documents from word processing or spreadsheet programs or screen shots from web browsers after composing an original with them using PosterArtist O Important e PosterArtist sold separately must be installed to use this function Edit Using PosterArtist PosterArtist offers a wide range of features including features to insert source documents in posters and compose an original with them T Untitled PosterArtist Open Poster Da oa FAEG H E Q 9 froox Fiview Auto Design Ror A EEO W Lg View All Templates Find Template DER z Select All 7 8 50 x 11 00 inch Letter 8 5 x11 O Important e This function is only supported in Windows For detailed instructions on editing with PosterArtist refer to the following topic e Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals Windows P 388 Windows Software 387 PosterArtist ss Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals Windows This topic des
430. oose Rounded Choose whether to print arcs as smooth curved lines or as multiple connected line segments If you choose Software Operation is determined by the application If nothing is specified by the application the result is as shown in the figure Note By default this is a 72 sided figure If you choose Smooth Line Width Choose the width for printing lines if no width is specified in the data Dots in the line width are 300 dpi each ThickenFineLines Select On to print fine lines more distinctly AdjustFaintLines If fine lines are printed in colors that do not match the colors of other shapes selecting Off may help produce the expected results However lines in some colors may appear broken Printer Parts 59 Control Panel Aguste es Printer oe Head Adj Standard Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing direction P 453 Advanced Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the nozzle ink tank and printing direction P 453 Auto Print Choose On to have the printer automatically execute the Advanced Adj operations after you replace the Printhead P 453 Manual Head Adj Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing direction Enter the adjustment value m
431. or Windows s 225503 2 cece cattei wl ectiedtiteneeeminete anda eoih 366 Matching Sheet WINAOWS 2 dete cesatiess teen Sarena toad sd anaia ends a ENERE EREE 368 Contents v Contents Color Adjustment Sheet Monochrome WinNdOWS ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeteeeeeeeeaees 370 Page Setup Sheet Windows 0 ceeesseeeeeeneeeeeeeseaeeeeeaaaeeeeaaaaeeeeedeaaeeeeeeaaaaeeeessaaeeeeeaaeeeeees 372 Paper Size Options Dialog Box Windows sssssessssrrssssrnnereerntesrrrrsserrnnetrnnnrernrnnssrrnnerennne 374 Layout Sheet Windows ccccccdcnccccssccececsseanenesenstennenecns seen sencnnenessessenensiereteensenenenivieestearerneanente 375 Page Options Dialog Box Windows ccceceeeeeeeeneeeeeeene este teeeeeeeeteaaeeeeesaaeeeeeceeeeeeenneeeeee 377 Special Settings Dialog Box Windows cecccceeeeeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaaeeeeenaaaeeeenenaeeeseenaaes 378 Favorites Sheet Windows c ccccessseceeeeeseceeeeeseeeeeeeaaaeeessaaaaeeseeeaaeeeeesaaaeeesneaeeeeeeeaaaeeees 379 Utility Sheet IM anise E eee ue deeds 381 UPON Sheet WINJOWS seese eae e ei ea ephea ore ee E EEE 382 Device Settings Sheet WNAOWS Jeisten aie aesaat a eanit aeir E rE E 383 Settings Summaries Dialog Box Windows sssssseesssneesorrrnnteennrrsnnensrrrrnerrnnnrrennnserere neet 384 Status MONIIOr eee ere a e eree a a E 385 imagePROGRAF Status Monitor WindOWS ccccccceeeeeecceeeeeeaeeeeeeeaee
432. or Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder P 136 If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing e Paper incompatible with the printer s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing special page layouts centering originals and printing cut lines on rolls You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size When borderless printing is used the edge of the paper is cut during printing Thus ink density may be uneven at the edges If you require higher image quality specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver In this case the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only After ejecting and cutting the printed document use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges By factory default the ink drying time is disabled for all paper When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not dry yet it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut depending on frequency of use In this case follow these steps to change the ink drying time 1 On the Main sheet of the printer driver click Settings in Media Type
433. or W to select On and then press the OK button The function to reduce cutting dust is now activated af WN 134 Handling Paper Handling rolls u Roll Holder Set A set of parts including a Roll Holder Holder Stopper for 2 and 3 inch paper cores 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment and Spacer for Borderless Printing used for both 2 and 3 inch paper cores To load a roll with a 3 inch paper core insert the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment on the Roll Holder and attach the Holder Stopper for 3 inch paper cores If you use an A1 594 mm 23 4 in roll or A2 420 mm 16 5 in roll for borderless printing insert the Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder e Roll Holder Set RH2 24 e Roll Holder e 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment Spacer for Borderless Printing For instructions on installing these parts see Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder gt P 136 Handling Paper 135 Handling rolls ss Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder Mounting the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment To load a roll with a 3 inch paper core insert the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment on the Roll Holder Align the triangular part b of the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment a with the triangular groove c of the Roll Holder as shown and insert the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment into the Roll Holder Use the Holder Stopper for 3 inch paper cores Removing the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment Spread the tips b of the 3 Inch Paper Core Attach
434. or at least a second to cancel print jobs in progress or end the ink drying period During display of instructions on loading sheets for example you can hold down this button for one second to pause the current screen Q Note e When the printer is in Sleep mode you can press any button to wake the printer and bring it online or offline again Printer Parts 23 Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel a Data lamp Green e Flashin During Ste the Data lamp flashes when the printer is receiving or processing print jobs Otherwise this lamp flashes when the printer is paused or updating the firmware e Off There are no active print jobs when the Data lamp is off b Message lamp Orange e On A warning message is displayed Flashing An error message is displayed Off The printer is off or is operating normally c Paper Source Section After you press the Feeder Selection button the lamp for your chosen paper source is lit 1 Roll Media lamp Green Rolls e On Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source Off Shows whether the Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot is selected as the paper source 2 Cut Sheet lamp Green e On Shows whether the Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot is selected as the paper source e Off Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source d Display Screen Shows the printer menu as well as the printer status and messages e Color Label These
435. or larger when Standard Adj is selected or two when Advanced Adj is selected or one when using a sheet A2 sized or larger When using a roll load a roll 10 inches 254 mm or wider e Loading Sheets Manually P 144 e Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 112 e Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit gt P 114 e Loading Rolls in the Printer P 115 QO Note e Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the gt button Press A or WV to select Auto Band Adj and then press the gt button Press A or V to select Standard Adj or Advanced Adj and then press the gt button Press A or YW to select Yes and then press the OK button A test pattern is printed for band adjustment After reading the pattern the printer automatically adjusts the feed amount and returns to online ou kh W mode Q Note e If paper is fed automatically and no roll is loaded select the media source and click the OK button In some cases the feed amount cannot be adjusted automatically If so choose Advanced Adj in Auto Band Adj P 55 e If printed documents are still affected by uneven contrast or banding in different colors at regular intervals after this adjustment you can adjust the feed amount during printi
436. or printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Paper Source Roll Paper E Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm E Automatic Cutting Printer Default B Copies 1 g copies 1 999 Restore Defaults Print J Update Printer Info Printer Information 0 Printer Status Online Feed Information 4 Edit and rearrange the image in the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window as desired O Important e Without closing the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window repeat steps 1 7 to arrange originals from multiple applications on the same page Q Note e For instructions on editing and rearranging images refer to the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout help topic Enhanced Printing Options 285 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 5 Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout menu Q Note For details on Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout functions refer to Free Layout 286 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Continuously You can print multiple pages as a single continuous image without margins between pages Roll paper banner Important e This feature is only available with rolls It cannot be used when printing on sheets e During banner printing settings for conserving paper number of copies borderless printing enlargement or reduction and othe
437. orSync Choose the color matching method The available options vary depending on your selection in Color Matching Mode 1 Options suitable for the selected Print Priority are listed under Color Mode 2 The order of options displayed varies depending on the operating system 194 Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images Enhancing printing quality Setting item Description O Unidirectional Printing Choosing unidirectional printing can improve printing results if lines are printed crooked or images are uneven However this takes more time than regular printing Thicken Fine Lines Windows Choose this option to make fine lines clearer in CAD drawings or Thicken Fine Lines Mac OS X similar documents Reduce Print Unevenness 2 Choose this option to counteract uneven printing Sharpen Text 1 Choose this option to print intricate text more distinctly Economy Printing When this mode is selected less ink is consumed than in regular printing but the quality is diminished Select this mode if you want to conserve ink when checking drawings for example Depending on the Media Type and Print Quality settings this mode may not be available 1 Displayed in Windows and Mac OS X 10 5 2 Displayed in Mac OS X Q Note To print at a higher level of quality in the printer driver choose High or Highest in Print Quality and choose Unidirectional Printing as the direction of printing e For instructions
438. orkflow a fia 1 1 Printing procedure Faria Canceling print jobs Working With Various Print Jobs Display selected topia Apply Windows Software z Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Select All Mac OS X Software Z Loading and Printing on Rolls Paste Handling Paper 3 Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot AE Adjustments for Better Print Quality r Printing from Windows Add to Favorites Printer Parts 5 Z Printing from Mac OS X ian Sas Network Setting Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows Maintenance Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X Troubleshooting E Eoc Menge P TET Appendix Encoding 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt Refresh Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Properties The printer supports both rolls and sheets Take advantage of each type of paper for a wide range of printing applications Rolls and Sheets Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes Sheets are loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot Heavyweight paper is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot Paper Size e Page Size The size of the image to be printed as specified in the application Paper Size also called Media Size 10 I
439. ormat Check the print job and resend it ann Vulti sensor error Cause Corrective Action Direct sunlight or strong lighting may be shining on Take steps to ensure the printer is not used when the printer and causing the sensor to malfunction exposed to direct sunlight or strong lighting The performance of a sensor inside the printer may Contact your Canon dealer for assistance be impaired nnn u Roll feed unit err The Roll Feed Unit is not working Turn off the printer remove the Roll Feed Unit momentarily and then reinstall it P 139 P 140 If the message is still displayed after you do this contact your Canon dealer for assistance No Roll Feed Unit The printer has received a print job that specifies Install the Roll Feed Unit and resend the print job rolls but the Roll Feed Unit is not installed P 140 554 Error Message Index Index A About This User Manual cccceeeeesteeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaee 1 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Mac OS X ou eee tiiin 399 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows eecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 356 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows e 358 Additional Settings Pane Mac OS X seeen 412 Adjusting Color on the Trailing Edge of Sheets 466 Adjusting IMAGES csccesecccecchectceceet i eedbeei wecnebecanenen
440. ose the printing method that suits your particular printing application referring to Working With Various Print Jobs and Enhanced Printing Options from the table of contents Roll printing Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media Rolls are loaded on the Roll Holder which are in turn loaded in the printer Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets e Large format printing Easily print vertical or horizontal banners from familiar applications such as Microsoft Office applications P 266 Borderless printing Print without a margin border around posters or photos P 245 P 252 P 238 Banner printing You can print multiple pages as a single continuous image without margins between pages P 287 e 90 degree rotation before printing Originals in portrait orientation are rotated 90 degrees when possible to use paper more efficiently P 312 Enlarged reduced printing You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing originals before printing P 209 P 215 P 221 e Free Layout function Print multiple documents from multiple applications such as word processing programs spreadsheet programs and so on next to each other P 281 Basic Printing Workflow 83 Printing procedure Sheet printing Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes Insert the sheet between the Plate
441. ou are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not dry yet it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut depending on frequency of use In this case follow these steps to change the ink drying time 1 On the Main sheet of the printer driver click Settings in Media Type 2 Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time Borderless Printing Method Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original as desired 238 Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size Print Image with Actual Size Prints originals at actual size without enlarging or reducing them Originals must be prepared in a size that exceeds the dimensions of the paper by 3 mm 0 12 in on each side Q Note Not all page sizes are available e Even if you prepare originals of the same size as the paper size the originals are automatically enlarged when you print borderlessly in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size This may affect image quality When image quality is most important make the original 3 mm longer on each side than the paper size so that the image can be printed at actual size in borderless printing For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Borderless Printing at
442. ou have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper Select the roll length and then press the OK button The printer will automatically go online 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU N Press A or to select Media Menu and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select Roll Length Set and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select the length of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK button Specify the roll length as follows 1 Press lt or gt to move the cursor _ to each field for entering numbers 2 Press the A or W button to enter the value 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to finish entering the value and then press the OK button 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online Handling Paper 111 Handling rolls 3 Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder When printing on rolls attach the Roll Holder to the roll Attach the 2 inch or 3 inch paper core attachment to the Roll Holder depending on the size of the paper core of the roll you will use The printer is delivered with the 2 inch paper core attachment installed P 136 Important e Align the edges of the paper on both ends of the roll This may cause feeding problems e Ifthe edge of the roll is bent or soiled use the Paper Cutting operation of the printer to cut the edge of the paper manually P 128 e Ifthe paper is badly creased or bent cut the edge of the roll with scissors befo
443. ouches printing surfaces that are not dry yet it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut depending on frequency of use In this case follow these steps to change the ink drying time 1 On the Main sheet of the printer driver click Settings in Media Type 2 Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time Borderless Printing Method Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original as desired Enhanced Printing Options 245 Borderless Printing Fit Paper Size Enlarge or reduce the original to match the size of the paper you are using Q Note e The printer driver automatically enlarges originals 3 mm 0 12 in past the dimensions of the paper on each side The 3 mm portion beyond the edge on each side is not printed For instructions on borderless printing of photos images and other documents to match the paper size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows P 247 e Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X P 249 246 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size based on the following example If you use an A1 or A2 roll for
444. outlet check e Nozzle ink ejecting outlet cleaning e Head alignment adjustment e Feed amount adjustment B Color imageRUNNER Click to launch Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 1 iR Enlargement Copy enlargement copy which enables you to create hot folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy and assign print settings to hot folders Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows P 181 1 For details see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Windows Software 381 Printer Driver Support Sheet Windows On the Support sheet you can view support information and the user s manual Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support 3 Support Information Accesses the Canon support webpage where you can find the latest printer information check for software updates and browse other information User Manual Displays the printer user s manual This function requires the user s manual to be installed on your computer BO e E Baton Corresponding Utility A Support Information Click to access the Canon support webpage where you can find the latest information on the printer and consumables check for printer driver updates and browse other information B User Manual Click to view the printer user s manual This function requires the user s manual to be installed on your computer C Settings Summaries Click to di
445. owing cases even if you press the Menu button e An error message is displayed You can access the Menu mode after you have solved the problem e Pressing the Menu button when printing is paused because you have pressed the Online button displays main menu items that are available during printing To access each function menu from the main menu and set or execute menu items use buttons on the Control Panel The following section describes menu operations and how they are presented in this User Manual e Accessing Menus gt P 38 Specifying menu items P 39 e Specifying numerical values P 40 e Executing menu commands P 40 Printer Parts 37 Control Panel Accessing Menus Printer menus are grouped by function Menus are displayed with the upper line selected Use the buttons on the Control Panel to access each menu GB MAIN MENU Paper Cutting L No Paper Cutting Rep Ink Tank Head Cleaning Media Menu Paper Details Adjust Printer Yes MMAIN MENU Paper Cutting gt Rep Ink Tank gt Head Cleaning gt Media Menu gt Paper Details gt Adjust Printer gt e Press A to access a higher menu in the menu list and press W to access a lower one If items of the menu list are more than the lines of the screen press A and to scroll the menu If you navigate to the lowest level menu and press the W button again the display switches to the top level menu screen If you navig
446. ows 0 247 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X 0666 249 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 252 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows ceeeeeee 254 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X ccceeeeeee 256 Borderless Printing at Actual Size 0 0 02 ceccce cece eeeeeece erences eeeeaaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeneaeeeeeeeeeeeeea 259 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows cc ccceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeceaeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenaeeees 261 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X ceeeceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeceaeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeenaeeees 263 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 266 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing cccseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 266 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Windows eeeeeee 267 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Mac OS X 271 Printing on Non Standard Pap r SIZES seeria i a i eie 274 Printing on Non standard Paper Sizes Windows eis euce cies secstevernateesichterans eatin dbiereerieds 275 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Mac OS X ecccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaaeeees 279
447. ows 366 Object Adjustment dialog bOX eee 367 Color Adjustment Sheet Monochrome WINGOWS aioe uistan naaien eai aaa aiea aaa E aa 370 Object Adjustment dialog DOX eeeeeeeee 371 Color Settings Pane Color Mac OS X 08 406 Color Adjustment pane color s s s 406 Matching Pane w issecccscceienecenieonceentieneiens 407 Color Settings Pane Monochrome Mac OS X 408 Color Adjustment pane monochrome 408 Colors in printed images are Uneven 523 Configuring NetWare Network Settings 443 556 Index Configuring the Communication Mode Manually 428 Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Network MACINtOSN 00 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeee cette tent eee e ae aieia 447 Activating AppleTalk on the printer 447 Configuring the Destination Mac OS X 448 Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network MACINIOSM fececcevnccieecudsecteveew seve iA 452 Configuring the Destination for TCP IP Network MACINIOSI acti Sith eene ar enaA 450 Configuring the Destination Mac OS X 450 Configuring the IP Address on the Printer 417 Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING GOMMMEINGS ar ssn inaa an R 420 Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 0 ees 391 418 444 Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control PAIN Olt See E E E A 419 Configuring the Printer Driver Destin
448. p sheet Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences a Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size L Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width lO scaling E 4 Paper Size H Orientation E a Portrait v Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in 00 Letter 8 5 11 8 50 in x 11 00 in iE Paper Source I Rol Paper width Letter 8 5 x11 Borderless Printing Match Page Size AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm WW atc opis S Size Options Defaults OK Cancel J Apply Help 7 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 8 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 302 Enhanced Printing Options Centering originals 9 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A3 A4 Roll 297 0mm 10 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al rege Layout B E 2Pages Snest DA watermark JE conriventiat a Edit Watermark Letter 8 5 x11 Oin x 11 00 in E Ash atl Copies Rotate 180 degrees No Spaces at Top or Bot
449. pe EEES Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEI viewSetns e Open Preview When Print Job Starts _ Status Monitor About __Detauts _ 5 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 6 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 240 Enhanced Printing Options 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet amp Canon iPFx000 Printing Prefere Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x11 00 in 4 o0 A 00 Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in nces Utility Support A a Page Size a V Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width F O Scaling F E 4 Paper Size H Orientation E aj Portrait a Aj O Landscape aS Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Paper Source M Rol Paper width Borderless Printing Match Page Size Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options __ Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply iat Help Printing at full size 8 In the A Page
450. pe setting Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper Adjustments for Better Print Quality 461 Adjusting the feed amount 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Load Eject Power O Stol 1 Sec AN 3 Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Manual Band Adj and then press the button 5 Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button Test pattern A is printed for band adjustment 6 Examine test pattern A for band adjustment After you determine the pattern in which streaks are least noticeable press A or W to choose the pattern number and then press the OK button Test pattern B is printed for band adjustment Q Note e If streaks seem least noticeable in two patterns but you cannot decide which one is better choose an intermediate value For example choose 11 if you cannot decide whether pattern 10 or 12 is better T Examine test pattern B for band adjustment After you determine the pattern in which streaks are least noticeable press A or V to choose the pattern number and then press the OK button The feed amount is adjusted and the printer goes online If printed documents are still affected by uneven contrast or banding in different colors at regular intervals after this adjustment you can adjust the feed amount during printing P 463 462 Adjustments for Better Print Qua
451. per Source Roll Paper v 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm WM Baan oO Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help 6 Inthe A Page Size list select the size of the original as specified in the application 7 In the L Paper Source list select how paper is supplied 348 Windows Software Printer Driver 8 If you have selected Roll Paper in L Paper Source select the width of the loaded roll in M Roll Paper Width Q Note e A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 346 Windows Software 349 Printer Driver Confirming Print Settings Windows There are two ways to confirm the print settings as follows e Checking a preview of the settings gt P 350 e Checking a print preview P 351 Checking a preview of the settings A preview of the settings is displayed on the left side of the Main Page Setup and Layout sheets By checking illustrations and numerical values in the preview you can confirm current settings for the page size orientation paper source layout and so on Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type ETERS x Get Information c Advanced Settings DD Easy Settings x E Print Target Defau
452. per Source Section After you press the Feeder Selection button the lamp for your chosen paper source is lit 1 Roll Media lamp Green Rolls e On Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source Off Shows whether the Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot is selected as the paper source 2 Cut Sheet lamp Green On Shows whether the Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot is selected as the paper source e Off Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source d Display Screen Shows the printer menu as well as the printer status and messages e Color Label These labels indicate the Ink Tank colors and names The labels correspond to the ink levels on the Display Screen Printer Parts 21 Printer parts 22 Printer Parts Online Button Switches the printer online and offline P 34 On Green The printer is online Flashing The printer is recovering from Sleep mode e Off The printer is offline Feeder Selection Button Switches the paper source Each time you press this button the paper source switches between roll feed when the paper source is a roll and sheet feed when the paper source is the Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot The corresponding lamp in the paper source section is lit Menu Button Displays the main menu of the printer P 55 Information Button Displays printer submenus Press this key to display information about ink paper and so on P 66 You can also hold down
453. per Source list Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A3 A4 Roll 297 0mm 9 Select the K Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper check box 10 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 foe 314 Enhanced Printing Options Mac OS X Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees This topic describes how to conserve roll paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing based on the following example e Document Any type e Page Size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in This example illustrates how to rotate an A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in original in portrait orientation 90 degrees to fit within the width of A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in which enables you to conserve paper 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA settings Page Attributes FJ B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFxxxx Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 KJ 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm m F I Orientation Ta Tam le lE scale 100 Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu ou hk WN Access the Main pane Printer Presets Let
454. per is advanced and the printer goes online printing starts automatically If no print job has been received from the computer beforehand the printer enters Standby mode 7 After printing the printer will temporarily stop advancing the paper while the trailing edge is still in the rollers to prevent the sheet from dropping Press the Load Eject button to release the sheet After pulling it straight out press the OK button P 151 8 Lift the four Front Tray Guides on the Ejection Guide to store them toward the front and then press the OK button Handling Paper 149 Handling sheets Removing Sheets from the Top Paper Feed Slot 1 Press the Load Eject button A confirmation message is displayed regarding removal of the sheet Q Note e Paper cannot be ejected by using the Load Eject button when print jobs are in progress or during the ink drying period Before ejecting paper hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing print job processing or ink drying 2 Press the OK button The paper is ejected from the front of the printer Ay souio If the trailing edge of the sheet is not ejected pull the sheet toward the front to remove it keeping it level If you do not remove the sheet by pulling it straight forward and keeping it level the printed surface may become scratched 150 Handling Paper Handling sheets Removing Heavyweight Paper from the Front Paper Feed Slot If you are printi
455. peration If the printed surface or the underside of paper is dirty after printing After you have used up a roll After borderless printing After printing on small paper After printing on paper that generates a lot of cutting debris If you have replaced the roll After printing on paper that generates a lot of paper dust O Important If the Platen inside the Top Cover becomes dirty it may soil the underside of paper We recommend always cleaning the Platen after borderless printing or printing on small paper If the Ejection Guide is dirty it may soil the edge of the paper when the paper is cut We recommend cleaning the Ejection Guide even if it does not appear dirty because it may actually be covered with paper dust 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU ok WN Press A or to select Maintenance and then press the gt button Press A or YW to select Clean Platen and then press the button Press A or V to select Yes and then press the OK button Open the Top Cover Maintenance 495 Cleaning the Printer 6 If paper dust has accumulated in the Vacuum holes a on the Platen or in the Borderless Printing Ink Grooves b use the Cleaning Brush provided with the printer to wipe it away O Note e If the Cleaning Brush is dirty rinse it in water 7 Using a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely wipe inside the Top Cover to clean it Wipe away any ink residue on the Platen as a
456. photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Ss Status Monitor About Defauts Help 4 Inthe A Media Type list click the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ag Page Size Letters 5x11 B Borderless Printing v Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fi Roli Paper width IFO scaling Letter 8 5 x11 i si 3 in x 11 00 in E E Paper size Match Page Size 009 Letter s H Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in Aj Powet W LAJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Paper Source Roll Paper N Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm N Car Oo S __ Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 6 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 288 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Click N Roll Paper Options to display the Roll Paper Options dialog box Roll Paper Options Automatic Cutting Banner Printing OK Cancel Defauts Help Select the B Banner Printing check box Click OK Confirm the print settings and print as desired O Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Setting
457. plication 384 Windows Software Status Monitor Status Monitor imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows imagePROGRAF Status Monitor is a utility for checking the printer status and managing print jobs Two screens are available in imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Printer List shows a list of printers and Status Monitor shows details for each printer F imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Printer List BENE Printer View Help siel Pella e 215 Canon iPFxxxx Printer Ready Ready Ink Levels Maintenance cartridge free space Job Information Owner Document Name Feed Information Source Size Type Paper Remaining Manual feed tray SS Empty Roll 1 17 in Roll 431 8mm Plain Paper 80 0 m 2624 ft 8 in Thicken Media Feed SS Empty e You can view a list of the printers for which printer drivers have been installed on your computer printers connected to your computer and printers found on the network Printer status can be checked in real time on a computer monitor If a printer error occurs you can investigate the corrective action immediately Images of Ink Tanks are shown with different images for various types of ink An icon and warning message will notify you when ink levels are low The type of paper loaded in each media source is identified You can also check to see if paper has run out This way the utility enables you to check printer information and take care of printer ma
458. printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular widths For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 e If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder P 136 If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing e Paper incompatible with the printer s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only e These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing special page layouts centering originals and printing cut lines on rolls You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size When borderless printing is used the edge of the paper is cut during printing Thus ink density may be uneven at the edges If you require higher image quality specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver In this case the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only After ejecting and cutting the printed document use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges By factory default the ink drying time is disabled for all paper When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit t
459. r Margins Here too measurements are entered in centimeters 8 Click OK to close the Custom Page Sizes dialog box Enhanced Printing Options 271 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 9 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click 100 500 the size you registered 10 In D Orientation click the icon of the document in landscape orientation 11 Click F OK to close the dialog box Print the banner Follow the steps below to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard Z Main be E m l images size Almeaia type Plainpaper____ B Get Information a Set D Easy Settings Ke E Print Target Default Settings a Draft Office Document b Poster Graphic Image POP y Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set 3 EBE Printer _ PDFw Preview Cancel E Print 3 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 4 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click POP in the E Print Target list 5 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFXxxx Presets Standard Zee Page Setup A Media Source
460. r Printing ok Cancel _Defauts Help Under A Automatic Cutting you can specify Yes or No and Print Cut Guideline Cutting Roll Paper After Printing gt P 342 Select B Banner Printing when printing multiple pages continuously Printing Multiple Pages Continuously P 287 O Size Options Click to display the Paper Size Options dialog box which enables you to register additional paper sizes or select the size system for use S Defaults Restores all settings on the sheet to the default values Windows Software 373 Printer Driver Paper Size Options Dialog Box Windows In the Paper Size Options dialog box you can create and register your own Custom Paper Size The sizes you define are listed with standard paper sizes for selection later as needed Media Size Options edia Size List Name 1S0 A3 ISO AZ 1S0 A4 JIS B2 JIS B3 a JIS B4 9 22 x34 ANSI D 17 x22 ANSI C e 13 x19 Super B 11 x17 Ledger Letter 8 5 x11 1G Display Series Size 12 95 x 19 02 11 69 x 16 54 8 27 x 11 69 20 28 x 28 66 14 33 x 20 28 10 12 x 14 33 22 00 x 34 00 17 00 x 22 00 13 00 x 19 00 11 00 x 17 00 8 50 x 11 00 I custom Media Size Name a D units Omm inch a Media Size Borderless Printing Size Fix the Ratio of the Width to Height width 8 50 inch 3 94 24 02 Height 11 00 inch 8 00 600 00 P Add 2190 B B3 B4 3JIS B
461. r cases contact your Canon dealer ss Messages advising to check the maintenance cartridge are not cleared The printer has not detected the new Maintenance Remove the new Maintenance Cartridge you have Cartridge that was used to replace the old one just installed and insert it again firmly Restart the printer The printer consumes a lot of ink Many full page color images are printed In print jobs such as photos images are filled with color This consumes a lot of ink This does not indicate a problem with the printer Head Cleaning B is used often Head Cleaning B consumes a lot of ink This does not indicate a problem with the printer Unless the printer has been moved or stored for a long period or you are troubleshooting Printhead problems we recommend not performing Head Cleaning B to the extent possible You have just finished initial installation when more After initial installation or at the first time use after ink is consumed to fill the system transfer ink flows into the system between the Ink Tank and Printhead which may cause the ink level indicators to drop to 80 This does not indicate a problem with the printer 532 Troubleshooting Other problems Ink Level Detection Ink level detection will be deactivated if you load ink tanks once emptied Ink level detection Ink tanks specified for this printer feature an ink level detection function to prevent the ink from running out during pr
462. r has advised you to replace the Printhead Compatible Printhead For information on the compatible Printhead see Printhead P 478 Precautions when handling the Printhead Take the following precautions when handling the Printhead My caion e For safety keep the Printhead in a place inaccessible for children e If ink is accidentally ingested contact a physician immediately Do not touch the Printhead immediately after printing The Printhead becomes extremely hot and there is a risk of burns Important Avoid dropping or shaking the Printhead Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains There may be ink around the nozzles of the Printhead you remove Handle the Printhead carefully during replacement The ink may stain clothing e Do not open the Printhead pouch until immediately before installation After removing the Printhead from the pouch install it right away If the Printhead is left after the pouch is opened the nozzles may dry out which may affect printing quality e If you need to store a Printhead temporarily before installation do not keep the nozzles and metal contacts P 485 facing down If the nozzles or metal contacts are damaged it may affect the printing quality e Never attempt to take apart or modify a Printhead This may damage the printer e Never touch the Printhead nozzles or the metal contacts This may cause printing problems Maintenance 481 Printheads Replacing the Printhe
463. r layout related settings are disregarded For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Windows gt P 288 e Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Mac OS X P 290 Enhanced Printing Options 287 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Windows This topic describes how to print multiple pages as a single continuous image without margins between pages Important e This feature is only available with rolls It cannot be used when printing on sheets e During banner printing settings for conserving paper number of copies borderless printing enlargement or reduction and other layout related settings are disregarded 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Media Type DENESI Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft n41 Office Document X Be Poster Text Illustrations z CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text
464. r scraps of paper in the printer If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot gt P 513 remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam N e If the paper is jammed by the Ejection Guide Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 512 Troubleshooting Problems Regarding Paper e If paper is jammed in the back of the printer Remove the jammed paper from the back After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 3 Press OK button If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam as follows 1 Turn off the printer and remove the Roll Feed Unit from the printer P 139 2 Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer 3 Install the Roll Feed Unit on the printer again P 140 Troubleshooting 513 Problems Regarding Paper Roll Paper Cannot be Inserted into the Paper Feed Slot The roll was pulled out by force when it had been Follow these steps to remove the roll and open the advanced before printing and this action closed the feed slot Paper Feed Slot 1 Press the Load Eject button A confirmation message is displayed regarding removal of the roll 2 Press the OK button Cannot Load Sheet
465. r selection of the paper size P 143 e If you have sent the print job from a computer beforehand the screen for paper type and size selection is not displayed Printing will start after the paper is advanced 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or W to select Media Menu and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select Manual PaperType and then press the gt button 4 Press A or to select the type of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK button Q Note Select POP Board when loading heavyweight paper e For details on paper types see the Paper Reference Guide P 101 Plain Paper is selected by factory default e Be sure to select the correct paper type If this setting does not match the loaded paper it may cause feed errors and affect the printing quality 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online 142 Handling Paper Handling sheets Selecting the Paper Size Sheet To change the paper size after paper has been advanced select the paper size as follows Q Note e After you press the Feeder Selection button to illuminate the Cut Sheet lamp press the Load Eject button to display a screen for selection of the paper type automatically Press A or YW to select the type of paper and then press the OK button to display a screen for selection of the paper size Press A or W to select the paper size and then press the OK button The printer
466. r to the following topics e Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Windows P 326 e Checking the Layout Before Printing Mac OS X P 328 Enhanced Printing Options 325 Checking Images Before Printing Windows Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed amp Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Act Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in x11 Avec type Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of Get Information Dy Easy Setings E E Print Target ic Advanced Settings Default Setting Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing text photographs and graphics JE View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Mar A About 4 Select the L Open Preview When Print Job Starts check box 5 After you click OK when you print a job the imagePROGRAF Preview window will be displayed E Canon imagePROGRAF Preview Canon iP Poox File View Options Help L fog
467. racters However do not use the following single byte characters Zone 2 Specify the printer zone name up to 31 single byte characters However do not use the following single byte characters Also avoid using which represents the default zone in the middle of a string 1 The object name you have specified in Name is displayed in Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in Mac OS X If you use multiple printers in the same zone assign a unique name to each printer By default the network interface name is Canon NB 17FB xxxxxx Here xxxxxx is the last six digits of the printer s MAC address 2 If zones have been created on the network enter the name of the printer s zone If there are no zones leave the asterisk entry for the default zone as it is If you enter a network zone name that does not match created zones the printer will not be detected by Macintosh computers Consult your network administrator for information on zone names T Click OK to display the Network page 446 Network Setting Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Network Macintosh To print over an AppleTalk network activate the AppleTalk protocol and configure the destination as follows Activating AppleTalk on the printer Important e By factory default the AppleTalk protocol is disabled on the printer 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU
468. rderless Roll Width JH Grientation aj Portrait a Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Media Source M Roll Paper Width 17 in Roll 431 8mm 17 00 in x 22 09 in Aj O Landscape Roll Paper x 17 in Roll 431 8mm NC en in Apply x Size Options Defaults 0K Cancel JI Help 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list in this case click 10 in Roll 254 0mm Click OK to close the Information dialog box In C Borderless Printing Method click D Fit Paper Size Click Match Page Size in the G Paper Size list Confirm the print settings and print as desired OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 12 13 14 15 248 Enhanced Printing Options Paper Size Mac OS X Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size based on the following example If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder P 136 If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing e Document Any type e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm the Platen ma
469. re loading the roll in the printer and then cut the edge of the paper manually using the Paper Cutting operation of the printer P 128 e To load a roll with a 3 inch paper core insert the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment on the roll holder and attach the 3 Inch Paper Core Holder Stopper P 136 ee Set the roll on a table or other flat surface so that it does not roll or fall Rolls are heavy and dropping a roll may cause injury O Note e For details on supported sizes and types of the roll that can be loaded see Paper Sizes or the Paper Reference Guide P 106 P 101 e If you use a roll A1 A2 or larger for Borderless Printing insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder Follow the steps 3 and 4 below 1 Remove the Holder Stopper from the Roll Holder 112 Handling Paper Handling rolls 2 With the Roll Holder sideways and the edge of the roll paper facing forward as shown insert the roll in the Roll Holder from the left Insert the roll firmly until it touches the flange a of the Roll Holder O Important e Always put the Roll Holder sideways when loading rolls If you accidentally load a roll when the Roll Holder is upright it may damage the Roll Holder 3 Insert the Holder Stopper from the left in the Roll Holder as shown pushing it firmly in until the flange a of the Holder Stopper touches the roll Handling Paper 113 Handling rolls ss Loa
470. reen images more closely Matching Mode Descripion nos Driver Matching Color adjustment based on the original color profile of This is the default the printer driver color matching method Normally use Driver Matching Mode ICC Matching Color adjustment based on ICC color profiles an You can select the printer Mode international standard using the printer driver profile in the Printer Profile Settings list Driver ICM Mode Color adjustment based on the standard Windows ICM Available when using function The printer driver adjusts the colors Windows 2000 Windows XP Wind 2 Host ICM Mode ___ Color adjustment based on the standard Windows ICM AORE aT Wind Vist Wi function Windows adjusts the colors N E Server 2008 ColorSync Color adjustment based on the standard Mac OS Available when using Mac OS ColorSync function Mac OS adjusts the colors X 10 2 8 10 4 Off No No color matching Choose this option for Correction color matching by the software application or with your own color profile when you want to disable color matching by the printer driver Matching Method Description nos Color matching optimized for images graphics or text The available options and their displ d Perceptual Color matching optimized for photos Print images er ea ane depending on your selection with smooth gradations and colors closer to those as p g y in Color Matching Mode as displayed on the screen w
471. rehand helps prevent printing errors For details on print previews see Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing P 324 396 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver ss Checking the Layout Before Printing Mac OS X This topic describes how to check the layout before printing using the Preview function 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Click PDF and select Canon imagePROGRAF Preview Printer _XXX XXX XXX XXX B Presets Standard i Copies amp Pages iz Copies m Collated Pages All OFrom 1 to 1 Preview CD ave as PDF Save PDF as PostScript Fax PDF i OGRA ee la Canon imagePROGRAF Preview ji O pre PU Encrypt PDF Mail PDF Save as PDF X Save PDF to iPhoto Save PDF to Web Receipts Folder Edit Menu 3 The Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window is displayed e098 Canon imagePROGRAF Preview xxxx bmp o A s c GF HE ze Ni ibd Print Enlarge Reduce m Fit to Width Fit Screen Actual Size Go to Page A POALE A PLA AA Page Setup Media Type Plain Paper igi Easy Settings Print Target Default Settings rs Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Paper Source Roll Paper Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm g g Automatic Cutting Printer Default E A Copies 1
472. rences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ai Media Type ETRE Paper B Get Information he Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Jefault Settings Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Poster Photos ize x11 Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Status Monitor About __Defauts Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Glossy Photo Paper In the A Media Type choose the type of paper used for printing such as Glossy Paper Coated Paper and so on Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer Q Note e The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install the Media Configuration Tool from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool See the Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Photos in the E Print Target list O Note You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View
473. rint enlargements of By using Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy scanned originals from a Color you can automatically print enlargements of scanned originals from a imageRUNNER Color imageRUNNER Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER P 181 506 Troubleshooting Problems Regarding Paper Problems Regarding Paper Clearing Jammed Paper Paper Feed Slot Follow these steps to remove any scraps left in the Paper Feed Slot after you clear jammed sheets or roll paper 1 2 oOo oi O O ON Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the Cut Sheet lamp Press the Load Eject button A screen is displayed for paper type selection Select POP Board and press the OK button A screen is displayed for paper size selection Select the desired size and press the OK button Instructions for feeding POP Board are shown on the Control Panel but instead of following them follow this procedure to remove the jammed paper Open the Top Cover Fold an A4 sheet lengthwise four times and insert it through the gap of the Back Cover Push the scrap out toward the Platen Remove the scrap when it is pushed out onto the Platen If any scraps remain inside the Paper Feed Slot repeat steps 6 and 7 Close the Top Cover Turn the printer off P 27 Troubleshooting 507 Problems Regarding Paper Clearing Jammed Roll Paper If paper from a roll b
474. rinter firmware version Displays the version of the boot ROM MIT Displays the version of the MIT database format Ext I F i i s i i D Displays the name of interfaces compatible with the expansion slot sn Displays the printer s serial number ee Displays the printer s IP address Displays the most recent error messages up to two Pints Dele aor azn nie ph information three print jobs Jeb Printer Parts 65 Control Panel ss Submenu Display Press the Information button to display this information one after another the Maintenance Cartridge capacity and remaining ink levels paper information and printer information Each time you press the Information button the following submenus are displayed 0 Note e Press any button other than the Information button to restore the previous mode e After you display a submenu the printer will revert to the previous mode in about ten seconds if no print job is received or if you do not operate the printer Remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and ink levels Maint cart Capacity 100 The remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is shown on the top level of the Display Screen The remaining level of each ink is shown on the bottom level of the Display Screen Ink levels shown on the Display Screen correspond to the inks identified by the color labels on the bottom of the Display Screen These symbols may be displayed above the ink level
475. rite Follow the steps below to save the current print settings as a favorite 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Complete the print settings 4 Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Favorites B Settings Details e B Default Settings Default Settings a Main Media Type Plain Paper Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On Page Setup Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 v Comment Automatically selects the best mode for documents that contain a K 5 mixture of text photos and graphics H2 g s Apply Favorite c Add m v Application Settings Priority OK Cancel JI Apply Help 5 Click H Add to display the Add dialog box 6 Complete the following settings in the Add dialog box e Enter a desired name in Name such as Photos for Presentations or Monthly Report Choose a fitting icon for these print settings in the Icon list e In Comment enter a description of the favorite to be added as desired 7 Click OK to close the Add dialog box The favorite you have added is now displayed in A Favorites Q Note To save a favorite as a file click
476. rites Sheet Windows cessceeeeeeeeesteeeeees 379 Feeding Paper from the Roll Feed Unit 138 Feeding Roll Paper Manually eeeeeeeeeeeeneee 124 Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images MAC OSX cecsceccciaieiecess eateneees iden doset legen 190 Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images VVIING OWS Aonair e i iewells masta tee dees tiene 187 Frequently Asked Questions s 505 Frot runninn eana n a 13 G GARO Wxxxx x represents a number 553 Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing cccecceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeenees 193 Advanced SettingS sisses iinne 193 Color STINGS ss ccscsts sia dusiess Yaseycuuss teseeeeecantevinel asd 194 Enhancing printing quality cee eeeeeeeenees 195 Print PHONY cinia eee es 193 Print Quality canais 194 Index GL2 W0502 The parameter is out of range 552 GL2 W0504 This command is not supported 552 GL2 Wxxxx The memory is full xxxx is 0501 0903 or 0904 ssssessssessseseseeeseen 552 H Handing Paper sssneunsena a 101 AMINO Toll aeaa as 109 Flandling She Snanam a 141 Hardware error XXXXXXXX XXXX x represents a letter or number 553 How to use this manual seeeesreesrrnnserressrnrnns 1 HP GL 2 jobs are printed in monochrome OW COTON Je daa ia E S 530 HP GL 2 Printing s aeiiaaie ai 175 HP GL 2 printing takes a long time ee 531 HP GL 2 problems tacicecctesiadesvtaied
477. rk Setting Maintenance E Canceling print jobs Troubleshooting Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Pane Error Message Canceling Print Jobs from Windows ee Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets The printer supports both rolls and sheets Take advantage of each type of paper for a wide range of printing applications Rolls and Sheets Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes Sheets are loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot Heavyweight paper is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot Paper Size Printing a group of individual topics in the manual When you access printable HTML versions from subtitles in the table of contents you can specify a group of topics to print 1 Click a section title in the table of contents Here Basic Printing Workflow is used as an example gt iP Fooox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer Go le E lve sen ee File Edit View Favorites Tools Help we k GPF xxx User Manual a r dh i Page Op Tools S Contents _ Index iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Search O E Basic Printing Workflow CANON Large Format Printer W imagePROGRAF BT Working With Var
478. rrectly detected gt P 547 e There is no data P 552 Error Message 537 Messages regarding paper Messages regarding paper Paper Mismatch You printed a test pattern for printer adjustment on When printing a test pattern use sheets of the same several sheets but sheets of different types or sizes type and size of paper of paper were used Papr Type Mismatch The paper type as specified on the printer does not Make sure the same type of paper is specified on the match the type specified in the printer driver printer as in the printer driver P 85 Follow these steps to ensure the paper type matches on the printer and in the printer driver 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Either change the type of paper specified in the printer driver settings or replace the loaded paper and change the paper type setting on the printer Press the Online button to resume printing However this may cause a paper jam or printing problem Printing will continue if you have set Detect Mismatch to Warning or None 538 Error Message Papr Size Mismatch The paper size as specified on the printer does not match the size specified in the printer driver If you have selected Fit Roll Paper Width in the printer driver settings and Warning in Detect Mismatch in the printer menu If you have selected Fit Roll Paper Width in the printer driver settings and Pause in Detect Mism
479. rt e IEEE1394 Expansion Board EB 05 For instructions on installing the IEEE 1394 expansion board refer to the documentation provided with the optional IEEE 1394 expansion board Printer Parts 75 Printer Specifications Printer Specifications s Specifications Important This information is subject to change as the printer is updated The following values may vary depending on the operating environment Printer Power supply 100 120 V AC 50 60 Hz 220 240 V AC 50 60 Hz Power consumption 100 W max Sleep mode 100 120 V 5 W max 10 W max when an IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board is installed 220 240 V 6 W max 11 W max when an IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board is installed Operating noise Approx 49 dB A max Operating 15 30 C 59 86 F i t ceo Humidity 10 80 non condensing Dimensions W x D Printer only 997x670x344 mm 39 3 26 4 13 5 in Ht 997x870x991 mm 39 3 34 3x39 0 in Weight Printer only 45 kg 99 2 Ib not including the Printhead and Ink With stand 60 kg 132 3 Ib Tank Space required for Printer only 1 2971 770x644 mm 51 1 69 7 25 4 in installation 2 Deaan a With stand 1 297x1 970x1 293 mm 51 1x77 6x50 9 in Applicable standards International Energy Star Program Law on Promoting Green Purchasing GPN RoHS The Eco Declaration WEEE U S presidential directives 1 The printer uses a trace amount of power even when turned off To stop all power
480. rted you must adjust the feed amount manually For instructions on manual adjustment see Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually P 461 Q Note To adjust the measurement scale and ensure accuracy so that lines in CAD drawings are printed at exactly the right length for example specify the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage when adjusting the feed amount P 464 e This may take some time depending on the type of paper Important e Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing To apply the results of adjusting the feed amount in printing you must first set Feed Priority to Band Joint Note that if you select Automatic the results of adjustment will only be applied in printing if you set Print Priority in the printer driver to Image or Office Document P 193 Follow these steps to change the Feed Priority setting 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Load Eject Power _ r qg a 2 Press A or YW to select Paper Details and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select the type of paper and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Feed Priority and then press the gt button 5 Press A or Y to select Band Joint and then press the OK button 458 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the feed amount Follow the steps below to adjust the feed amount automatically 1 Prepare one unused sheet A4 Letter sized
481. rts Printer parts Front Standard When the Ejection Guide is removed a Top Cover Open this cover to install the Printhead and remove any jammed paper from inside the printer as needed P 16 b Paper Tray Cover Open this cover to load sheets in the Top Paper Feed Slot P 17 c Roll Feed Unit Load rolls in this unit You can also load sheets in this unit manually d Roll Feed Unit Cover Open this cover to load rolls P 18 e Control Panel Use this panel to operate the printer and check the printer status P 21 f Ejection Guide Supports paper as it is ejected to prevent it from rising g Output Tray Front Paper Feed Slot All printed documents are ejected to the output tray Also use this slot when loading heavyweight paper P 17 h Cutter Unit A round bladed cutter for automatic cutting of roll paper The cutter is retracted inside when not cutting i Maintenance Cartridge Absorbs excess ink Printer Parts 13 Printer parts j Ink Tank Cover Open this cover to replace Ink Tank P 19 k Stand A stand on which the printer is installed Equipped with casters so that the printer can be easily moved l Output Stacker Printed documents are ejected into the output tray The Output Stacker can hold one sheet P 155 14 Printer Parts Printer parts Back a Expansion Board Slots For installing an IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board as desired b USB Port
482. rver software or hardware In NDS queue server mode NDS PServer the NDS print server is used for printing In bindery queue server mode Bindery PServer the bindery print server is used for printing Note that if you use queue server mode a NetWare user license is required for each network interface e Remote printer mode In remote printer mode the printer is controlled by the NetWare print server Thus a NetWare print server is required In NDS remote printer mode NPrinter the NDS print server is used for printing and in bindery remote printer mode RPrinter the bindery print server is used for printing 438 Network Setting Network Setting Windows Using NWADMIN or PCONSOLE to set up the print server Use NWADMIN to set up the print server if NDS queue server mode or remote printer mode is used 1 Log into NetWare as Administrator or with equivalent rights and then start NWADMIN 2 Run Quick Setup 1 Choose Print Services Quick Setup in the Tools menu 2 Enter a desired name in Print Server Name To use an existing print server click the button at right and choose the name from the list 3 Enter a desired printer name in Name 4 To use the printer in queue server mode choose Other Unknown in Type To use the printer in remote printer mode choose Parallel in Type click Communications and set Ports to LPT1 and Connection Type to Manual Load oi Enter a desired queue name in Name 6 In Volume enter the vo
483. s _ Status Monitor About __Detauts _ 5 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 6 Select the print target in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 261 Borderless Printing 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size a V Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width F O Scaling F E 4 Paper Size H Orientation E aj Portrait a Aj O Landscape aS Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Paper Source M Rol Paper width Borderless Printing Match Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x11 00 in 4 o0 A 00 Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply iat Help 8 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the source application In this case click 10 x12 9 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 10 Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box amp Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support AS Page Size J Borderless Printing
484. s The paper source selection is incorrect Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the Cut Sheet lamp Paper is not cut straight Corrective Action The paper is bent or curled at the cut position Straighten out any curling by the edges of the paper Paper rises by the ends of the cut position before Reload the paper correctly it is cut Paper cannot be cut The printed document became caught on a foreign Remove the foreign object by the Output Tray to object by the Output Tray which lifted the document enable the printer to eject the printed document The Cutter passed under the paper keeping it level In the printer driver No or Print Cut Guideline is Specify Yes in Auto Cut in the printer driver specified in Auto Cut In MAIN MENU Eject or Manual is specified in Specify Automatic in Cutting Mode in MAIN MENU Cutting Mode Depression on the leading edge is left Keeping a roll in the printer for a long time without When printing quality is most important we printing on it may leave a depression on the leading recommend setting TrimEdge Reload to On or edge Automatic so that the paper edge is automatically cut before printing Roller marks are left across the trailing edge of paper A document was removed after printing from Following the instructions press the Load Eject the Front Paper Feed Slot without pressing the button remove the paper and then press the OK Load Eject button button
485. s Windows P 350 Enhanced Printing Options 289 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Mac OS X This topic describes how to print multiple pages as a single continuous image without margins between pages Important e This feature is only available with rolls It cannot be used when printing on sheets e During banner printing settings for conserving paper number of copies borderless printing enlargement or reduction and other layout related settings are disregarded 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA Settings Page Attributes EJ B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPFxxxx Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 i 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation t a lE scale 1100 _ E ance E 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 Click the original size in the C Paper Size list 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 In the source application menu choose Print 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets Standard mw a E Main B images Size Wmeaia Type Plain Paper By B Get Information Set cele D Easy Settings iB E BE Print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image 4 POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and gr
486. s and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the button Press A or W to select Trim Edge First and then press the button Press A or to select the desired setting option and then press the OK button This setting takes effect the next time you load a roll Handling Paper 133 Handling rolls Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls The printer is equipped with a function to reduce cutting dust for media such as Backlit Film that are more likely to generate debris when cut This may improve printing quality and help prevent Printhead damage You can set up this function to be activated for some types of paper When this function is activated black lines are printed at the leading and trailing edges of documents Cut position Printed lines for reducing cutting dust Important e Do not activate the function to reduce cutting dust for paper that wrinkles easily such as Plain Paper or lightweight paper This may impair cutting and cause paper jams Borderless printing is not available when this function is activated Deactivate this function before borderless printing 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or YW to select the type of paper loaded in the printer and then press the button Press A or to select CutDustReduct and then press the button Press A
487. s 267 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 10 Close the printer driver dialog box Q Note e You can also specify a Custom Size as the paper size Note that Custom Size settings are not available after you exit the application For more information see Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Windows P 275 Creating the banner in the application Follow the steps below to create the banner in Microsoft Word using the Custom Paper Size you registered 1 Start Microsoft Word 2 Choose Page Setup from the File menu to display the Page Setup dialog box 3 Under Paper Size click the Custom Paper Size you registered My Horizontal Banner in this example Important e If My Horizontal Banner is not listed make sure this printer is selected as the printer to use e In applications such as Microsoft PowerPoint that do not enable you to choose registered paper sizes use the custom paper size setting in Custom and specify 100x500 mm 3 9x19 7 in 4 Set the printing orientation to horizontal 5 Create the banner Printing the banner Follow the steps below to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings 1 Choose Print in the Microsoft Word menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box gt P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Suppor
488. s Monitor Windows function to set up email recipients and message timing Besides being informed of finished print jobs or errors you can also complete settings for email notification when service is needed or it s time to replace consumables For detailed instructions see Specifying Printer Related Information P 427 Q Note e For details on email notification using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor in Windows refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help Network Setting 429 Network Setting Initializing the Network Settings Use RemoteUI to restore the network settings to the default values as follows Important Initializing the network settings will also restore the default value of the printer s IP address As a result the RemoteUI page cannot be displayed in the web browser after this procedure e For instructions on reconfiguring the IP address see Configuring the IP Address on the Printer P 417 For details on RemoteUl see Using RemoteUI P 421 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page Click Reset to Default settings in the lower right corner
489. s Print Reports 1 Load paper If using sheets load paper A4 Letter sized You will need at least four sheets 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Load Eject Power Stop 1 Sec 3 Press A or Y to select Test Print and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Status Print and then press the gt button 5 Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button Checking the information in the Status Print report The following information is included in the Status Print report Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx Status Print Printer model C M Y MBK MBK2 BK Ink levels The remaining ink is displayed in a five level scale Information on the loaded paper O parae fromme o Jones Reman Rok forsee oe 68 Printer Parts Control Panel Adjust Printer Current printer settings O ee Head Adjust Printhead adjustment value fe per Settings related to paper feeding HP GL 2 setting values eene O pman oo C foare C fees C femmer O few O f E fewn Interface Setup Current network settings EOP Timer Sets the elapsed time between receiving last data and canceling printing TCP IP Settings related to TCP IP IP Setting values Printer Parts 69 Control Panel Ethernet Driver settings System Setup Current warning and error settings Buzzer za Detect mismatch 4 Keep Media Size Current paper related settings C ose fede Rees Yr Green froen O SleepTi
490. s User Manual is subject to change without notice e We strive to ensure accuracy of information in this User Manual but if you notice errors or omissions please contact us 2 Introduction Searching Topics How to use this manual You can find information in topics of this User Manual by searching for relevant terms 1 Enter a term and click the Search button Q Note To search for multiple terms at once enter a space between each term gt iP Fxxx User Manual Windows Internet Explorer e v x Live Search File Edit View Favorites Tools Help w a E rroo User Manual M D Gh Pae Toe Contents Index iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Basic Printing Workflow Canon Large Format Printer Working With Various Print Jobs Enhanced Printing Options Basic Printing Wesson Ping on rolls z Printing on sheets Windows Software aniona Mac OS X Software Working With Various Printing Photos and Images H i Print Jobs Printing CAD Drawings and soon Adjustments for Better Print Quality and reduction Printer Parts Enhance Printing inti Options Maintenance Troubleshooting Error Message Appendix Color i Preview 2nd soon How to use this manual Search results are listed at left Adjustments for Better Print Quality Network Setting W imagePROGRAF Network Setting Network Setting Windows and so on Replacing Ink Tanks Cleaning the Printhead Cleaning the Printer 2nd soon Ereq
491. s case 10 x12 Borderless A settings B Format for Paper Size I Orientation E B i Page Attributes iPFxxxx Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm Mal tet Th E scale 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 395 Enhanced Printing Options 265 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing You can create vertical or horizontal banners by printing originals that are in banner format on rolls Originals created in Microsoft Word or other applications in your preferred size can be enlarged to fill the width of roll paper by completing simple printer driver settings Roll width Create an original 100 x 500 mm aici a L is L 3 Automatically 3 3 About five times Enlarged 0 gt as long as n the roll width I Os Wa Fit Roll Paper Width You can easily create vertical or horizontal banners by automatically enlarging or reducing originals to fit the full width of rolls Q Note The maximum supported roll length is 18 0 m or 19 7 yd when printing in Mac OS X For instructions on printing vertical or horizontal banners refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer
492. s ct ses ecdccn e EE ai acres 301 Printing Originals Centeredion FOS sand deevercavadvarscivatennavvaiudter yore deluded a 301 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Windows 5 ssiscccccctiavessescsteeneasassadirieedeuea ane Weeadawnseeeeedde 302 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Mac OS X sisedicsistrcrntesiersaneatinesiivvriiaern Miusetedesennteniane 304 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets sis ceavcccaniecatincenerersasdceausncnteecanseccadansaslsceavsdemunienndeeraianads 307 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Windows cccccccceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeesesennnaeeeeeeeeseeees 308 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Mac OS X c eecccceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesssenteaeeeeeeeeseeee 310 Conserving roll papet erreca nean a ERRER E EE EErEE EEE EEEREN EAEE 312 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees ssssssssssseeesneesssrrrnerrrnnerrrreessene 312 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Windows sssesssseessssrereessreeeene 313 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Mac OS X eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 315 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins 008 318 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Windows 319 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Mac OS X 321 Checking Images Before Printing c cccccceccceeceeeceeeeceeeceeeeee
493. s displayed here The selected paper source is indicated by an icon in the upper right corner Any warning messages are displayed here on lines 2 4 Take action as needed P 536 e Middle Level of the Display Screen The first and second lines display the paper type and size Bottom Level of the Display Screen Here the remaining ink level is indicated P 476 Control Panel e Online lamp Lit when the printer is online e Data lamp Flashes when print jobs are being received or processed e Message lamp Lit when warning messages are displayed Printer Parts 31 Control Panel Offline and state of the Control Panel Offline Not printing Printing is paused Offline Pause Glossy Photo Glossy Photo ISO A2 Roll ISO A2 Roll Display Screen e Display Screen The printer status is displayed here The selected paper source is indicated by an icon in the upper right corner Any warning messages are displayed here on lines 2 4 Take action as needed P 536 e Middle Level of the Display Screen The first and second lines display the paper type and size Bottom Level of the Display Screen Here the remaining ink level is indicated gt P 476 Control Panel Message lamp Lit when warning messages are displayed Error Messages If action can be taken If no action can be taken HH Ink tank is empty H Paper loaded H Hardware error PRERROR Exo Press OK and askew XXXXXXXX XXXX replace ink tank Pre
494. s ener enieeivedieenescetdes 530 HTML Version of the Manual for Printing 5 Printing a group of individual topics in the MANU A ANE EAS E ET 7 Printing a group of topics in the manual 5 Printing selected tOpiCs no ssurosssssssssssmniss 10 IEEE 1394 Expansion Boatd c cccecceeseeeeeeeneees 75 If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound 0 532 Image Edges are Blurred or White Banding OCCUNS tices ela tecten cate iSe ean NEA oaaae AEn a 524 imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 390 imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh 414 imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 385 Improving the Print Quality 20 0 ceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 478 Initializing the Network Settings c ceeeee 430 AK MSuUMC OM s taneeecehitnasd Mbkevegetie se 546 Ink Level Detection cceccceeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 533 Disabling ink level detection n a 533 Ink level detection c ccceeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeetees 533 Ink Level Check wi icisd iene aii 547 Ink Tank Cover INSIG 0 cceeeeeeeteeeeereeeeeeeeeeeees 19 Ink tank ETO ninnan 547 Ink TANKS sities nti ound eda en need eee 469 Installation problems sccis 528 Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup tY eiia aeaa ei eea a aa ore Trae 390 444 Installing the Roll Feed Unit sses 140 Insufficient paper for job eeeeeeeeeeeseecteeeeeeeeees 540 MFOCUCTION sc cssevceit aunties watvetbetendeviienl satericed avy veleeteat 1
495. s nanie na 301 Checking for Nozzle Clogging ceescceseeeeees 479 Checking Images Before Printing 324 Checking Ink Tank Levels 476 Checking the Layout Before Printing Mac OS X nestis geteerde oeeie EKES eS 328 397 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing 324 Open Preview When Print Job Starts VVING OWS aa E 324 Preview Macintosh 325 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing WINDOWS niinen a eaa 326 352 Checking the Print Quality 0 000seeaeeee aeneae 478 Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge 87 1 oe 1e 1A AE E A AE 492 Choosing a Paper for Printing c e 201 If the paper type is not listed for selection 201 Modia Typo msiri s dts ciate teeta 201 Choosing Paper for Printing eseese 201 Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Mac OS X 198 Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions WindOWS cceeceeeseeeeeeeeeesteeeeeees 196 Cleaning Inside the Top Cover neseser 495 Cleaning the Paper Retainer ccsccseeeeees 498 Cleaning the Printer cccceeesseceeeeeeeseteeeeees 494 Cleaning the Printer Exterior s 494 Cleaning the Printhead cccccecsseeeeeee 480 499 Cleaning the Printhead cceeeeeees 480 499 Clearing Jammed Paper Paper Feed Slot 123 507 Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray 152 511 Clearing Jammed Roll Paper nsss 120 508 Color Adjustment Sheet Color Wind
496. s selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case 10 x12 IA Settings Page Attributes B Bl Format for iP Fx im a I Orientation T ta Escale 100 Cancel ea 14 Select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 15 Select the H Borderless Printing check box 16 Click E Fit Paper Size under D Enlarged Reduced Printing 17 In I Paper Size click the paper size In this case click 10 x12 Borderless 18 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 Enhanced Printing Options 251 Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters made up mainly of photos or images without a surrounding margin or border Borderless Printing In regular printing a margin required by the printer is added around the original With borderless printing you can print documents without the margin so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper O Important Borderless printing is only available with rolls Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular widths For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101
497. s suitable for your original No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper You can print without feeding the paper for blank portions of originals if there are top and bottom margins in originals This enables you to conserve as much paper as the size of the margins Important Printing without the top and bottom margins is not supported in the following cases e Banner printing e If you have chosen poster as the type of page layout Q Note Even during borderless printing you can print without the top and bottom margins e Printing without the top and bottom margins may cause inconsistency in the size of printed documents depending on the layout of images or text in your originals For tips on conserving roll paper refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Windows P 319 e Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Mac OS X P 321 318 Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Windows This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin based on the following example e Document Any type Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper Page size A4 210 0x297 0mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Roll paper width A3
498. serving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Mac OS X This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin based on the following example Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA Settings Page Attributes B B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFxxxx Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 iz 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation Ta Ja Biscale 100 E Cance EB 2 Select the print target in the B Format for list 3 In C Paper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ IPFxxxx E Presets Standard i B Main g images Size Wveaia Type Plain Paper By B Get Information D Easy Settings E a E Print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer PDFyv Preview Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type li
499. settings while viewing a preview screen For details see Preview With the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy feature you can automatically enlarge and print scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER For details see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 392 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X If you have replaced the paper you must complete the following settings in the printer driver 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A settings B Format for Paper Size I Orientation E scale Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu ou kh amp NY Access the Main pane Printer Presets Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Page Attributes By B E iPFxxxx Canon iPFxxxx Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm DE 100 E Cancel ox Select the printer in the B Format for list Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list iPFxxxx Standard Main media Type a la Plain Paper Get Information Set D Easy Settings B E Print Target z Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image 4 POP M Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics View set B Printer
500. sleateamesuee teatuteciaregabsdeset anoianenss 398 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Mac OS X cccecseceeeeeteeeeeeeee 399 Maiti Pane Mae OS X EE 400 Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box Mac OS X eeceeccceeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeetnaeeees 403 Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Mac OS X eeceeeceeeeeeeee eter eeeeceaeeeeeceneeeeteeeeeeeeesiaaeeees 404 View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application Mac OS X eccseeeeeeteeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 405 Color Settings Pane Color Mac OS X scscissssecccnascacesnsaceneazensuaceentiasecctenssnestapeietanncwabenenanduccs 406 Color Settings Pane Monochrome Mac OS X ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeescaeeeseeeieeeeeeenees 408 Page Setup Pane Mac OS X sicsicisstecctcasszcensdacvieaenssscteersensseanstandetantseenecetntectanendiazeteavanccanenne 409 Wiility Pare Wa OS X scsecacinastrcsnsasie ccxvaresiecadicaccianah tone cannatadsededastawesemelaenecdtbarcidiaga tine iackunacesdate 411 Additional Settings Pane Mac OS X cccceecccceeeessseeeeeeeeeceeeeeaeaeeeeesaaaeeeeeaaaeeseeseeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaes 412 Support Pane Mac OS X sisasicivcscatetieseaseemerssanisaceeicnns cecwaanaubuineinasiseddsletetiodbeaysubiharadarieedaswaebexaieantade 413 PrInIMONnIO aee a E E e 414 imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh seriinin i aias 414 vi Contents Network Setting Network Setting reseni T Ee AA SEERE eE Network ENVIONMEN serios
501. specify the file to save 354 Windows Software Printer Driver Printing using the favorite Follow the steps below to print using the favorite you have registered 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Favorites B Settings Details amp Default Settings Main Media Type Plain Paper Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On Page Setup Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 i E Comment Automatically selects the best mode for documents that contain a K ssj mixture of text photos and graphics Bl g G o B Default Settings Apply Favorite Add v Application Settings Priority t OK Cancel JI Apply Help 4 In the A Favorites choose the favorite you registered Q Note To import a favorite click I Import and specify the favorite file 5 Click D Apply Favorite to replace the favorite settings with the current print settings 6 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 Windows Software 355
502. splay the View Settings dialog box which enables you to confirm the settings for the Main Page Setup Layout and Favorites sheets 382 Windows Software Printer Driver Device Settings Sheet Windows Many settings items on the printer properties sheets are controlled by Windows applications However the Device Settings sheet is for configuring the printer and it is an extension of the printer driver The following settings are available on the Device Settingssheet Canon iP Fox Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings A Description A About You can display version information for the printer driver Windows Software 383 Printer Driver Settings Summaries Dialog Box Windows The Settings Summaries dialog box enables you to confirm the settings for the Main Page Setup Layout and Favorites sheets Settings Summaries Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Parameter Settings Media Type Plain Paper Media Detailed Settings Between Pages Printer Default Between Scans Printer Default Near End Margin Printer Default Cut Speed Printer Default Mirror Off Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Color Adjustment Cyan Manenta Button Corresponding Utility Click to copy the settings information to the clipboard You can paste the settings information into a file created with a text editor or similar ap
503. ss Load Eject Ti ff print and reload the um On prInten paper wait then turn on again Call for service Top and Middle Levels Top and Middle Levels Top and Middle Levels Display Screen of the Display Screen of the Display Screen of the Display Screen ERROR is displayed Error messages are Error messages are The error message followed by the error displayed displayed is displayed with the code and Call for Bottom Level of the Bottom Level of the following instructions service Display Screen Display Screen Turn off printer wait Here the remaining The corrective actions then turn on again ink level is indicated are displayed here P 476 Data lamp Data lamp Flashes when print jobs are being received Flashes when print jobs are being received Message lamp Message lamp Flashes when error messages are displayed Flashes when error messages are displayed Take action as needed P 536 Turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring the power If the message is still displayed after this write down the error code and message turn off the printer and contact the Canon dealer for assistance 32 Printer Parts Control Panel Menu mode and state of the Control Panel Mainmenu Menu items and settings Main menu during printing MAIN MENU Paper Cutting Rep Ink Tank Head Cleaning Media Menu Paper Details Adjust Printer e Display Screen
504. ss the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or Y to select Maintenance and then press the gt button Press A or V to select Move Printer and then press the gt button Press A or F to select Yes and then press the OK button a fk The printer now starts preparing for transfer If a message is shown on the Display Screen requesting you to open the Ink Tank Cover follow the procedure starting with step 6 500 Maintenance Other Maintenance 6 Open the Ink Tank Cover Put the Ink Tank in a plastic bag and seal it Q Note Store the Ink Tank you removed with the ink holes a facing up Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains Maintenance 501 Other Maintenance 8 Close every Ink Tank Lock Lever and close the Ink Tank Cover At this point ink is drawn out from inside the tubes Important e Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge during this process When the suction is finished Turn Power Off is displayed 9 Press the Power button and turn off the printer Important e Turn off the printer before you unplug it It may damage the printer if you unplug it before it is off and transfer it in that state If you accidentally unplug the printer plug it in again reinstall the Ink Tanks wait until the printer comes online and follow this procedure again 10 Disconnect the power cord and interface cable 11 Open the Top Cover 502 Maintenance Other Maintenance
505. st select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper Enhanced Printing Options 321 Conserving roll paper 8 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard is Page Setup BA Media Source Roll Paper B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 DBD v Enlarged Reduced Printing 5 Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width SAn Arale L005 a O Scaling 100 1 5 600 SIRS eet H C Borderless Printing Media Size Match Page Size al Print Centered ne No Spaces at Top or Bottom ies oo C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print 9 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 10 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width in this case ISO A3 A4 297 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard iS a ELL B Set IDH Easy Settings lE rrin Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 rian J Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer M Preview Ca
506. sterArtist to Compose Originals WINGOWS ciedestecaacssicedcoectsagstueessclavahiareisoensat iaaseeeess 388 Using Remoteul 20 0 2 eeccccceesseccceeeseececeeseseeeeeeneteeee 421 Using the Output Stacker ee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 156 Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER 181 Utility Pane Mac OS X ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeees 411 Utility Sheet Windows cccceceeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeees 381 VEMS iregi iaa aa eaaa Ga 20 View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application MACOSX isorine haiu aa 405 View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application ONINOOWS espa E S 365 When to Replace Ink Tanks 477 Before print jobs and maintenance that consume QOL OF Moins e aee a EEE 477 If a message for checking the ink is shown on the Display Screen cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 477 If a message for ink replacement is shown on the Display Screen 0 cccccceceeeeeeeeestteeeeeeees 477 When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge 493 If a message for checking the Maintenance Cartridge is shown on the Display Screen 493 If a message for the Maintenance Cartridge replacement is shown on the Display Screen 493 When much of the Maintenance Cartridge Capacity is depleted eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeenaees 493 Windows Softwar e cc ccececcceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 346 With HP GL 2 printing is misaligned 00 530 Working With Various Print Jobs 0
507. structions on editing and rearranging images refer to the imagePROGRAF Free Layout help topic 9 Print from the imagePROGRAF Free Layout menu A Note e For details on imagePROGRAF Free Layout functions refer to Free Layout 284 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Mac OS X This topic describes how to use the Free Layout function to arrange multiple originals next to each other before printing 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Click PDF and select Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout Printer XXX XXX XXX XXX ins Presets Standard B Copies amp Pages 3 Copies 1 M Collated Pages AII OFrom 1 to 1 po ave as PDF Save PDF as PostScript Fax PDF Compress PDF Encrypt PDF Mail PDF Save as PDF X Save PDF to iPhoto Save PDF to Web Receipts Folder Edit Menu Canon eee eee Free e Layout 3 The Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window is displayed Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout xxx xxx xxx XXX O RQA B OaPfse Print Enlarge Reduce Zoom ENTIT rere o Ts repeat sl AR Gb OTA ERGEN EAIN EMIO Bed ATE EDIEN UL PEAT GDE mo Ec dol isl io p E o Auto Arrange Help Page Setup E Media Type Plain Paper is Easy Settings Print Target Default Settings B Suitable f
508. t v Page Layout B Al 2 Pages Sheet c Watermark Bi conribenriat E Edit Watermark Rotate 180 degrees No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 11 01 999 Reverse Order Collate __Page Options Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help Select the G Print Centered check box Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 O Important e If you have selected Manual as the paper source but have not loaded the paper yet follow the instructions on the printer control panel to complete the size setting before loading the paper Enhanced Printing Options 309 Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Mac OS X This topic describes how to center originals for printing on sheets based on the following example Document Any type e Page size A4 Letter e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size Non standard 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box Wi settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx BI Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation Ta Tle bci in E scale 100 H Cancel ERB 2 Inthe C Paper Size list cl
509. t JA Media Type EMES Get Information L Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics EL e Open Preview When Print Job Starts N _ Status Monitor About __ Defauts _ 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Poster Text Illustrations in the E Print Target list 268 Enhanced Printing Options Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences a Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Borderless Printing Letter 8 5 x11 8 50inx 11 00 in 00 Letter 3 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in 7 In the A Page Size list click the size you registered My Horizontal Banner V Enlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper Size E O Fit Roll Paper Width P O Scaling E 4 Paper Size JH Diientation Aj Portrait aS Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Paper Source I Rol Paper width Match Page Size AJ O Landscape Roll Paper
510. t after it is printed 156 Handling Paper Output Stacker Use the Output Stacker in the normal position a However for some types of paper you can use the stacker in the position for easy removal b To switch the stacker to the position for easy removal move the Support Rod to the position b This position enables printed documents to be removed more easily For information on types of paper you can use with the stacker in the extended position refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 Handling Paper 157 Printing Photos and Images Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Photos and Images Printing Photos and Images Windows Printing is easy when you simply choose the print target Easy Settings Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Print targets for photos and images Highest Quality Setting optimized for printing at the highest level of quality Photo from digital camera Setting optimized for printing photographic images from digital cameras Poster Graphic Image Settings optimized for printing posters mainly composed of photos Setting optimized for printing vivid eye catching store posters combining images and text Scanned Image Setting optimized for printing scanned images with accurate color reproduction to match the original images Set
511. tadssieppveeddelisuedusatydadentddddaatieuiieesnanceen 83 Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets ccccessceeeeesseeceeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeesesnaeeeeeseneaeeseeeeaeeeeees 83 L ading and Printing orn ROIS sssusa Qubteunnitennecaiueleena duet tater ORE EERE 85 Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot ccccceccsssceeeeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeess 90 Printing trom VV INO OWS sesicenorerscaroneta rinia EEEE RE E A TE ERD 92 Printing trom Mac OS X cicero onurei a EE EE 93 Canceling print JODS sonsonen ninenin E AREENA EEE EEEN EEN EEEE 95 Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel sessssssesssserssssrnrsrrrresserrnsserrrnerrnnntssrrrnserennneennne 95 Canceling Print Jobs from WINGOWS 2i c ccciesc2 c0ssceccsadecesccseedasonececusapesssncanedseaencensnesascheexsacasnene 97 Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS XK sssecteccctsctntacrce cansadeeceteeteveertseeiede anveeerhcasasetectsiess Aceatecheense 99 Handling Paper 101 Pape renee pee e eee a E ceadeectaecet 101 Types a il ars 2 ameter pe eae e aE O a eaa E 101 Paper ale eae chee eg vc Ge ace 106 Handing HONS seen aee a E 109 Selecting the Paper SOUNCS decion ie a EE E EE R EEE ENEE 109 Selecting the Paper Type RO cxscccviccestcrcthessacceovad ancpeautoncctakaetentecsagseedrresaateoeatabeetiantedeceutaoreas 110 Spe itying the Paper Length ROM amp cass ccecnivencrodeadsecceceabaneiuanadeanvmoumdeccouteunctedenvicandeeealdareevaests 111 Loading Rolls Gn the
512. tatus and other information Letter 8 5 x11 Bi View Auto Scale 100 Letter 8 5 x11 Configure AutoLayout and Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy a Setting item scription Click to display the Printer dialog box which offers the following maintenance for the printer e Nozzle ink ejecting outlet cleaning Head alignment adjustment e Feed amount adjustment Click to start imagePROGRAF Printmonitor which enables you to view the status of print jobs Click to complete the settings for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy 1 For details see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Mac OS X Software 411 Printer Driver Additional Settings Pane Mac OS X The following settings are available on the Additional Settingspane Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard B Additional Settings a mages size w Data Send Method B Send Print Data Immediately to Printer a O Send All Print Data as Batch to Printer Letter 8 5 x11 Auto Scale 100 Letter 8 5 x11 PDF Preview Cancel Print Setting tem Cescription A Data Send Method Choose how printing data is sent to the printer B Send Print Data Immediately to Printer e C Send All Print Data as Batch to Printer 412 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Support Pane Mac OS X On the Support pane you can view support information and the user s manual Printer _iPFx
513. tching Method Perceptual 1234567 GS Piinter Profile Settings Auto Settings OK Cancel Help Q Note e To display the Matching sheet on the Main sheet click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings and then click the Matching sheet P 360 Setting item iescription O A Matching Mode Select the color matching mode to use as desired B Input Profile Settings You can select Image Graphics or Text You can choose Matching Method and Input Profile Various options are available depending on your selected Matching Mode To apply the same input profile automatically for Graphics and Text select Use the Same Profile for All Objects To apply separate input profiles to Graphics and Text clear Use the Same Profile for All Objects and specify the individual settings C Printer Profile Settings Specify the printer profile as desired Normally select Auto Settings s Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 185 Windows Software 369 Printer Driver Color Adjustment Sheet Monochrome Windows On the Color Adjustment sheet for monochrome printing you can adjust the brightness and contrast Q Note Color Settings Color Adjustment ABCDEF aP 1234567 A Sample Type Standard v B View Color Pattern fl Brightness Kol Apply to Sample B Contrast D Object Adjustment Defauts OK Cancel Help
514. ter Power consumption Sleep mode 100 120 V 5 W max 10 W max when an IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board is installed 220 240 V 6 W max 11 W max when an IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board is installed C Resource efficiency Weight 45 kg 99 2 Ib Dimensions W x D 997x670x344 mm 39 3x26 4x13 5 in x H Recycling Recyclable plastic used for printer body Product safety Toxic substances Structural components No prohibited brominated flame retardants used PBB or PBDE Body plastic No heavy metals Pb Hg Cr VI or Cd or halogenated flame retardants used Operating noise Approx 49 dB A max Packaging materials Heavy metal content Pb Hg Cr VI and Cd None none in packaging 80 Printer Parts Printer Specifications Print Area A margin required by the printer is added with respect to the size of paper loaded in the printer Except in borderless printing the actual printing area corresponds to the paper size minus the space for this margin a Printable Area Recommended Print Area Top Edge ae Sides Top Edge Edge Sides Top Paper 3 mm 2 12 ea mm 3 mm n 12 i 0 12 0 91 Feed Slot in in am 0 79 Sair Tee oim ae Sheets rron 3 mm a a 0 91 3 mm oe Paper Feed Slot 0 3 mm 0 3 mm 0 3 mm 20 mm 0 79 5 mm 0 20 5 mm 0 20 0 0 12 in 0 0 12 in 0 0 12 in in in in Sheets Printable Area Recommended Print Area Snn Paper Size 20 mm 3 mm 3 mm 5 mm 5 mm 3 23 mm Pri
515. ter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 PDFW Select the printer in the B Format for list In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 iPFXxxx Standard E Main B Preview Wveaia Type Plain Paper F Get Information IDH Easy Settings H E Print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Set Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics View set Printer Cancel 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper Enhanced Printing Options 315 Conserving roll paper 8 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard is Page Setup BA Media Source Roll Paper B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 DBD v Enlarged Reduced Printing 5 Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width SAn Arale L005 a O Scaling 100 1 5 600 SIRS eet H C Borderless Printing Media Size Match Page Size al Print Centered ne No Spaces at Top or Bottom ies oo C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print 9 Click Roll Paper in the A Paper Source list 10 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width in t
516. ter of the sheet For instructions on centering originals when printing on sheets refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Windows P 308 e Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Mac OS X P 310 Enhanced Printing Options 307 Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Windows This topic describes how to reduce an original 50 0 000000or printing centered on a sheet Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Sheets Manual e Paper Type Plain Paper e Paper size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFr0x Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EMES Get Information he Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics TAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N s Status Monitor _ Defautts
517. ter printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format use an image editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of 150 dpi or more at actual size Enhanced Printing Options 215 Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width based on the following example Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width 16 inches 406 4 mm 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fr0x Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EMES Get Information he Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics TAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Status Monitor _ About _Detauts za 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of
518. ters Print Server Password Set a password for the print server 0 20 characters BE Polling Interval Specify the interval to confirm a jobs 1 15 seconds Print Server Name Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Network Setting 425 Network Setting Printer Number NDS Tree Name PServer Context Name Print Server Name Print Server Password Polling Interval Print Server Name Printer Number Specify the number of the printer connected to the NetWare print server 0 15 Specify the name of an NDS tree that has a NetWare print server 0 32 characters Specify the name of a context that has a NetWare print server 0 255 characters Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 64 characters Set a password for the print server 0 20 characters Specify the interval to confirm jobs 1 255 seconds Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Specify the number of the printer connected to the NetWare print server 0 254 T Click OK to display the Network page 426 Network Setting Network Setting Specifying Printer Related Information Follow the steps below to specify device information and security settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode an
519. the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool from the imagePROGRAF website For information about the Media Configuration Tool see the Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh Follow these steps to access the imagePROGRAF website O Important e When you update paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool the paper type setting on the Control Panel in the printer driver and in related software is updated e Windows 1 Double click the iPFxxxx Support icon on the desktop Here iPFxxxx represents the printer model iPFxxxx Support The online support window is displayed 2 Select Stay Informed imagePROGRAF Support Information Windows Internet Explorer d http vitt X pir w he iimagePROGRAF Support Information A Bl Eees Toss Canon W ImagePROGRAF imagePROGRAF Support Information iPFxxxx Using Your imagePROGRAF Printer User s Manual Visit the inagePROGRAF website for news and printing tips S _ View the printer user s manual Visit the imagePROGRAF webpage Paper Reference Guide View information about paper that can be used with the printer B Get the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool to make sure the guide includes information on newly added paper Copyright CANON INC 2007 3 My Computer R100 The default browser is started and the imagePROGRAF webpage is displayed 104 Handling Paper
520. the B Format for list Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu ou kh WN Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx Es Presets Standard E3 Main EZ images Size Almedia Type Plain Paper B Get Information Bi Set IDH Easy Settings H a E Print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document b Poster Graphic Image POP Y Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Bc Printer PDF wv Preview Cancel E Print 7 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 198 Enhanced Printing Options 8 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode 9 10 11 12 13 Printer _iPFxxxx By Presets Standard E Main ins images Size Ml Media Type Plain Paper BJ US Letter Actual Size US Letter FI Print Quality BC Get information gC ss IE Print Priority f Image By Draft 300dpi WC se Mode Driver Correction I C unidirectional Printing Reduce Print Unevenness C Economy Printing Bc Printer M PDF Preview Cancel CPDrvn EPreviews neces Click Line Drawing in the E Print Priority list Click High 1200dpi in the F
521. the Color imageRUNNER Registering a hot folder on your computer Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy are called hot folders Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER You can specify printing conditions such as the image quality and paper size based on which originals transferred to the hot folder will be printed Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders 1 Display the printer driver dialog box P 358 Working With Various Print Jobs 181 Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER 2 Click the Utility tab to display the Utility sheet Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support s Maintenance tinthead cleaning and printhead adjustment etc can be performed Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Use this utility with the Color imageRUNNER MFC to print enlarged copies on imagePROGRAF large format printers OK Cancel J Apply J Help 3 Click B Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy to start the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility 4 Use the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility to register or modify hot folders For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders refer to the help file for the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to sen
522. the E Watermarks list OQ Note e To create your own original watermark click F Edit Watermark Refer to the printer driver help for instructions on modifying watermarks to create your own 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 Enhanced Printing Options 331 Other useful settings Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation You can specify the original orientation to match the orientation of the paper for printing Orientation Paper is usually loaded in the printer in portrait orientation When you have an original in landscape orientation you can specify the printing orientation so that the original is printed in landscape orientation Rotate 180 degrees The original is rotated 180 degrees to print it upside down Mirror A mirror image of the original is printed For instructions on specifying the original orientation before printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Windows P 333 e Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Mac OS X P 335 332 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings m Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Windows This topic describes how to print an original in l
523. the Main sheet of the printer driver click Settings in Media Type 2 Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time Borderless Printing Method Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original as desired 252 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Enlarge or reduce the original as a whole to match the roll paper width Q Note e You can combine this function with rotating pages 90 degrees before printing so that the original width relative to portrait orientation matches the roll paper width in borderless printing For instructions on borderless printing of photos images and other documents to match the roll paper width refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows P 254 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X P 256 Enhanced Printing Options 253 Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the roll width based on the following example If you use n A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder P 136 If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing the Platen may be soiled fro
524. ther detailed settings based on the type of paper Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for printing Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 193 Choose the level of print quality Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 193 Choose the color mode Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 193 Depending on the Media Type setting some Color Mode options may not be available Click to display the Color Settings dialog box for more advanced color settings Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 185 Windows Software 361 Printer Driver Setting item escription O I Thicken Fine Lines Activate this option to print fine lines more distinctly J Unidirectional Printing Although unidirectional printing is slower it can help prevent misaligned lines and ensure better results K Sharpen Text Activate this option to print text more sharply T Economy Printing When this mode is selected less ink is consumed than in regular printing but the quality is diminished Select this mode if you want to conserve ink when checking drawings for example Depending on the Media Type and Print Quality settings this mode may not be available L Open Preview When Print Activate this option to check on screen previews of documents before Job Starts printing Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing
525. this button for three seconds to clean the Printhead Head Cleaning A lt Button Menu mode Press this button to display the menu one level higher When you are entering numbers the button moves the cursor to the next digit The instructions can be paused when lt Pause is displayed When lt Back is displayed you can access the previous instruction screen A Button Offline mode Press this button to rewind rolls manually gt P 124 Menu mode Press this button to display the previous menu item or setting value gt Button Menu mode Press this button to display the menu one level lower When Fwd is displayed you can access the next instruction screen V Button Offline mode Press this button to feed roll paper manually P 124 Menu mode Press this button to display the next menu item or setting value OK Button In menu mode press this button to confirm or execute the selected item or setting At other times pressing this button enables you to access the next screen after following the instructions on the Display Screen Power Button Turns the printer on and off P 27 Load Eject Button You can check instructions on loading replacing and removing paper Instructions for loading or replacing paper are shown on the Display Screen if pressed when no paper is loaded and instructions for removing paper are shown if paper is loaded Printer parts q Stop Button Hold down f
526. thod J O Fi Media Size JE Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Letter 8 5 x11 in BE Borderiess Roll Width 17 in Roll 431 8mm H Orientation 17 00 in x 22 09 in _ a OPotat AJ O Landscape K ide Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Media Source Roll Paper x N Rol Paper width 17 in Roll 431 8mm x MC e Size Options Defauts OK Cancel JI Apply Help 10 Click E Fit Roll Paper Width OQ Note After you click E Fit Roll Paper Width the Information dialog box is displayed Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list and click OK e Make sure the roll paper width you specify matches the width of the loaded roll 11 Confirm the print settings and print as desired QO Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 Enhanced Printing Options 217 Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width based on the following example Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper Roll paper width 16 inches 406 4 mm 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box Wi settings Page Attributes B B Format for iPFxx
527. ting optimized for high speed draft printing Caution e Depending on the Media Type setting some Print Target options may not be available 158 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Photos and Images ts Note You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings e You can also fine tune these values as needed Advanced Settings For details on Advanced Settings see Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 193 e For instructions on printing photos and images refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Printing Photos and Images Windows P 162 Working With Various Print Jobs 159 Printing Photos and Images Printing Photos and Images Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print Easy Settings Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Print targets for photos and images 4 Print Target Highest Quality Setting optimized for printing at the highest level of quality Setting optimized for printing photographic images from digital cameras Poster Photos Settings optimized for printing posters mainly composed of photos Poster Text Illustrations Setting optimized for printing vivid eye catching store posters combining images and text
528. tings Mac OS XY P 395 166 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing CAD Drawings Printing CAD Drawings Printing CAD Drawings Using this printer you can print fine lines and text clearly and sharply It s easy to produce highly precise drawings from CAD applications Q Note In Windows you can print highly precise drawings using the provided imagePROGRAF HDI Driver for AutoCAD AutoCAD LT For details on the HDI driver see HDI Driver For instructions on CAD printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows P 170 e Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X P 172 Working With Various Print Jobs 167 Printing CAD Drawings Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print Easy Settings Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Print targets for line drawings and text i Print Target CAD Line Drawing Settings optimized to print intricate lines in CAD drawings clearly CAD Fast Settings optimized for fast printing of CAD drawings CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Settings optimized to print black lines in CAD Windows drawings clearly CAD B W Line Drawing Mac OS 9 CAD High Accuracy Settings optimized
529. tings are available on the Layout sheet For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Page Layout B E 2 Pages Sheet c Watermark JE CONFIDENTIAL v F Edit Watermark Rotate 180 degrees No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 1 0 999 Reverse Order O Collate Page Options Special Settings _ Defaults Ook Cancel l Apply l Help Setting tem Description O A Page Layout Activate this setting to select a particular page layout Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet P 292 Printing Posters in Sections P 298 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other P 281 Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals P 387 Click to display one of the following dialog boxes depending on the selection in A Page Layout In these dialog boxes you can specify layout details and which pages to print as well as other settings e Page Layout Printing Pages to Print e Free Layout Settings D Watermark Activating this option makes two settings available E Watermarks and F Edit Watermark Printing With Watermarks P 329 E Watermarks Lists the provided watermarks Choose the watermark to print F Edit Watermark Click to display the Edit Watermark dialog box for creating your own original watermark G Print C
530. tings in Advanced Settings P 400 Settingitem escription O A Preview The image at left is updated to reflect any changes you make to setting items on the pane enabling you to check the results of adjustment B Original The image at right shows the original state before adjustment You can compare it to the Preview image D Magenta E Yellow F Brightness Adjust the overall image brightness as desired You can adjust the brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image that is the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it appears on the computer screen G Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other as desired Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper and reducing the Contrast softens images I Gray Tone Not available Q Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 185 408 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Page Setup Pane Mac OS X The following settings are available on the Page Setup pane For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard CSREES Page Setup images Size A Media Source Roll Paper E JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm 1G Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 BD wv Enlarged Reduced Printing E Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 E gt Fit Roll Paper Width
531. tings optimized to print black lines in CAD drawings clearly CAD High Accuracy Settings optimized for attractive printing of highly precise documents such as CAD drawings with smooth lines and small text Poster Notice Announcement Settings optimized for printing announcements such as wall newspapers and other notices with a large amount of text 3D CAD GIS Settings optimized for printing 3D CAD drawings perspective drawings and maps including GIS maps O Note You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings e You can also fine tune these values as needed Advanced Settings For details on Advanced Settings see Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 193 For instructions on printing line drawings and text refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows P 170 e Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X P 172 Working With Various Print Jobs 169 Printing CAD Drawings Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example e Document CAD drawing e Page size A3 297 0 x 420 0 mm 11 7 x 16 5 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box
532. to cancel printing 2 Change the paper type in the printer driver and try printing again Straighten out the wrinkles or curls and reload the paper Do not use paper that has been printed on previously P 115 P 144 If this function is not needed deactivate CutDustReduct through the printer menu In Head Height choose Automatic P 457 When printing on Heavyweight Coated Paper or other paper based media choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Strong or Strongest If the paper is still scratched try setting the Printhead level in Head Height to Highest P 468 P 457 When printing on CAD Tracing Paper or other film based media choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Standard Strong or Strongest If the paper is still scratched try setting the Printhead level in Head Height to Highest P 468 P 457 If edges of the paper curl and become soiled when printing on rolls of glossy photo paper in Paper Detailed Settings in the printer driver set Near End Margin to 20mm Clean the Ejection Guide P 494 Troubleshooting 519 Problems with the printing quality ss The surface of the paper is dirty The Paper Retainer is soiled Clean the Paper Retainer P 498 You are using a paper that does not dry easily Specify a time of about a minute in Roll DryingTime The back side of the paper is dirty The Platen has become dirty after borderless printing Open the Top Cover and clean
533. to the default values G Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 185 Object Adjustment dialog box In the Object Adjustment dialog box you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to If an original comprises images graphics and text you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to Object Adjustment g DE Graphics ACO v Text OK Cancel Defaults Help Q Note To display the Object Adjustment dialog box click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment sheet Setting ttem scription O A Image Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas such as photos C Text B Graphics Select this option to apply color adjustment to graphics such as lines and circles Select this option to apply color adjustment to text Windows Software 367 Printer Driver Matching Sheet Windows On the Matching sheet you can specify color matching to compensate for differences in the appearance of colors on various devices Driver Matching Mode The following options are available when you select Driver Matching Mode in the Matching Mode list Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching Al Matching Mode Driver Matching Mode ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode Host ICM Mode Off B Matching Method Perceptual OK Cancel Help Q Note e To display the Matching sh
534. tom Conserve Paper 1 1 99 Reverse Order Collate _ Page Options Special Settings 11 Select the G Print Centered check box 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note OK Cancel JI Apply J e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 Enhanced Printing Options 303 Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Mac OS X This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A3 A4 roll 297 00 mm 11 7 in 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box Wi settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx BI Canon iPPoox 6 Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation T fe baj pl E scale 100 Cancel 0K 2 Select the print target in the B Format for list 3 In C Paper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets Standard Z H m Main a f images Size Amedia Type Plain Paper HJ E aC se D Easy Settings he ss Print Target
535. tomatic For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 101 The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install the printer driver from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool See the Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh Available only if NetWare is On Available only if Auto Detect is Off Follows the setting in Date Format Follows the setting in Length Unit 52 Printer Parts Submenus Control Panel Each time you press the Information button on the Control Panel printer information is displayed in the following order The remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and ink levels alnformation of the loaded paper Printer information gHP GL 2 settings information H ink 1 5 Maint cart r Capacity 100 TIT Himedia Info 2 5 Glossy Photo ISO A2 Head Ht High NearEndMrgn 20mm Band Joint Hl System Info 3 5 Version Firm 00 00 Boot 00 00 MIT 00 00 s n XXXXXXXXXX MAG 000085xxxxxx IP XXX XXX XXX XXX FAGL2 Settings 4 5 Color Mode Color Print Qual Std Input Reso 600 dpi Media Source Roll Conserve Paper Off FAGL2 Settings 5 5 Line Cap Software Smoothing Software Line Width 4 dots ThicknFineLine Off Adj
536. tter Print Quality gt Adjusting the Printhead gt Adjusting the Printhead Height If printed documents rub against the printer during printing or if the edge of paper is wrinkled from rubbing it may help to raise the Printhead If image edges are blurred it may help to lower the Printhead 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Feed Slot Basic Printing Workdiow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets 4 Introduction How to use this manual HTML Version of the Manual for Printing Printing a group of topics in the manual You can select a group of topics in the table of contents or individual topics in this manual for printing The following procedure describes how to do this using the information in Basic Printing Workflow as an example When you access printable HTML versions of the content from section titles in the table of contents you can specify a group of topics to print 1 Click a section title in the table of contents Here Basic Printing Workflow is used as an example iP Foooxx User Manual Windows Internet Explorer Go e Pi File Edit View Favorites Tools Help we amp iProcx User Manual a e dh i Page Op Tools Contents l Index iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Search Canon Large Format Printer W imagePROGRAF Working With Various Print Jobs Enhanced Printing Options Windows Software Mac OS X Soft
537. ttings for the feed source type of paper and roll width C Advanced Settings Click to display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time and other detailed settings based on the type of paper E Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Printing Photos and Images P 160 Printing Line Drawings and Text P 169 Printing Office Documents P 176 Depending on the Media Type setting some Print Target options may not be available F View Settings Click to display the View Settings dialog box which enables you to confirm the settings for the selected item from the E Print Target list or change the order of items listed in E Print Target B Get Information Click to display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box which shows the types and sizes of paper specified on the printer for each feed source L Open Preview When Print Activate this option to check on screen previews of documents before Job Starts printing Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing P 324 360 Windows Software M Status Monitor Printer Driver Setting item Ciescription Click to start inagePROGRAF Status Monitor which enables you to confirm the status of the printer and print jobs You can also set up email notification if printer errors occur by completing the Email Notice settings For details refer to the Status Monitor help file N About Click to confirm version informatio
538. ue server mode Normally leave Print Application Choose the print service NDS PServer Bindery PServer e RPrinter e NDS PServer NPrinter Packet Signature Select If Requested by Server If Requested by Server to use packet signature Bindery File Server Name Specify the name of a file PServer server that has a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Print Server Name Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Print Server Password Set a password for the print server 0 20 characters BE Polling Interval Specify the interval to confirm a jobs 1 15 seconds Print Server Name Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters 434 Network Setting Network Setting Windows Printer Number NDS Tree Name PServer Context Name Print Server Name Print Server Password Polling Interval Print Server Name Printer Number Specify the number of the printer connected to the NetWare print server 0 15 Specify the name of an NDS tree that has a NetWare print server 0 32 characters Specify the name of a context that has a NetWare print server 0 255 characters Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 64 characters Set a password for the print server 0 20 characters Specify the interval to confirm jobs 1 255 seconds Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Specify the number of the printer connected to the NetW
539. uently Asked Questions Clearing jammed paper an so on Responding to Messages Error Messages and soon Introduction 3 How to use this manual 2 Click a topic you want to read The terms you searched for will be highlighted in the topic gt iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer ssl Q e File Edit View Favorites Tools Help d ee E rro User Manual Contents iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Search _ Paper Type Search results for Paper Type J Adjusting the Feed Amount If printed documents are affected by the following problems try adjusting the feed amount Banding in different colors Line length is not accurate in the direction paper is fed To adjust the feed amount do the following in this order 1 Depending on the issue change the Feed Priority setting for the particular type of paper See Selecting a Feed Amount Adjustment Method Feed Priority Based on the Feed Priority setting use Auto Band Adj Manual Band Adj or Adjust Length See Auto Band Adjustment Auto Band Adjusting Line Length Adjust Length Adj See Manual Band Adjustment Manual Band Adj See Ifadditional fine tuning is necessary after Auto Band Adj or Manual Band Adj use Fine Band Adj in the Menu Durng Prtng See Banding Adjustment During Printing Fine Band Adj Selecting Color Tones on Charts Before Printing Wi Basic
540. ull P 551 Maintenance cartridge problem P 551 Manual printing is selected but a roll is loaded P 542 Multi sensor error P 554 No ink tank loaded P 547 No Maintenance Cartridge capacity P 551 No maintenance cartridge P 551 No Roll Feed Unit P 541 Paper jam P 543 Paper loaded askew P 543 Paper Mismatch P 538 Paper size not detected P 539 Papr Size Mismatch P 539 Papr Type Mismatch gt P 538 Parts replacement time has passed P 554 PHead needs cleaning P 549 Prepare for maint cart replacement P 551 Prepare for parts replacement P 554 Printhead error P 550 Problem with Printhead P 549 Roll feed unit err P 541 Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded P 541 Roll printing is selected P 540 Sheet printing is selected P 542 536 Error Message Responding to Messages e The roll is empty P 541 e This paper cannot be used P 540 This type of paper is not compatible with HP GL 2 P 552 e Top cover is open gt P 554 Unknown file P 554 e Use another paper P 548 Wrong paper feed slot for this paper type P 542 Other Messages These messages do not prevent printer operation Check the information on the Display Screen and take action as necessary Messages requiring special attention are as follows e Remaining level of the ink cannot be co
541. ult in the H Automatic Cutting list If you prefer to cut the paper later yourself click Print Cut Guideline O Important e If the automatic cut function has been deactivated on the printer change the auto cut setting on the printer Control Panel 12 Click OK to close the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box 13 Confirm the print settings and click M Print to start printing Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 395 Enhanced Printing Options 345 Printer Driver Windows Software Printer Driver Printer Driver Settings Windows For instructions on accessing the Windows printer driver refer to the following topics e Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows gt P 356 e Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows P 358 For information on the Windows printer driver settings refer to the following topics Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Media Type GEEH v Get Information Advanced Settings Advanced Settings v Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard 600dpi Letter 8 5 x11 Color Mode Color 8 50 in x 11 00 in Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Thicken Fine Lines Color Settings Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Open Preview When
542. und images to documents that require special handling Watermark Watermarks are applied to all pages of your document Important e Watermarks are not printed if you select poster as the type of page layout The following watermarks are provided e CONFIDENTIAL e COPY e DRAFT e FILE COPY e FINAL e PRELIMINARY PROOF TOP SECRET You can also create your own watermarks Specify the following options to customize your watermark e Watermark string Specify the font size color and so on Surround the watermark with a frame if desired e Watermark position Specify the position on the page the angle and so on e Watermark printing method Specify whether to print the watermark superimposed or under the document image You can also print the watermark only on the first page if desired 0 Note e Watermarks are supported in Windows e In addition to the provided watermarks you can create up to 50 original watermarks in Windows For detailed instructions on printing with watermarks refer to the following topics e Printing with Watermarks COPY FILE COPY and so on Windows P 330 Enhanced Printing Options 329 Other useful settings m Printing with Watermarks COPY FILE COPY and so on Windows This topic describes how to print office documents with a watermark in this case FILE COPY based on the following example Document CAD drawing e Page size A2 420 0 x 594 0 mm 16 5 x 23 4 in e Pap
543. uts_ OK Cancel J Apply J Help OQ Note The titles of dialog boxes may vary depending on the application and sheets other than these six sheets may be displayed 356 Windows Software Printer Driver Important e If you access the printer driver dialog box from the source application changes you make to the settings will only apply temporarily to that application Because these are sizes you specify temporarily in the printer driver the sizes will not be available after you exit the application You can also access the printer driver dialog box from the Windows system menu see Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows P 358 Windows Software 357 Printer Driver ss Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows 1 Click start gt Printers and Faxes or Printers 2 Select the printer and then display the printer properties dialog box Printers and Faxes Eile Edit View Favorites Tools Help gt B p gt Search E Folders Address Jy Printers and Faxes Printer Tasks E Add a printer X See what s printing E Select printing preferences amp Pause printing Share this printer wi Rename this printer X Delete this printer amp Set printer properties Other Places 3 Click Printing Preferences to display the Printing Preferences dialog box titled with the name of this printer
544. ve Paper Media Source Roll Paper M Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm x NC n S Size Options Defaults ok Cancel App __Help 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list in this case click 10 in Roll 254 0mm 12 Click OK to close the Information dialog box 13 In C Borderless Printing Method make sure E Scale to fit Roll Paper Width is selected 14 Confirm the print settings and print as desired OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 Enhanced Printing Options 255 Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Re Width Mac OS X sizing Originals to Fit the Roll This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width based on the following example If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder P 136 If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing Document Any type Paper Roll Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm Wi settings B Format for Paper Size I Orientation E scale O N Q Note the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribut
545. vel IP Address 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 Default G W 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 D A E R CO a e l a a a C 48 Printer Parts Control Panel a S C C mran e o System Setup oO o pew Oooo o n one a OOo o e oee O Oooo O pee a S a C a a a C a a C a e e o o es a a aS a Printer Parts 49 Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level gone awe a Teze forne OO eee o ooi pwen o ewe o Oo pa ee ee re eestor o reese ee poem oo o nc a a a a a rt Oooo o i e o a a a a e a a a e E a fen rermat Prine eto a enema fone yrs 50 Printer Parts Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Language English Francais Italiano I i ee ete a O ee O ew ee ee E a nn Contrast Adj 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 C a a meee cee el See e e e E A E ae a ee OOO e a E A Sa E DOO e ee e C a e e O ee Ooo ne e e E a E ee ee a oe a a e ee ee eee mema ee rr E L __ JENerEsg ee Job Log Choose from Document Name information about the latest three print jobs Printer Parts 51 Control Panel a a a Ooo o ee S S a a a a a a 4 2 3 4 15 6 Te 8 Q Available only if a roll is loaded Available only if Chk Remain Roll is On Available only if Feed Priority is Print Length Available only if IP Mode is Au
546. vel lower When Fwd is displayed you can access the next instruction screen V Button Offline mode Press this button to feed roll paper manually P 124 Menu mode Press this button to display the next menu item or setting value OK Button In menu mode press this button to confirm or execute the selected item or setting At other times pressing this button enables you to access the next screen after following the instructions on the Display Screen Power Button Turns the printer on and off P 27 Load Eject Button You can check instructions on loading replacing and removing paper Instructions for loading or replacing paper are shown on the Display Screen if pressed when no paper is loaded and instructions for removing paper are shown if paper is loaded Printer Parts 25 Control Panel q Stop Button Hold down for at least a second to cancel print jobs in progress or end the ink drying period During display of instructions on loading sheets for example you can hold down this button for one second to pause the current screen O Note e When the printer is in Sleep mode you can press any button to wake the printer and bring it online or offline again 26 Printer Parts Control Panel Turning the Printer On and Off Turning the printer on 1 Press the Power button to turn on the printer The printer will now start up After the Display Screen shows the Canon logo Starting up
547. ware Handling Paper Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printer Parts Network Setting Maintenance Troubleshooting Error Message Appendix Basic Printing Wordiow D s Printing on sheets and soon Working With Various Printing Photos and Images Prim lots Printing CAD Drawings and soon Enlargement and reduction Enhanced Printing Borderless printing ye Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Conserving paper and soon Printer Driver Printer Parts Print Plug In Print Plug In for Word Windows Sotware Status Monitor Free Layout Color UNNER ement Perean Cleaning the Printhead Printer Driver Cleaning the Printer and soon ERA Troubleshooting Bamas ashsi Mac OS X Software Clearing jammed paper 2nd soon Free Layout Color UNNER Responding to Messages Preview andsoon Error Messages and soon Roll paper Sheets Output Stacker and zoon Adjusting the Printhead Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the feed amount Color adjustment and soon Control Panel Main Menu Hard Disk Optional accessories and s0 on Network Setting Network Setting 5 Network Seti Vindows and soon Replacing Ink Tanks Handling Paper Maintenance Error Message How to use this manual Internet Introduction 5 How to use this manual 2 Click Access to the HTML for printing in the title area iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer BEE z E 4 We Se Ee File Edit View Favorites Tools Help
548. whole the Paper Retainer and the Borderless Printing Ink Grooves 496 Maintenance Cleaning the Printer O Important Do not use a dry cloth to wipe inside the Top Cover This may create a static charge which may attract dust and affect the printing quality e Never use flammable solvents such as alcohol benzene or thinner If these substances come into contact with electrical components inside the printer there is a risk of fire or electrical shock e Never touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b 8 Close the Top Cover Maintenance 497 Cleaning the Printer ss Cleaning the Paper Retainer Clean the Paper Retainer about once a month to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems Also clean the Paper Retainer in the following situations to ensure the printer offers a comfortable working environment e If the printed surface or the underside of paper is dirty after printing e After printing on small paper auio During cleaning use a type of paper that does not generate much dust from cutting such as Plain Paper It may affect the printing quality if you use film or other media that are more likely to generate debris when cut or that have a surface finish that may come off _ Turn the printer off P 27 2 Unplug the power cord from the outlet Ay cevion e Always turn off the printer and unplug the power cord before cleaning and maintenance Accidentally leavin
549. wl 17 in Roll 431 8mm N Car S Defaults Size Options OK Cancel Apply Help 8 Select the C Enlarged Reduced Printing check box Q Note If the Enlarged Reduced Printing check box is not displayed on the Page Setup sheet clear the B Borderless Printing check box Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Letter 8 5 x11 Bo 8 50 in x 11 00 in ll Width 17 in Roll 431 8mm 17 00 in x 22 09 in AS Page Size G Borderless Printing Method J O Fi Media Size E Scale to fit Roll Paper Width is eos A Orientation Aj Portrait al Aj O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper eda Source R oll Paper IM Rol Paper width 17 in Roll 431 8mm BC en o S __Defauts Size Options OK Cancel JI Apply lI Help 9 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 10 After you click E Fit Roll Paper Width the Information dialog box is displayed 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list In this case click 16 in Roll 406 4mm and then click OK Enhanced Printing Options 269 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired QO Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 350 Q
550. xx HJ Canon iPPoox 6 Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation T fe baj pl E scale 100 Cancel 0K 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In C Paper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets Standard i Main n H m J f images Size Amedia Type Plain Paper BC Get information _ i Bc Set D Easy Settings H Se Beri Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set ic Printer a G M PDFv Preview Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 218 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard E Page Setup BA Media Source Roll Paper DE B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm I Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 DBD v Enlarged Reduced Printing B Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O scaling 100
551. xxx H Presets Standard B Support B a Support Information A B Accesses the Canon support webpage where you can find the latest information on the printer and consumables check for driver updates and browse other information User Manual B Displays the printer user s manual This function requires the user s manual to be installed on your computer Bi Settings D About 3 PDFw Preview Cancel Print Button Corresponding Utility A Support Information Click to access the Canon support webpage where you can find the latest information on the printer and consumables check for printer driver updates and browse other information B User Manual Click to view the printer user s manual This function requires the user s manual to be installed on your computer C Settings The settings can be saved as a file Click to display the Export dialog box which enables you to specify where to save the file D About You can display version information for the printer driver Mac OS X Software 413 Printmonitor Printmonitor magePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh imagePROGRAF Printmonitor is a utility for checking the printer status and managing print jobs 00e XXX XXX XXX XXX s Printer Ready Ready Driver Utility Support a gt e fo Document User Status Size Page Copies e Printer status can be checked in real time on a computer monitor e You
552. y be soiled from borderless printing 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A settings B Format for i Paper Size I orientation E scale oe Q Note Select the printer in the B Format for list Page Attributes EJ iPFxxxx iE Canon iPFoox Letter 8 5 x11 BJ 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ie 1 100 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click 10 x12 All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to match the paper size A Click F OK to close the dialog box oui Choose Print in the application menu In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size Enhanced Printing Options 249 Borderless Printing 7 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx E Presets Standard E SS ait iz Beri Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUO Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set BC me gt E M CED CD CB 8 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 9 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 10 Access the Page Setup pane Print
553. ze as a Custom Paper Size Oversized printing is not available with Custom Size gt P 274 For instructions on oversized printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing at Full Size Windows P 233 e Printing at Full Size Mac OS X P 235 232 Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size Printing at Full Size Windows This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example Oversized Printing Document Any Type e Page Size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 356 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EMES Get Information he Advanced Settings J I Easy Settings E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Ss Status Monitor About __Defauts z

iPF605 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents